Consider Patient Safety, Outcomes Risk before Prescribing Off-Label Drugs

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:21
Display Headline
Consider Patient Safety, Outcomes Risk before Prescribing Off-Label Drugs

Dr. Hospitalist

Consider Patient Safety, Outcomes Risk before Prescribing “Off-Label”

What is the story with off-label drug use? I have seen some other physicians in my group use dabigatran for VTE prophylaxis, which I know it is not an approved indication. Am I taking on risk by continuing this treatment?

Fabian Harris, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Dr. Hospitalist responds:

Our friends at the FDA are in the business of approving drugs for use, but they do not regulate medical practice. So the short answer to your question is that off-label drug use is perfectly acceptable. Once a drug has been approved for use, if, in your clinical judgment, there are other indications for which it could be beneficial, then you are well within your rights to prescribe it. The FDA does not dictate how you practice medicine.

However, you will still be held to the community standard when it comes to your medical practice. As an example, gabapentin is used all the time for neuropathic pain syndromes, though technically it is only approved for seizures and post-herpetic neuralgia. Although the FDA won’t restrict your prescribing, it does prohibit pharmaceutical companies from marketing their drugs for anything other than their approved indications. In fact, Pfizer settled a case in 2004 on this very drug due to the promotion of prescribing it for nonapproved indications. I think at this point it’s fairly well accepted that lots of physicians use gabapentin for neuropathic pain, so you would not be too far out on a limb in prescribing it yourself in this manner.

Once a drug has been approved for use, if, in your clinical judgment, there are other indications for which it could be beneficial, then you are well within your rights to prescribe it.

For newer drugs, I might proceed with a little more caution. Anyone out there remember trovofloxacin (Trovan)? It was a new antibiotic approved in the late 1990s, with a coverage spectrum similar to levofloxacin, but with even more weight toward the gram positives. A wonder drug! Oral! As a result, it got prescribed like water, but not for the serious infections it was designed for: It got prescribed “off label” for common URIs and sinusitis. Unfortunately, it also caused a fair amount of liver failure and was summarily pulled from the market.

Does this mean dabigatran is a bad drug? No, but we don’t have much history with it, either. So while it might seem to be an innocuous extension to prescribe it for VTE prevention when it has already been approved for stroke prevention in afib, I think you carry some risk by doing this. In addition, some insurers will not cover a drug being prescribed in this manner, so you might be exposing your patient to added costs as well. Additionally, there’s nothing about off-label prescribing that says you have to tell the patient that’s what you’re doing. However, if you put together the factors of not informing a patient about an off-label use, and a patient having to pay out of pocket for that medicine, with an adverse outcome ... well, let’s just say that might not end too well.

Ask Dr. Hospitalist

Do you have a problem or concern that you’d like Dr. Hospitalist to address? Email your questions to [email protected].

Ultimately, I think you will need to consider the safety profile of the drug, the risk for an adverse outcome, your own risk tolerance, and the current state of medical practice before you consistently agree to use a drug “off label.” Given the slow-moving jungle of FDA approval, I can understand the desire to use a newer drug in an off-label manner, but it’s probably best to stop and think about the alternatives before proceeding. If you’re practicing in a group, then it’s just as important to come to a consensus with your partners about which drugs you will comfortably use off-label and which ones you won’t, especially as newer drugs come into the marketplace.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2012(12)
Publications
Topics
Sections

Dr. Hospitalist

Consider Patient Safety, Outcomes Risk before Prescribing “Off-Label”

What is the story with off-label drug use? I have seen some other physicians in my group use dabigatran for VTE prophylaxis, which I know it is not an approved indication. Am I taking on risk by continuing this treatment?

Fabian Harris, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Dr. Hospitalist responds:

Our friends at the FDA are in the business of approving drugs for use, but they do not regulate medical practice. So the short answer to your question is that off-label drug use is perfectly acceptable. Once a drug has been approved for use, if, in your clinical judgment, there are other indications for which it could be beneficial, then you are well within your rights to prescribe it. The FDA does not dictate how you practice medicine.

However, you will still be held to the community standard when it comes to your medical practice. As an example, gabapentin is used all the time for neuropathic pain syndromes, though technically it is only approved for seizures and post-herpetic neuralgia. Although the FDA won’t restrict your prescribing, it does prohibit pharmaceutical companies from marketing their drugs for anything other than their approved indications. In fact, Pfizer settled a case in 2004 on this very drug due to the promotion of prescribing it for nonapproved indications. I think at this point it’s fairly well accepted that lots of physicians use gabapentin for neuropathic pain, so you would not be too far out on a limb in prescribing it yourself in this manner.

Once a drug has been approved for use, if, in your clinical judgment, there are other indications for which it could be beneficial, then you are well within your rights to prescribe it.

For newer drugs, I might proceed with a little more caution. Anyone out there remember trovofloxacin (Trovan)? It was a new antibiotic approved in the late 1990s, with a coverage spectrum similar to levofloxacin, but with even more weight toward the gram positives. A wonder drug! Oral! As a result, it got prescribed like water, but not for the serious infections it was designed for: It got prescribed “off label” for common URIs and sinusitis. Unfortunately, it also caused a fair amount of liver failure and was summarily pulled from the market.

Does this mean dabigatran is a bad drug? No, but we don’t have much history with it, either. So while it might seem to be an innocuous extension to prescribe it for VTE prevention when it has already been approved for stroke prevention in afib, I think you carry some risk by doing this. In addition, some insurers will not cover a drug being prescribed in this manner, so you might be exposing your patient to added costs as well. Additionally, there’s nothing about off-label prescribing that says you have to tell the patient that’s what you’re doing. However, if you put together the factors of not informing a patient about an off-label use, and a patient having to pay out of pocket for that medicine, with an adverse outcome ... well, let’s just say that might not end too well.

Ask Dr. Hospitalist

Do you have a problem or concern that you’d like Dr. Hospitalist to address? Email your questions to [email protected].

Ultimately, I think you will need to consider the safety profile of the drug, the risk for an adverse outcome, your own risk tolerance, and the current state of medical practice before you consistently agree to use a drug “off label.” Given the slow-moving jungle of FDA approval, I can understand the desire to use a newer drug in an off-label manner, but it’s probably best to stop and think about the alternatives before proceeding. If you’re practicing in a group, then it’s just as important to come to a consensus with your partners about which drugs you will comfortably use off-label and which ones you won’t, especially as newer drugs come into the marketplace.

Dr. Hospitalist

Consider Patient Safety, Outcomes Risk before Prescribing “Off-Label”

What is the story with off-label drug use? I have seen some other physicians in my group use dabigatran for VTE prophylaxis, which I know it is not an approved indication. Am I taking on risk by continuing this treatment?

Fabian Harris, Tuscaloosa, Ala.

Dr. Hospitalist responds:

Our friends at the FDA are in the business of approving drugs for use, but they do not regulate medical practice. So the short answer to your question is that off-label drug use is perfectly acceptable. Once a drug has been approved for use, if, in your clinical judgment, there are other indications for which it could be beneficial, then you are well within your rights to prescribe it. The FDA does not dictate how you practice medicine.

However, you will still be held to the community standard when it comes to your medical practice. As an example, gabapentin is used all the time for neuropathic pain syndromes, though technically it is only approved for seizures and post-herpetic neuralgia. Although the FDA won’t restrict your prescribing, it does prohibit pharmaceutical companies from marketing their drugs for anything other than their approved indications. In fact, Pfizer settled a case in 2004 on this very drug due to the promotion of prescribing it for nonapproved indications. I think at this point it’s fairly well accepted that lots of physicians use gabapentin for neuropathic pain, so you would not be too far out on a limb in prescribing it yourself in this manner.

Once a drug has been approved for use, if, in your clinical judgment, there are other indications for which it could be beneficial, then you are well within your rights to prescribe it.

For newer drugs, I might proceed with a little more caution. Anyone out there remember trovofloxacin (Trovan)? It was a new antibiotic approved in the late 1990s, with a coverage spectrum similar to levofloxacin, but with even more weight toward the gram positives. A wonder drug! Oral! As a result, it got prescribed like water, but not for the serious infections it was designed for: It got prescribed “off label” for common URIs and sinusitis. Unfortunately, it also caused a fair amount of liver failure and was summarily pulled from the market.

Does this mean dabigatran is a bad drug? No, but we don’t have much history with it, either. So while it might seem to be an innocuous extension to prescribe it for VTE prevention when it has already been approved for stroke prevention in afib, I think you carry some risk by doing this. In addition, some insurers will not cover a drug being prescribed in this manner, so you might be exposing your patient to added costs as well. Additionally, there’s nothing about off-label prescribing that says you have to tell the patient that’s what you’re doing. However, if you put together the factors of not informing a patient about an off-label use, and a patient having to pay out of pocket for that medicine, with an adverse outcome ... well, let’s just say that might not end too well.

Ask Dr. Hospitalist

Do you have a problem or concern that you’d like Dr. Hospitalist to address? Email your questions to [email protected].

Ultimately, I think you will need to consider the safety profile of the drug, the risk for an adverse outcome, your own risk tolerance, and the current state of medical practice before you consistently agree to use a drug “off label.” Given the slow-moving jungle of FDA approval, I can understand the desire to use a newer drug in an off-label manner, but it’s probably best to stop and think about the alternatives before proceeding. If you’re practicing in a group, then it’s just as important to come to a consensus with your partners about which drugs you will comfortably use off-label and which ones you won’t, especially as newer drugs come into the marketplace.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2012(12)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2012(12)
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Consider Patient Safety, Outcomes Risk before Prescribing Off-Label Drugs
Display Headline
Consider Patient Safety, Outcomes Risk before Prescribing Off-Label Drugs
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Defining a Safe Workload for Pediatric Hospitalists

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:21
Display Headline
Defining a Safe Workload for Pediatric Hospitalists

Dr. Mark Shen, MD, FHM

As I write this column, I am on the second leg of an overnight flight back home to Austin, Texas. I think it actually went pretty well, considering my 2-year-old daughter was wide awake after sleeping for the first three hours of this 14-hour odyssey. The remainder of the trip is a blur of awkward sleep positions interspersed with brief periods of semilucidity. Those of you with first-hand knowledge of what this experience is like might be feeling sorry for me, but you shouldn’t. I am returning from a “why don’t I live here” kind of vacation week in Hawaii. The rest of you are probably wondering how anyone could write a coherent column at this point, which is fair, but to which I would reply: Aren’t all hospitalists expected to function at high levels during periods of sleep deprivation?

While the issue of resident duty-hours has been discussed endlessly and studied increasingly, in terms of effects on outcomes, I am surprised there has not been more discussion surrounding the concept of attending duty-hours. The subject might not always be phrased to include the term “duty-hours,” but it seems that when it comes to scheduling, strong opinions come out in my group when the duration of, frequency of, or time off between night shifts are brought up. And when it comes to safety, I am certain sleep deprivation and sleep inertia (that period of haziness immediately after being awakened in the middle of the night) have led to questionable decisions on my part.

Why? Well...

So why do pediatric hospitalists avoid the issue of sleep hygiene, work schedules, and clinical impact? I think the reasons are multifactorial.

First, there are definitely individual variations in how all of us tolerate this work, and I suspect some of this is based on such traits as age and general ability to adapt to uncomfortable circadian flip-flops. I will admit that every time I wake up achy after a call night, I begin to wonder if I will be able to handle this in 10 to 15 years. 

Second, I think pediatric HM as a field has not yet explored this topic fully because we are young both in terms of chronological age as well as nocturnal work-years. The work has not yet aged us to the point of making this a critical issue. We’re also somewhat behind our adult-hospitalist colleagues in terms of the volume of nocturnal work. Adult HM groups have long explored different shift schedules (seven-on/seven-off, day/evening/overnight distribution, etc.) because they routinely cover large services of more than 100 patients in large hospitals with more than 500 beds. In pediatrics, most of us operate in small community hospital settings or large academic centers where the nightly in-house quantity of work is relatively low, mitigated by the smaller size of most community programs and the presence of residents in most large children’s hospitals.

But I see this as an important issue for us to define: the imperative to define safe, round-the-clock clinical care and sustainable careers. Although we will need to learn from other fields, HM is somewhat different from other types of 24/7 medicine in that we require more continuity in our daytime work, which also carries over to night shifts both in terms of how the schedule is made as well as the benefit on the clinical side. The need for continuity adds an extra degree of difficulty in creating and studying different schedules that try to optimize nocturnal functioning.

Clarity, Please

Unfortunately, those looking for evidence-based, or even consensus-based, solutions might have to wait. A recent article in the Journal of Hospital Medicine does a nice job of synthesizing the literature and highlights the lack of clear answers for what kind of shift schedules work best.1

 

 

In the absence of scientific solutions, it might be too easy to say that we need “more research,” because what doesn’t need more research? (OK, we don’t need more research on interventions for bronchiolitis.) But in the same manner in which pediatric hospitalists have taken the lead in defining a night curriculum for residents (congratulations, Becky Blankenburg, on winning the Ray E. Helfer award in pediatric education), I believe there is an opportunity to improve circadian functioning for all hospital-based physicians, but more specifically attendings. This is even more important as residents work less and a 24/7 attending presence becomes the norm in teaching facilities. While the link between safety and fatigue may have been seen as a nonissue in past decades, I think that in our current era, this is something that we own and/or will be asked to define in the near future.

In the meantime, I think we’re left to our own schedules. And in defense of all schedulers like me out there, I will say that there are no proven solutions, so local culture will predominate. Different groups with different personalities and family makeups will have varying preferences. Smaller groups will tend to have longer shift times with less flexibility in “swing”-type midday or evening shifts, while larger groups might have increased flexibility in defining different shifts at the expense of added complexity in terms of creating a schedule with no gaps.

As we come up with more rules about night shifts, such as “clockwise” scheduling of day-evening-overnight shifts, single versus clustered nights based on frequency, and days off after night shifts, the more complex and awkward our Tetris-like schedule will become. I predict that this is something hospitalists will begin to think about more, with a necessary push for safe and sustainable schedules. In the short-term, allowing for financial and structural wiggle room in the scheduling process (i.e. adjusting shift patterns and differential pay for night work) might be the most balanced approach for the immediate future.

Dr. Shen is pediatric editor of The Hospitalist. Write to him at [email protected].

Reference

  1. Schaefer EW, Williams MV, Zee PC. Sleep and circadian misalignment for the hospitalist: a review. J Hosp Med. 2012;7(6):489-496.
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2012(12)
Publications
Topics
Sections

Dr. Mark Shen, MD, FHM

As I write this column, I am on the second leg of an overnight flight back home to Austin, Texas. I think it actually went pretty well, considering my 2-year-old daughter was wide awake after sleeping for the first three hours of this 14-hour odyssey. The remainder of the trip is a blur of awkward sleep positions interspersed with brief periods of semilucidity. Those of you with first-hand knowledge of what this experience is like might be feeling sorry for me, but you shouldn’t. I am returning from a “why don’t I live here” kind of vacation week in Hawaii. The rest of you are probably wondering how anyone could write a coherent column at this point, which is fair, but to which I would reply: Aren’t all hospitalists expected to function at high levels during periods of sleep deprivation?

While the issue of resident duty-hours has been discussed endlessly and studied increasingly, in terms of effects on outcomes, I am surprised there has not been more discussion surrounding the concept of attending duty-hours. The subject might not always be phrased to include the term “duty-hours,” but it seems that when it comes to scheduling, strong opinions come out in my group when the duration of, frequency of, or time off between night shifts are brought up. And when it comes to safety, I am certain sleep deprivation and sleep inertia (that period of haziness immediately after being awakened in the middle of the night) have led to questionable decisions on my part.

Why? Well...

So why do pediatric hospitalists avoid the issue of sleep hygiene, work schedules, and clinical impact? I think the reasons are multifactorial.

First, there are definitely individual variations in how all of us tolerate this work, and I suspect some of this is based on such traits as age and general ability to adapt to uncomfortable circadian flip-flops. I will admit that every time I wake up achy after a call night, I begin to wonder if I will be able to handle this in 10 to 15 years. 

Second, I think pediatric HM as a field has not yet explored this topic fully because we are young both in terms of chronological age as well as nocturnal work-years. The work has not yet aged us to the point of making this a critical issue. We’re also somewhat behind our adult-hospitalist colleagues in terms of the volume of nocturnal work. Adult HM groups have long explored different shift schedules (seven-on/seven-off, day/evening/overnight distribution, etc.) because they routinely cover large services of more than 100 patients in large hospitals with more than 500 beds. In pediatrics, most of us operate in small community hospital settings or large academic centers where the nightly in-house quantity of work is relatively low, mitigated by the smaller size of most community programs and the presence of residents in most large children’s hospitals.

But I see this as an important issue for us to define: the imperative to define safe, round-the-clock clinical care and sustainable careers. Although we will need to learn from other fields, HM is somewhat different from other types of 24/7 medicine in that we require more continuity in our daytime work, which also carries over to night shifts both in terms of how the schedule is made as well as the benefit on the clinical side. The need for continuity adds an extra degree of difficulty in creating and studying different schedules that try to optimize nocturnal functioning.

Clarity, Please

Unfortunately, those looking for evidence-based, or even consensus-based, solutions might have to wait. A recent article in the Journal of Hospital Medicine does a nice job of synthesizing the literature and highlights the lack of clear answers for what kind of shift schedules work best.1

 

 

In the absence of scientific solutions, it might be too easy to say that we need “more research,” because what doesn’t need more research? (OK, we don’t need more research on interventions for bronchiolitis.) But in the same manner in which pediatric hospitalists have taken the lead in defining a night curriculum for residents (congratulations, Becky Blankenburg, on winning the Ray E. Helfer award in pediatric education), I believe there is an opportunity to improve circadian functioning for all hospital-based physicians, but more specifically attendings. This is even more important as residents work less and a 24/7 attending presence becomes the norm in teaching facilities. While the link between safety and fatigue may have been seen as a nonissue in past decades, I think that in our current era, this is something that we own and/or will be asked to define in the near future.

In the meantime, I think we’re left to our own schedules. And in defense of all schedulers like me out there, I will say that there are no proven solutions, so local culture will predominate. Different groups with different personalities and family makeups will have varying preferences. Smaller groups will tend to have longer shift times with less flexibility in “swing”-type midday or evening shifts, while larger groups might have increased flexibility in defining different shifts at the expense of added complexity in terms of creating a schedule with no gaps.

As we come up with more rules about night shifts, such as “clockwise” scheduling of day-evening-overnight shifts, single versus clustered nights based on frequency, and days off after night shifts, the more complex and awkward our Tetris-like schedule will become. I predict that this is something hospitalists will begin to think about more, with a necessary push for safe and sustainable schedules. In the short-term, allowing for financial and structural wiggle room in the scheduling process (i.e. adjusting shift patterns and differential pay for night work) might be the most balanced approach for the immediate future.

Dr. Shen is pediatric editor of The Hospitalist. Write to him at [email protected].

Reference

  1. Schaefer EW, Williams MV, Zee PC. Sleep and circadian misalignment for the hospitalist: a review. J Hosp Med. 2012;7(6):489-496.

Dr. Mark Shen, MD, FHM

As I write this column, I am on the second leg of an overnight flight back home to Austin, Texas. I think it actually went pretty well, considering my 2-year-old daughter was wide awake after sleeping for the first three hours of this 14-hour odyssey. The remainder of the trip is a blur of awkward sleep positions interspersed with brief periods of semilucidity. Those of you with first-hand knowledge of what this experience is like might be feeling sorry for me, but you shouldn’t. I am returning from a “why don’t I live here” kind of vacation week in Hawaii. The rest of you are probably wondering how anyone could write a coherent column at this point, which is fair, but to which I would reply: Aren’t all hospitalists expected to function at high levels during periods of sleep deprivation?

While the issue of resident duty-hours has been discussed endlessly and studied increasingly, in terms of effects on outcomes, I am surprised there has not been more discussion surrounding the concept of attending duty-hours. The subject might not always be phrased to include the term “duty-hours,” but it seems that when it comes to scheduling, strong opinions come out in my group when the duration of, frequency of, or time off between night shifts are brought up. And when it comes to safety, I am certain sleep deprivation and sleep inertia (that period of haziness immediately after being awakened in the middle of the night) have led to questionable decisions on my part.

Why? Well...

So why do pediatric hospitalists avoid the issue of sleep hygiene, work schedules, and clinical impact? I think the reasons are multifactorial.

First, there are definitely individual variations in how all of us tolerate this work, and I suspect some of this is based on such traits as age and general ability to adapt to uncomfortable circadian flip-flops. I will admit that every time I wake up achy after a call night, I begin to wonder if I will be able to handle this in 10 to 15 years. 

Second, I think pediatric HM as a field has not yet explored this topic fully because we are young both in terms of chronological age as well as nocturnal work-years. The work has not yet aged us to the point of making this a critical issue. We’re also somewhat behind our adult-hospitalist colleagues in terms of the volume of nocturnal work. Adult HM groups have long explored different shift schedules (seven-on/seven-off, day/evening/overnight distribution, etc.) because they routinely cover large services of more than 100 patients in large hospitals with more than 500 beds. In pediatrics, most of us operate in small community hospital settings or large academic centers where the nightly in-house quantity of work is relatively low, mitigated by the smaller size of most community programs and the presence of residents in most large children’s hospitals.

But I see this as an important issue for us to define: the imperative to define safe, round-the-clock clinical care and sustainable careers. Although we will need to learn from other fields, HM is somewhat different from other types of 24/7 medicine in that we require more continuity in our daytime work, which also carries over to night shifts both in terms of how the schedule is made as well as the benefit on the clinical side. The need for continuity adds an extra degree of difficulty in creating and studying different schedules that try to optimize nocturnal functioning.

Clarity, Please

Unfortunately, those looking for evidence-based, or even consensus-based, solutions might have to wait. A recent article in the Journal of Hospital Medicine does a nice job of synthesizing the literature and highlights the lack of clear answers for what kind of shift schedules work best.1

 

 

In the absence of scientific solutions, it might be too easy to say that we need “more research,” because what doesn’t need more research? (OK, we don’t need more research on interventions for bronchiolitis.) But in the same manner in which pediatric hospitalists have taken the lead in defining a night curriculum for residents (congratulations, Becky Blankenburg, on winning the Ray E. Helfer award in pediatric education), I believe there is an opportunity to improve circadian functioning for all hospital-based physicians, but more specifically attendings. This is even more important as residents work less and a 24/7 attending presence becomes the norm in teaching facilities. While the link between safety and fatigue may have been seen as a nonissue in past decades, I think that in our current era, this is something that we own and/or will be asked to define in the near future.

In the meantime, I think we’re left to our own schedules. And in defense of all schedulers like me out there, I will say that there are no proven solutions, so local culture will predominate. Different groups with different personalities and family makeups will have varying preferences. Smaller groups will tend to have longer shift times with less flexibility in “swing”-type midday or evening shifts, while larger groups might have increased flexibility in defining different shifts at the expense of added complexity in terms of creating a schedule with no gaps.

As we come up with more rules about night shifts, such as “clockwise” scheduling of day-evening-overnight shifts, single versus clustered nights based on frequency, and days off after night shifts, the more complex and awkward our Tetris-like schedule will become. I predict that this is something hospitalists will begin to think about more, with a necessary push for safe and sustainable schedules. In the short-term, allowing for financial and structural wiggle room in the scheduling process (i.e. adjusting shift patterns and differential pay for night work) might be the most balanced approach for the immediate future.

Dr. Shen is pediatric editor of The Hospitalist. Write to him at [email protected].

Reference

  1. Schaefer EW, Williams MV, Zee PC. Sleep and circadian misalignment for the hospitalist: a review. J Hosp Med. 2012;7(6):489-496.
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2012(12)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2012(12)
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Defining a Safe Workload for Pediatric Hospitalists
Display Headline
Defining a Safe Workload for Pediatric Hospitalists
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Teduglutide Trims Parenteral Support in Short Bowel Syndrome

Complications for Patients with Short Bowel Syndrome
Article Type
Changed
Fri, 01/18/2019 - 12:21
Display Headline
Teduglutide Trims Parenteral Support in Short Bowel Syndrome

Teduglutide significantly reduced the need for parenteral support in patients with short bowel syndrome and intestinal failure, based on data from 85 adults in a randomized, controlled multicenter trial. The findings were published in the December issue of Gastroenterology.

Patients with short bowel syndrome and intestinal failure (SBS-IF) have inadequate intestinal absorption and require parenteral support (PS) to maintain fluids, electrolytes, trace elements, vitamins, and nutrient balances, said Dr. Palle Bekker Jeppesen of Rigshospitalet in Copenhagen and colleagues.

Source: American Gastroenterological Association

Data from previous open-label studies suggest an association between teduglutide and clinically meaningful reductions in wet weight and energy, which may reduce the need for PS in these patients, the investigators noted.

The researchers randomized 86 adults with SBS-IF to either 0.05 mg/kg per day of teduglutide or a placebo. One patient was randomized in error; complete data were available for 42 teduglutide patients and 43 placebo patients.

Significantly more patients in the teduglutide group responded to treatment, compared with the placebo group (63% vs. 30%). This response was defined as sustaining a 20%-100% reduction from baseline in weekly PS volume during weeks 20-24. "Small bowel length did not appear to be a predictor of response," the researchers noted.

The high placebo response may be explained by examining the fluid composite effect, a measure of the combined effects of teduglutide on PS volume reduction as well as the ability to reduce oral fluid intake and increase urine output volume, the researchers noted.

"In the current study, where protocol modifications encouraged earlier and more aggressive PS reductions, significantly larger PS reductions were also achieved in patients receiving placebo, but subsequently these patients had to increase their oral fluid intake significantly to maintain urine production and hydration constant," they said.

After 24 weeks, overall PS volume was reduced by 32% from baseline in teduglutide patients, compared with 21% in placebo patients. Although no patients in either group were completely weaned from parenteral support at 24 weeks, the difference in PS volume reduction was significantly greater in the teduglutide group.

The average weekly PS volume in teduglutide patients decreased significantly from 12.5 L/wk at baseline to 8.1 L/wk at week 24. The placebo patients also had a significant decrease in average weekly PS volume, from 13.4 L/wk at baseline to 11.1 L/wk at week 24.

Treatment-ending adverse events were similar between the two groups; 5% of teduglutide patients and 7% of placebo patients discontinued treatment because of such events during the study period. The most frequently reported treatment-emergent adverse events included abdominal pain, abdominal distension, nausea, and gastrointestinal stoma complications.

Although the study did not specifically assess quality of life measures, significantly more teduglutide patients had at least 1 day off PS, compared with placebo patients, which could help to "liberate considerable time for unhindered daytime activities or undisturbed sleep," the researchers said.

The study did not address the possible benefit of teduglutide therapy earlier in the course of SBS, or the duration of effect after patients discontinued teduglutide, the researchers added.

However, the findings indicate that teduglutide was safe and well tolerated, and "could positively add to the limited treatment armamentarium" for patients with SBS-IF.

Dr. Jeppesen and several coauthors have served on the advisory board of and as consultants to NPS Pharmaceuticals, the company that funded the study. One author is an employee of NPS Pharmaceuticals.

Body

Patients with short bowel syndrome whose absorption is insufficient to maintain nutritional or fluid autonomy have intestinal failure. These patients, particularly those with proximal jejunostomies, who may actually secrete more fluid than they ingest, are among the most complex and challenging to manage of patients with any gastrointestinal disease. Patients with short bowel syndrome and intestinal failure are dependent on parenteral nutrition and/or fluid support (PS) to maintain life. This therapy has substantial implications for employment, activities, sleep, and finances. Numerous, often life-threatening, complications develop.


Dr. Alan L. Buchman

A myriad of growth factors may be involved in the process of postresection intestinal adaptation, including glucagonlike peptide-2 (GLP-2), wherein intestinal epithelial growth is promoted. Teduglutide is a long-acting analog of native GLP-2 and is somewhat more resistant to enzymatic degradation in the enterocyte than is the native enzyme. Dr. Jeppesen and colleagues reported a sustained 20%-100% decrease in PS volume requirements during weeks 20-24 of treatment in 63% of patients who received teduglutide, compared with 30% of placebo-treated patients. The mean drop in weekly PS volume from baseline to week 24 totaled 4.4 L in patients who received teduglutide, which equates to a decrease of 1-2 nights of infusion weekly, a very profound improvement for individual patients. The PS weaning protocol used was similar to that used in most centers experienced in the care of these patients.

As would be expected in the SBS-IF patient population, there were many adverse events, although these were equally distributed across teduglutide and placebo groups. Stomal changes, primarily related to enlargement, were evident in a significant minority of patients in the teduglutide group, as would be expected given the hyperplastic effect of the medication on intestinal epithelial tissue.Concern has been raised about GLP-2’s potential to stimulate the development of colonic adenomas in rodent models. Although the risk for malignancy is hypothetical in humans, colonoscopy should be considered at baseline for those patients with residual colons and perhaps as frequently as annually while the patients are on therapy until more long-term safety data are available.

Is teduglutide a "game changer"? The only patients who will be able to discontinue PS completely will be those who are on the borderline between nutritional autonomy and PS dependence. It is important to realize that teduglutide should be used to augment, not replace conventional management. What happens when teduglutide is stopped? Preliminary evidence suggests the effects on adaptation may be persistent, although earlier study noted that histologic changes trended toward baseline within 4 weeks of discontinuation. Perhaps longer treatment or maintenance will be required. The real future is an artificially grown and harvested intestine; even intestinal transplantation represents a bridge at best.

Dr. Alan L. Buchman is a former professor of medicine and surgery at the Feinberg School of Medicine at Northwestern University, Chicago. Within the past 12 months he has consulted for Takeda Pharmaceuticals and NPS Pharmaceuticals.

Author and Disclosure Information

Publications
Topics
Legacy Keywords
teduglutide bowel syndrome, patients with short bowel syndrome, intestinal failure
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Author and Disclosure Information

Body

Patients with short bowel syndrome whose absorption is insufficient to maintain nutritional or fluid autonomy have intestinal failure. These patients, particularly those with proximal jejunostomies, who may actually secrete more fluid than they ingest, are among the most complex and challenging to manage of patients with any gastrointestinal disease. Patients with short bowel syndrome and intestinal failure are dependent on parenteral nutrition and/or fluid support (PS) to maintain life. This therapy has substantial implications for employment, activities, sleep, and finances. Numerous, often life-threatening, complications develop.


Dr. Alan L. Buchman

A myriad of growth factors may be involved in the process of postresection intestinal adaptation, including glucagonlike peptide-2 (GLP-2), wherein intestinal epithelial growth is promoted. Teduglutide is a long-acting analog of native GLP-2 and is somewhat more resistant to enzymatic degradation in the enterocyte than is the native enzyme. Dr. Jeppesen and colleagues reported a sustained 20%-100% decrease in PS volume requirements during weeks 20-24 of treatment in 63% of patients who received teduglutide, compared with 30% of placebo-treated patients. The mean drop in weekly PS volume from baseline to week 24 totaled 4.4 L in patients who received teduglutide, which equates to a decrease of 1-2 nights of infusion weekly, a very profound improvement for individual patients. The PS weaning protocol used was similar to that used in most centers experienced in the care of these patients.

As would be expected in the SBS-IF patient population, there were many adverse events, although these were equally distributed across teduglutide and placebo groups. Stomal changes, primarily related to enlargement, were evident in a significant minority of patients in the teduglutide group, as would be expected given the hyperplastic effect of the medication on intestinal epithelial tissue.Concern has been raised about GLP-2’s potential to stimulate the development of colonic adenomas in rodent models. Although the risk for malignancy is hypothetical in humans, colonoscopy should be considered at baseline for those patients with residual colons and perhaps as frequently as annually while the patients are on therapy until more long-term safety data are available.

Is teduglutide a "game changer"? The only patients who will be able to discontinue PS completely will be those who are on the borderline between nutritional autonomy and PS dependence. It is important to realize that teduglutide should be used to augment, not replace conventional management. What happens when teduglutide is stopped? Preliminary evidence suggests the effects on adaptation may be persistent, although earlier study noted that histologic changes trended toward baseline within 4 weeks of discontinuation. Perhaps longer treatment or maintenance will be required. The real future is an artificially grown and harvested intestine; even intestinal transplantation represents a bridge at best.

Dr. Alan L. Buchman is a former professor of medicine and surgery at the Feinberg School of Medicine at Northwestern University, Chicago. Within the past 12 months he has consulted for Takeda Pharmaceuticals and NPS Pharmaceuticals.

Body

Patients with short bowel syndrome whose absorption is insufficient to maintain nutritional or fluid autonomy have intestinal failure. These patients, particularly those with proximal jejunostomies, who may actually secrete more fluid than they ingest, are among the most complex and challenging to manage of patients with any gastrointestinal disease. Patients with short bowel syndrome and intestinal failure are dependent on parenteral nutrition and/or fluid support (PS) to maintain life. This therapy has substantial implications for employment, activities, sleep, and finances. Numerous, often life-threatening, complications develop.


Dr. Alan L. Buchman

A myriad of growth factors may be involved in the process of postresection intestinal adaptation, including glucagonlike peptide-2 (GLP-2), wherein intestinal epithelial growth is promoted. Teduglutide is a long-acting analog of native GLP-2 and is somewhat more resistant to enzymatic degradation in the enterocyte than is the native enzyme. Dr. Jeppesen and colleagues reported a sustained 20%-100% decrease in PS volume requirements during weeks 20-24 of treatment in 63% of patients who received teduglutide, compared with 30% of placebo-treated patients. The mean drop in weekly PS volume from baseline to week 24 totaled 4.4 L in patients who received teduglutide, which equates to a decrease of 1-2 nights of infusion weekly, a very profound improvement for individual patients. The PS weaning protocol used was similar to that used in most centers experienced in the care of these patients.

As would be expected in the SBS-IF patient population, there were many adverse events, although these were equally distributed across teduglutide and placebo groups. Stomal changes, primarily related to enlargement, were evident in a significant minority of patients in the teduglutide group, as would be expected given the hyperplastic effect of the medication on intestinal epithelial tissue.Concern has been raised about GLP-2’s potential to stimulate the development of colonic adenomas in rodent models. Although the risk for malignancy is hypothetical in humans, colonoscopy should be considered at baseline for those patients with residual colons and perhaps as frequently as annually while the patients are on therapy until more long-term safety data are available.

Is teduglutide a "game changer"? The only patients who will be able to discontinue PS completely will be those who are on the borderline between nutritional autonomy and PS dependence. It is important to realize that teduglutide should be used to augment, not replace conventional management. What happens when teduglutide is stopped? Preliminary evidence suggests the effects on adaptation may be persistent, although earlier study noted that histologic changes trended toward baseline within 4 weeks of discontinuation. Perhaps longer treatment or maintenance will be required. The real future is an artificially grown and harvested intestine; even intestinal transplantation represents a bridge at best.

Dr. Alan L. Buchman is a former professor of medicine and surgery at the Feinberg School of Medicine at Northwestern University, Chicago. Within the past 12 months he has consulted for Takeda Pharmaceuticals and NPS Pharmaceuticals.

Title
Complications for Patients with Short Bowel Syndrome
Complications for Patients with Short Bowel Syndrome

Teduglutide significantly reduced the need for parenteral support in patients with short bowel syndrome and intestinal failure, based on data from 85 adults in a randomized, controlled multicenter trial. The findings were published in the December issue of Gastroenterology.

Patients with short bowel syndrome and intestinal failure (SBS-IF) have inadequate intestinal absorption and require parenteral support (PS) to maintain fluids, electrolytes, trace elements, vitamins, and nutrient balances, said Dr. Palle Bekker Jeppesen of Rigshospitalet in Copenhagen and colleagues.

Source: American Gastroenterological Association

Data from previous open-label studies suggest an association between teduglutide and clinically meaningful reductions in wet weight and energy, which may reduce the need for PS in these patients, the investigators noted.

The researchers randomized 86 adults with SBS-IF to either 0.05 mg/kg per day of teduglutide or a placebo. One patient was randomized in error; complete data were available for 42 teduglutide patients and 43 placebo patients.

Significantly more patients in the teduglutide group responded to treatment, compared with the placebo group (63% vs. 30%). This response was defined as sustaining a 20%-100% reduction from baseline in weekly PS volume during weeks 20-24. "Small bowel length did not appear to be a predictor of response," the researchers noted.

The high placebo response may be explained by examining the fluid composite effect, a measure of the combined effects of teduglutide on PS volume reduction as well as the ability to reduce oral fluid intake and increase urine output volume, the researchers noted.

"In the current study, where protocol modifications encouraged earlier and more aggressive PS reductions, significantly larger PS reductions were also achieved in patients receiving placebo, but subsequently these patients had to increase their oral fluid intake significantly to maintain urine production and hydration constant," they said.

After 24 weeks, overall PS volume was reduced by 32% from baseline in teduglutide patients, compared with 21% in placebo patients. Although no patients in either group were completely weaned from parenteral support at 24 weeks, the difference in PS volume reduction was significantly greater in the teduglutide group.

The average weekly PS volume in teduglutide patients decreased significantly from 12.5 L/wk at baseline to 8.1 L/wk at week 24. The placebo patients also had a significant decrease in average weekly PS volume, from 13.4 L/wk at baseline to 11.1 L/wk at week 24.

Treatment-ending adverse events were similar between the two groups; 5% of teduglutide patients and 7% of placebo patients discontinued treatment because of such events during the study period. The most frequently reported treatment-emergent adverse events included abdominal pain, abdominal distension, nausea, and gastrointestinal stoma complications.

Although the study did not specifically assess quality of life measures, significantly more teduglutide patients had at least 1 day off PS, compared with placebo patients, which could help to "liberate considerable time for unhindered daytime activities or undisturbed sleep," the researchers said.

The study did not address the possible benefit of teduglutide therapy earlier in the course of SBS, or the duration of effect after patients discontinued teduglutide, the researchers added.

However, the findings indicate that teduglutide was safe and well tolerated, and "could positively add to the limited treatment armamentarium" for patients with SBS-IF.

Dr. Jeppesen and several coauthors have served on the advisory board of and as consultants to NPS Pharmaceuticals, the company that funded the study. One author is an employee of NPS Pharmaceuticals.

Teduglutide significantly reduced the need for parenteral support in patients with short bowel syndrome and intestinal failure, based on data from 85 adults in a randomized, controlled multicenter trial. The findings were published in the December issue of Gastroenterology.

Patients with short bowel syndrome and intestinal failure (SBS-IF) have inadequate intestinal absorption and require parenteral support (PS) to maintain fluids, electrolytes, trace elements, vitamins, and nutrient balances, said Dr. Palle Bekker Jeppesen of Rigshospitalet in Copenhagen and colleagues.

Source: American Gastroenterological Association

Data from previous open-label studies suggest an association between teduglutide and clinically meaningful reductions in wet weight and energy, which may reduce the need for PS in these patients, the investigators noted.

The researchers randomized 86 adults with SBS-IF to either 0.05 mg/kg per day of teduglutide or a placebo. One patient was randomized in error; complete data were available for 42 teduglutide patients and 43 placebo patients.

Significantly more patients in the teduglutide group responded to treatment, compared with the placebo group (63% vs. 30%). This response was defined as sustaining a 20%-100% reduction from baseline in weekly PS volume during weeks 20-24. "Small bowel length did not appear to be a predictor of response," the researchers noted.

The high placebo response may be explained by examining the fluid composite effect, a measure of the combined effects of teduglutide on PS volume reduction as well as the ability to reduce oral fluid intake and increase urine output volume, the researchers noted.

"In the current study, where protocol modifications encouraged earlier and more aggressive PS reductions, significantly larger PS reductions were also achieved in patients receiving placebo, but subsequently these patients had to increase their oral fluid intake significantly to maintain urine production and hydration constant," they said.

After 24 weeks, overall PS volume was reduced by 32% from baseline in teduglutide patients, compared with 21% in placebo patients. Although no patients in either group were completely weaned from parenteral support at 24 weeks, the difference in PS volume reduction was significantly greater in the teduglutide group.

The average weekly PS volume in teduglutide patients decreased significantly from 12.5 L/wk at baseline to 8.1 L/wk at week 24. The placebo patients also had a significant decrease in average weekly PS volume, from 13.4 L/wk at baseline to 11.1 L/wk at week 24.

Treatment-ending adverse events were similar between the two groups; 5% of teduglutide patients and 7% of placebo patients discontinued treatment because of such events during the study period. The most frequently reported treatment-emergent adverse events included abdominal pain, abdominal distension, nausea, and gastrointestinal stoma complications.

Although the study did not specifically assess quality of life measures, significantly more teduglutide patients had at least 1 day off PS, compared with placebo patients, which could help to "liberate considerable time for unhindered daytime activities or undisturbed sleep," the researchers said.

The study did not address the possible benefit of teduglutide therapy earlier in the course of SBS, or the duration of effect after patients discontinued teduglutide, the researchers added.

However, the findings indicate that teduglutide was safe and well tolerated, and "could positively add to the limited treatment armamentarium" for patients with SBS-IF.

Dr. Jeppesen and several coauthors have served on the advisory board of and as consultants to NPS Pharmaceuticals, the company that funded the study. One author is an employee of NPS Pharmaceuticals.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Teduglutide Trims Parenteral Support in Short Bowel Syndrome
Display Headline
Teduglutide Trims Parenteral Support in Short Bowel Syndrome
Legacy Keywords
teduglutide bowel syndrome, patients with short bowel syndrome, intestinal failure
Legacy Keywords
teduglutide bowel syndrome, patients with short bowel syndrome, intestinal failure
Sections
Article Source

FROM GASTROENTEROLOGY

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Vitals

Major Finding: Significantly more patients who received 0.05 mg/kg per day of teduglutide had a sustained response to treatment during weeks 20-24, compared with the placebo group (63% vs. 30%).

Data Source: The data come from a randomized, controlled multicenter trial of 85 adults with short bowel syndrome and intestinal failure.

Disclosures: Dr. Jeppesen and several coauthors have served on the advisory board of and as consultants to NPS Pharmaceuticals, the company that funded the study. One author is an employee of NPS Pharmaceuticals.

Statins and diabetes risk: Fact, fiction, and clinical implications

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 15:56
Display Headline
Statins and diabetes risk: Fact, fiction, and clinical implications

On february 28, 2012, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) updated its labeling requirements for statins. In addition to revising its recommendations for monitoring liver function and its alerts about reports of memory loss, the FDA also warned of the possibility of new-onset diabetes mellitus and worse glycemic control in patients taking statin drugs.1

This change stoked an ongoing debate about the risk of diabetes with statin use and the implications of such an effect. To understand the clinical consequences of this alert and its effect on treatment decisions, we need to consider the degree to which statins lower the risk of cardiovascular disease in patients at high risk (including diabetic patients), the magnitude of the risk of developing new diabetes while on statin therapy, and the ratio of risk to benefit in treated populations.

This review will discuss the evidence for this possible adverse effect and the implications for clinical practice.

DO STATINS CAUSE DIABETES?

Individual controlled trials dating back more than a decade have had conflicting results about new diabetes and poorer diabetic control in patients taking statins.

The West of Scotland Coronary Prevention Study (WOSCOPS)2 suggested that the incidence of diabetes was 30% lower in patients taking pravastatin (Pravachol) 40 mg/day than with placebo. However, this was not observed with atorvastatin (Lipitor) 10 mg/day in the Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial–Lipid-Lowering Arm (ASCOT-LLA)3 in hypertensive patients or in the Collaborative Atorvastatin Diabetes Study (CARDS)4 in diabetic patients,4 nor was it noted with simvastatin (Zocor) 40 mg/day in the Heart Protection Study (HPS).5

The Justification for the Use of Statins in Primary Prevention: An Intervention Trial Evaluating Rosuvastatin (JUPITER),6 using the more potent agent rosuvastatin (Crestor) 20 mg/day in patients with elevated levels of C-reactive protein (CRP), was stopped early when an interim analysis found a 44% lower incidence of the primary end point. However, the trial also reported a 26% higher incidence of diabetes in follow-up of less than 2 years.

In the Prospective Study of Pravastatin in the Elderly at Risk (PROSPER),7 with a mean age at entry of 75, there was a 32% higher incidence of diabetes with pravastatin therapy.7

Results of meta-analyses

Several meta-analyses have addressed these differences.

Rajpathak et al8 performed a meta-analysis, published in 2009, of six trials—WOSCOPS,2 ASCOT-LLA,3 JUPITER,6 HPS,5 the Long-term Intervention With Pravastatin in Ischaemic Disease (LIPID) study,9 and the Controlled Rosuvastatin Multinational Study in Heart Failure (CORONA),10 with a total of 57,593 patients. They calculated that the incidence of diabetes was 13% higher (an absolute difference of 0.5%) in statin recipients, which was statistically significant. In their initial analysis, the authors excluded WOSCOPS, describing it as hypothesis-generating. The relative increase in risk was less—6%—and was not statistically significant when WOSCOPS was included.

Sattar et al,11 in a larger meta-analysis published in 2010, included 91,140 participants in 13 major statin trials conducted between 1994 and 2009; each trial had more than 1,000 patients and more than 1 year of follow-up.2,3,5–7,9,10,12–17 New diabetes was defined as physician reporting of new diabetes, new diabetic medication use, or a fasting glucose greater than 7 mmol/L (126 mg/dL).

Figure 1. Individual odds ratio for new-onset diabetes in individual trials of statin therapy and overall results. Rates are per 1,000 patient-years. (OR = odds ratio, CI = confidence interval.)

New diabetes occurred in 2,226 (4.89%) of the statin recipients and in 2,052 (4.5%) of the placebo recipients, an absolute difference of 0.39%, or 9% more (odds ratio [OR] 1.09; 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.02–1.17) (Figure 1).

The incidence of diabetes varied substantially among the 13 trials, with only JUPITER6 and PROSPER7 finding statistically significant increases in rates (26% and 32%, respectively). Of the other 11 trials, 4 had nonsignificant trends toward lower incidence,2,9,13,17 while the 7 others had nonsignificant trends toward higher incidence.

Does the specific statin make a difference?

Questions have been raised as to whether the type of statin used, the intensity of therapy, or the population studied contributed to these differences. Various studies suggest that factors such as using hydrophilic vs lipophilic statins (hydrophilic statins include pravastatin and rosuvastatin; lipophilic statins include atorvastatin, lovastatin, and simvastatin), the dose, the extent of lowering of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C), and the age or clinical characteristics of the population studied may influence this relationship.18–20

Yamakawa et al18 examined the effect of atorvastatin 10 mg/day, pravastatin 10 mg/day, and pitavastatin (Livalo) 2 mg/day on glycemic control over 3 months in a retrospective analysis. Random blood glucose and hemoglobin A1c levels were increased in the atorvastatin group but not in the other two.18

A prospective comparison of atorvastatin 20 mg vs pitavastatin 4 mg in patients with type 2 diabetes, presented at the American College of Cardiology’s 2011 annual meeting, reported a significant increase in fasting glucose levels with atorvastatin, particularly in women, but not with pitavastatin.19

In the Compare the Effect of Rosuvastatin With Atorvastatin on Apo B/Apo A-1 Ratio in Patients With Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus and Dyslipidaemia (CORALL) study,20 both high-dose rosuvastatin (40 mg) and high-dose atorvastatin (80 mg) were associated with significant increases in hemoglobin A1c, although the mean fasting glucose levels were not significantly different at 18 weeks of therapy.

A meta-analysis by Sattar et al11 did not find a clear difference between lipophilic statins (OR 1.10 vs placebo) and hydrophilic statins (OR 1.08). In analysis by statin type, the combined rosuvastatin trials were statistically significant in favor of a higher diabetes risk (OR 1.18, 95% CI 1.04–1.44). Nonsignificant trends were noted for atorvastatin trials (OR 1.14) and simvastatin trials (OR 1.11) and less so for pravastatin (OR 1.03); the OR for lovastatin was 0.98. This may suggest that there is a stronger effect with more potent statins or with greater lowering of LDL-C.

Meta-regression analysis in this study demonstrated that diabetes risk with statins was higher in older patients but was not influenced by body mass index or by the extent that LDL-C was lowered.

 

 

Statin dose as a risk factor

Intensive-dose statin therapy has been shown to reduce cardiovascular risk more than low-dose or moderate-dose therapy, thus supporting more aggressive treatment of LDL-C in higher-risk patients. However, some controlled studies comparing more-potent with less-potent statin regimens suggest that there may also be a higher risk of incident diabetes at higher doses.21–24

In a post hoc analysis of the Pravastatin or Atorvastatin Evaluation and Infection Therapy– Thrombolysis in Myocardial Infarction 22 (PROVE-IT TIMI 22) trial,21 patients who had experienced an acute coronary syndrome had a greater increase in hemoglobin A1c if treated with atorvastatin 80 mg/day than with pravastatin 40 mg/day.

Waters et al23 reported a higher risk of new diabetes with atorvastatin 80 mg than with placebo and a trend toward a higher risk with atorvastatin 80 mg than with atorvastatin 10 mg or simvastatin 20 mg.

In contrast, a review by Yousef et al24 of the data from the Enhanced Feedback for Effective Cardiac Treatment (EFFECT) study did not find a higher diabetes risk with more intensive statin therapy based on the magnitude of LDL-C reduction. A propensity-matched examination of deaths, recurrent acute ischemic events, or new diabetes in patients previously hospitalized with myocardial infarction found no differences in these end points each year out to 5 years. The risk of diabetes was in fact lower (but the difference was not statistically significant) in the high-dose groups out to 5 years. The risk of myocardial infarction or death was numerically different in the high-dose groups, but the difference was not statistically significant.

Preiss et al25 in 2011 performed a meta-analysis of the impact of intensity of statin therapy on diabetes risk. They examined data from 32,752 participants without diabetes at baseline in five randomized controlled trials with more than 1,000 participants and more than 1 year of follow-up, comparing high-dose therapy against moderate-dose statin therapy.21,22,26–28 New diabetes was considered present if there was an adverse event report of diabetes, if glucose-lowering drugs were started, or if two fasting plasma glucose measurements were higher than 7 mmol/L (126 mg/dL).

Diabetes developed in 1,449 (8.8%) of the intensive-therapy group and 1,300 (8.0%) of the moderate-therapy group (OR 1.12, 95% CI 1.04–1.22). In contrast, incident cardiovascular disease occurred in 3,134 (19.1%) of the intensive-therapy group and 3,550 (21.7%) of the moderate-therapy group (OR 0.84, 95% CI 0.75–0.94). Therefore, there was an 0.8% absolute increase in diabetes cases on high-dose statins and a 2.6% absolute reduction in adverse cardiovascular events.

CAUTION IN INTERPRETING THESE DATA

There are many reasons for caution in interpreting these studies.

The trials were not designed to look for diabetes

The data supporting the relationship between statin therapy and higher risk of diabetes are primarily from observational studies. These studies were not prospectively designed to address this question, and we therefore need to view this as association and not as causation.

The definition of diabetes varied between trials, and new-onset diabetes was often not rigorously screened for. In many trials the outcome of diabetes was at least partially based on nonstandardized, nonadjudicated physician reporting.

Consequently, if statins reduce the risk of diabetes, the results from WOSCOPS may overstate the reduction, since this study used a non-standard definition of incident diabetes (fasting plasma glucose > 126 mg/dL plus a > 36 mg/dL increase from baseline). When Sattar et al11 reanalyzed WOSCOPS data using a more standard definition, they found a smaller effect.

On the other hand, nonstandardized physician reporting may overstate an adverse effect. Sattar et al11 also found that when fasting plasma glucose levels alone were used as the definition for diabetes, the overall risk was attenuated and was no longer statistically significant (OR 1.07, 95% CI 0.97–1.17).

Perhaps statin therapy uncovers diabetes only in people at risk of diabetes

Perhaps statin therapy uncovers diabetes only in people at higher baseline risk of developing diabetes. Therefore, this adverse effect may be restricted to certain groups and not applicable to the general population.

In JUPITER, one of the two trials in which, on independent analysis, statin use was associated with new diabetes, 77% of patients in the rosuvastatin group who developed diabetes had impaired fasting glucose at entry and therefore were at higher risk of developing diabetes.6

Possibly, the relationship is driven by preexisting metabolic syndrome or other risk factors for diabetes. In the two studies that reported a statistically significantly higher incidence of new diabetes, more than 40% of patients in JUPITER met the criteria for metabolic syndrome, and metabolic syndrome, which increases in prevalence with age, was likely more prominent in the elderly population in PROSPER.

Waters et al23 grouped patients according to whether they had risk factors for diabetes (impaired fasting glucose, obesity, elevated triglycerides, and hypertension) and found that those who had none or one of these risk factors had no difference in the rate of new-onset diabetes with either moderate or intensive statin therapy, but the risk was pronounced in those who had three or four risk factors.

Ridker et al29 reanalyzed the JUPITER data from patients who did not have cardiovascular disease at baseline. Overall, for every 54 new cases of diabetes in follow-up, 134 cardiovascular events or deaths were prevented. In subgroup analysis, those who had one or more risk factors for diabetes at baseline (metabolic syndrome, impaired fasting glucose, obesity, or hemoglobin A1c > 6%) had a 39% reduction in the primary end point and a 28% increase in new diabetes. Those who had none of these risk factors had a 52% lower rate of cardiovascular events but no increase in diabetes.

Other confounding factors

Bias and confounding factors are difficult to control for in studies without prospectively defined, recognized, and analyzed outcomes.

Although it may be a bit of a stretch, residual confounding factors such as myalgia side effects while on statins may reduce exercise in the statin-treatment groups. Perhaps a change to a healthier lifestyle after cardiovascular events may be more common in placebo groups. Improved survival with statins may allow more people at risk of diabetes to live longer and present with the diagnosis.30

 

 

POSSIBLE EXPLANATIONS, BUT NO UNIFYING MECHANISM

If mechanisms could be identified to explain the association between statins and diabetes, this would strengthen the argument that it is a cause-and-effect relationship. Many explanations have been proposed as to how statins may influence glucose metabolism and insulin sensitivity.31–34 These are possible explanations based on other observations.

In theory, statins may improve insulin sensitivity via their anti-inflammatory effect, since inflammatory markers and proinflammatory cytokines have been linked with insulin resistance. However, other effects of statins may adversely affect glycemic control.

In vivo analysis has shown that some but not all statins increase insulin levels and decrease insulin sensitivity in a dose-dependent fashion. Some statins decrease adiponectin and may worsen glycemic control through loss of adiponectin’s proposed protective anti-proliferative and antiangiogenic properties. In vitro studies and animal studies have demonstrated a decrease in expression of insulin-responsive glucose transporter 4 (GLUT4) with atorvastatin, and an increase in GLUT1. It has been hypothesized that reduction in isoprenoid biosynthesis or decreased insulin signaling may explain these effects and that changes in glucose transport in adipocytes may cause insulin resistance. Other studies suggest that dysregulation of cellular cholesterol may attenuate beta-cell function. Impaired biosynthesis of ubiquinones may result in delayed production of adenosine triphosphate and consequently diminish insulin release.

But different effects have been reported for atorvastatin, simvastatin, and pravastatin, arguing against a unifying explanation or, alternatively, suggesting that differences in lipophilicity and potency among statins are important. Hydrophilic statins may be less likely to be taken up by extrahepatic cells such as pancreatic cells and adipocytes, possibly lessening these effects. However, the strong association between rosuvastatin (which is hydrophilic) and new diabetes would not support this hypothesis.

Despite these speculations, lack of conformity in response to different statins and discrepancies in the clinical outcomes noted in trials fail to clearly identify a common causative mechanism.

OTHER COMMON THERAPIES MAY INFLUENCE GLYCEMIC CONTROL

Statins are not the first drugs for reducing cardiovascular risk that have been shown to affect glucose levels during treatment.

Niacin

Niacin has been known to increase glucose levels but has long been used as a treatment for dyslipidemia despite this caution. Reduced glycemic control during niacin treatment in diabetic patients does not seem to alter the beneficial effects of treatment.35–37

In a post hoc analysis of the Coronary Drug Project (CDP), in patient subgroups defined by baseline fasting plasma glucose and compared with placebo, niacin reduced the 6-year risk of recurrent myocardial infarction and the combined end point of coronary heart disease death or nonfatal myocardial infarction similarly (interactive P value nonsignificant) across all levels of baseline fasting plasma glucose, including levels of 126 mg/dL or higher at study entry.36

In another post hoc analysis of CDP patient subgroups defined by the change in glycemic status from baseline to 1 year, niacin reduced the 6-year risk of the same end points similarly (interactive P value nonsignificant) across all levels of change in fasting plasma glucose from baseline to year 1, whether baseline fasting plasma glucose levels decreased, stayed the same, or increased to 10 mg/dL or higher on niacin therapy.36

Therefore, the beneficial effect of niacin of reducing the rate of recurrent nonfatal myocardial infarction and coronary heart disease events was not significantly diminished when impaired fasting glucose or diabetes was present when therapy was started or by on-therapy increases from baseline fasting plasma glucose.

In addition, on-therapy changes in glycemic control may be dose-related and minimized by surveillance and therapy adjustments. The Assessment of Diabetes Control and Evaluation of the Efficacy of Niaspan Trial (ADVENT)38 found that changes in glycemic control were minimal as measured by fasting glucose and hemoglobin A1c; were associated with a higher niacin dose (1.5 g/day vs 1 g/day); and, when present, were successfully managed by adjusting the diabetes treatment regimen.

Antihypertensive drugs

Diuretics as well as beta-blockers have been reported to increase the incidence of diabetes in patients with hypertension.15,38–40

A retrospective longitudinal cohort study40 in 2009 examined the development of new-onset diabetes (defined as a new ICD-9 code for diabetes or initiation of diabetes treatment) in 24,688 treated hypertensive patients without diabetes at baseline; 4,385 (17.8%) of the patients developed diabetes. After adjusting for sex and age, the risk of new diabetes was significant in users of diuretics (OR 1.10), beta-blockers (OR 1.12), and calcium channel blockers (OR 1.10) compared with users of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, (OR 0.92), angiotensin receptor blockers (OR 0.90), or alpha-blockers (OR 0.88).

However, the increase in blood glucose does not seem to attenuate the beneficial effects of reducing cardiovascular events. In the Antihypertensive and Lipid-lowering Treatment to Prevent Heart Attack Trial (ALLHAT),15 a long-term follow-up of those developing new-onset diabetes while taking chlorthalidone (Hygroton) found no difference in the risk of death from cardiovascular disease or from any cause (hazard ratio = 1.04).15

CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS

Balancing the benefits and risks of statins

It is important to examine how the 0.4% increase in absolute risk of new-onset diabetes as calculated in meta-analyses compares with the benefits of statin treatment in terms of cardiovascular risk reduction.

Using data from the Cholesterol Treatment Trialists (CTT) meta-analysis of statin trials in 71,370 participants, Sattar et al11 estimated that statin treatment is associated with 5.4 fewer deaths from coronary heart disease and cases of nonfatal myocardial infarction per 255 patients treated over 4 years for each 1-mmol/L (39 mg/dL) reduction in LDL-C compared with controls. The benefit would be even greater if stroke, revascularization, and hospitalization are included as end points. This benefit is contrasted with the risk of developing 1 additional case of diabetes for every 255 patients treated with statins over the same period.

Preiss et al25 calculated that there were 2 more cases of diabetes per 1,000 patient-years in patients receiving intensive doses than in those receiving moderate doses (18.9 vs 16.9), corresponding to 1 additional case of diabetes for every 498 patients treated per year. However, there were 6.5 fewer first major cardiovascular events per 1,000 patient-years (44.5 vs 51.0), corresponding to a number needed to treat per year to prevent 1 cardiovascular event of 155. Most of the benefit was due to fewer revascularizations, followed by nonfatal myocardial infarctions. The 12% increase in new diabetes with high-dose therapy contrasted with a 16% reduction in new cardiovascular disease combined events (OR 0.84, 95% CI 0.75–0.94).

As previously noted, in the JUPITER trial, the benefits of preventing cardiovascular events with statin therapy outweighed the risk of new diabetes in people both with and without baseline risk factors for diabetes.29 Similar to the observations with niacin and some antihypertensive drugs, the increase in blood glucose with statins does not appear to reduce the benefits of cardiovascular risk reduction in these patients at moderate to high risk, even when used at high doses.

 

 

People with diabetes need aggressive lipid-lowering—with statins

Diabetes is a coronary heart disease risk equivalent and is associated with high risk of cardiovascular events.41–46 Overall, the risk for these adverse events is two to four times greater in people with diabetes than without. Atherosclerosis-related events account for approximately 65% to 75% of all deaths in people with diabetes, and 75% of these events are coronary. Lipid abnormalities are strongly correlated with the risk of cardiovascular disease in people with diabetes, and aggressive treatment of risk factors, particularly lipid abnormalities, has been shown to reduce this risk.47–49 And data from multiple clinical trials support the use of statins to lower LDL-C as the first-line therapy for dyslipidemia in people with diabetes, just as it is in the general population.3–7,9,13,23,50–61

Analyses of diabetic subgroups encompassing 18,000 to 20,000 patients in the large statin trials have clearly demonstrated the benefits of statin therapy. A recent metaanalysis of 10 placebo-controlled trials that included approximately 16,000 patients with diabetes and 54,000 without diabetes demonstrated a 30% reduction in coronary heart disease, a 19% reduction in strokes, and a 12% reduction in mortality.54 Furthermore, in another meta-analysis of 14 trials, a similar 22% reduction in coronary heart disease was noted in people with diabetes whether or not they had a history of cardiovascular disease.55

Therefore, aggressive treatment of lipid abnormalities with statins as primary treatment has generally been adopted as a standard of care in diabetic patients, particularly those with clinical cardiovascular disease or one or more risk factors. The Adult Treatment Panel III guidelines recommend a minimum LDL-C goal of less than 100 mg/dL and a goal of less than 70 mg/dL as an option for patients with diabetes (Table 1).41,62 Similar recommendations have been issued by the American Diabetes Association together with the American College of Cardiology (Table 2),30 the American Diabetes Association by itself,63 and the American Academy of Pediatrics.6

Is new-onset diabetes as dangerous as established diabetes?

In studies to date, there did not appear to be more events in those who developed new-onset diabetes.

Waters et al,24 evaluating three trials of high-dose atorvastatin therapy, found that major cardiovascular events occurred in 11.3% of those with new-onset diabetes, 10.8% of those without new-onset diabetes (HR 1.02, 95% CI 0.77–1.35), and 17.5% of those who had diabetes at baseline.

Therefore, it may not be appropriate to extrapolate the glucose changes seen on statin therapy to an equivalent increase in adverse cardiovascular events as seen in other diabetic patients. The beneficial reduction in cardiovascular events does not appear to be diminished in those developing diabetes. It is not clear that the increase in glucose on statins has the same implications of a new diagnosis of diabetes. Does this elevation in glucose represent true diabetes or some downstream effect? For example, thiazide diuretics have been known to increase blood glucose levels, but the levels drop when these drugs are discontinued, even after many years of treatment.

On the other hand, it is possible that follow-up of 5 years or less in clinical trials has not allowed sufficient time to examine the influence of the increase in new-onset diabetes on future cardiovascular events. In addition, because of the widespread use of statins across a broad range of cardiovascular risk, even if the effect is small in absolute terms, the potential adverse effects are magnified, particularly in a low-risk population in which the cardiovascular benefits are smaller.

The association is real, but questions remain

In view of the evidence, it is difficult to refute that an association exits between statin use and new-onset diabetes, at least in some subgroups. The dose response noted in some studies further reinforces the conclusion that the association is real. However, many questions remain unanswered regarding mechanism of effect, whether there are differences depending on the particular statin or dose used, or differential effects in the populations treated (such as patients with metabolic syndrome or the elderly).

Until the contradictory observations can be resolved and plausible mechanisms of action elucidated, causality cannot be established. From a clinical standpoint there is no current evidence suggesting that the elevations in blood glucose seen while on lipid-lowering or blood-pressure-lowering therapy are associated with an increased risk of cardiovascular events or that they attenuate the beneficial effects of the therapy.

Statins should continue to be used in patients at high risk

Until further studies are done, statins should continue to be used, after assessing the risks and the benefits.

Primary prevention patients at moderate to high risk and secondary prevention patients stand to gain from statin therapy, and it should not be denied or doses reduced on the basis of concerns about the development of new-onset diabetes. The recognized modest risk of developing diabetes does not appear to blunt the cardioprotective effects of statin therapy in these moderate-to high-risk groups.

Rather than stop statins in patients at risk of diabetes such as the elderly or those with prediabetes, insulin resistance, or metabolic syndrome who are on therapy for appropriate reasons, it is reasonable to continue these drugs, monitoring glucose more closely and emphasizing the importance of weight reduction, diet, and aerobic exercise for preventing diabetes. The Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group, for example, reduced the incidence of diabetes by 58% over 2.8 years of follow-up with intensive lifestyle interventions (a low-calorie, low-fat diet plus moderate physical activity 150 minutes per week) vs usual care in at-risk populations.65

Should statins be used more cautiously in patients at lower risk?

The most recent Cholesterol Treatment Trialists meta-analysis of 27 randomized clinical trials (22 placebo-controlled, 134,537 people; 5 high-dose vs low-dose, 39,612 people) reported that reducing LDL-C with statins lowered cardiovascular risk even in low-risk patients.66 Overall, there were 21% fewer major cardiovascular events (coronary heart disease, stroke, or coronary revascularization) for every 1-mmol/L reduction in LDL-C.

The proportional reduction in events was at least as large in the two lowest-risk groups (estimated 5-year risk of < 5% and 5% to < 10%, 53,152 people) as in the higher-risk groups. This was reflected mainly in fewer nonfatal myocardial infarctions and coronary revascularizations. In these groups, the absolute reduction in risk for each 1-mmol/L reduction in LDL-C was 11 per 1,000 patients over 5 years. Even in this low-risk population, the reduction in cardiovascular risk seems to compare favorably with the small estimated increase risk of diabetes.

However, even in the lowest-risk group studied, the average baseline LDL-C level was greater than 130 mg/dL.

Therefore, in groups in which the benefits of statins on cardiovascular risk reduction are less robust (eg, low-risk primary prevention groups without significant elevations in LDLC, particularly the elderly), it would not be difficult to justify the case for more cautious use of statin therapy. If statins are used in these low-risk groups, restricting their use to those with at least moderate LDL-C elevation, using less aggressive LDL-C-lowering targets, and regular monitoring of fasting glucose seem reasonable until further information is available.

References
  1. US Food and Drug Administration. Statin drugs—drug safety communication: class labeling change. February 28, 2012. http://www.fda.gov/Safety/MedWatch/SafetyInformation/SafetyAlertsforHumanMedicalProducts/ucm293670.htm.
  2. Freeman DJ, Norrie J, Sattar N, et al. Pravastatin and the development of diabetes mellitus: evidence for a protective treatment effect in the West of Scotland Coronary Prevention Study. Circulation 2001; 103:357362.
  3. Sever PS, Dahlof B, Poulter NR, et al; ASCOT investigators. Prevention of coronary and stroke events with atorvastatin in hypertensive patients who have average or lower-than-average cholesterol concentrations, in the Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial–Lipid Lowering Arm (ASCOT-LLA): a multicentre randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2003; 361:11491158.
  4. Colhoun HM, Betteridge DJ, Durrington PN, et al. Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with atorvastatin in type 2 diabetes in the Collaborative Atorvastatin Diabetes Study (CARDS): multicentre randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2004; 364:685696.
  5. Collins R, Armitage J, Parish S, Sleigh P, Peto R; for the Heart Protection Study Collaborative Group. MRC/BHF Heart Protection Study of cholesterol-lowering with simvastatin in 5963 people with diabetes: a randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2003; 361:20052016.
  6. Ridker PM, Danielson E, Fonseca FA, et al. Rosuvastatin to prevent vascular events in men and women with elevated C-reactive protein. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:21952207.
  7. Shepherd J, Blauw GJ, Murphy MB, et al; PROSPER Study Group. Pravastatin in elderly individuals at risk of vascular disease (PROSPER): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2002; 360:16231630.
  8. Rajpathak SN, Kumbhani DJ, Crandall J, Barzilai N, Alderman M, Ridker PM. Statin therapy and risk of developing type 2 diabetes: a meta-analysis. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:19241929.
  9. Keech A, Colquhoun D, Best J, et al. Secondary prevention of cardiovascular events with long-term pravastatin in patients with diabetes or impaired fasting glucose—results from the LIPID trial. Diabetes Care 2003; 26:27132721.
  10. Kjekshus J, Apetrei E, Barrios V, et al. Rosuvastatin in older patients with systolic heart failure. N Engl J Med 2007; 357:22482261.
  11. Sattar N, Preiss D, Murray HM, et al. Statins and risk of incident diabetes: a collaborative meta-analysis of randomised statin trials. Lancet 2010; 375:735742.
  12. Nakamura H, Arakawa K, Itakura H, et al. Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with pravastatin in Japan (MEGA Study): a prospective randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2006; 368:11551163.
  13. Downs JR, Clearfield M, Weis S, et al. Primary prevention of acute coronary events with lovastatin in men and women with average cholesterol levels: results of AFCAPS/TexCAPS. Air Force/Texas Coronary Atherosclerosis Prevention Study. JAMA 1998; 279:16151622.
  14. Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study study group. Randomised trial of cholesterol lowering in 4444 patients with coronary heart disease: the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study (4S). Lancet 1994; 344:13831389.
  15. Barzilay JI, Davis BR, Pressel SL, et al; ALLHAT Collaborative Research Group. Long-term effects of incident diabetes mellitus on cardiovascular outcomes in people treated for hypertension: the ALLHAT Diabetes Extension Study. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes 2012; 5:153162.
  16. Tavazzi L, Maggioni AP, Marchioli R, et al. Effect of rosuvastatin in patients with chronic heart failure (the GISSI-HF trial): a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2008; 372:12311239.
  17. GISSI Prevenzione Investigators (Gruppo Italiano per lo Studio della Sopravvivenza nell’Infarto Miocardico). Results of the low-dose (20 mg) pravastatin GISSI Prevenzione trial in 4271 patients with recent myocardial infarction: do stopped trials contribute to overall knowledge? Ital Heart J 2000; 1:810820.
  18. Yamakawa T, Takano T, Tanaka S, Kadonosono K, Terauchi Y. Influence of pitavastatin on glucose tolerance in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Atheroscler Thromb 2008; 15:269275.
  19. Kryzhanovski V, Gumprecht J, Zhu B, Yu CY, Hounslow N, Sponseller CA. Atorvastatin but not pitavastatin significantly increases fasting plasma glucose in patients with type 2 diabetes and combined dyslipidemia (abstract). J Am Coll Cardiol 2011; 57:E575.
  20. Simsek S, Schalkwijk CG, Wolffenbuttel BH. Effects of rosuvastatin and atorvastatin on glycaemic control in type 2 diabetes—the CORALL study. Diabet Med 2012; 29:628631.
  21. Sabatine MS, Morrow DA, Giugliano RP, et al. Implications of upstream glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibition and coronary artery stenting in the invasive management of unstable angina/non-ST-elevation myocardial infarction: a comparison of the Thrombolysis In Myocardial Infarction (TIMI) IIIB trial and the Treat angina with Aggrastat and determine Cost of Therapy with Invasive or Conservative Strategy (TACTICS)-TIMI 18 trial. Circulation 2004; 110(suppl III):834880.
  22. Shepherd J, Barter P, Carmena R, et al. Effect of lowering LDL cholesterol substantially below currently recommended levels in patients with coronary heart disease and diabetes: the Treating to New Targets (TNT) study. Diabetes Care 2006; 29:12201226.
  23. Waters DD, Ho JE, DeMicco DA, et al. Predictors of new-onset diabetes in patients treated with atorvastatin: results from 3 large randomized clinical trials. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011; 57:15351545.
  24. Yousef A, Tu JV, Wang J, Donovan L, Ko DT. The association of intensive statin therapy on long-term risks of cardiovascular events and diabetes following acute myocardial infarction (abstract). Circulation 2012; 125:e859.
  25. Preiss D, Seshasai SR, Welsh P, et al. Risk of incident diabetes with intensive-dose compared with moderate-dose statin therapy: a metaanalysis. JAMA 2011; 305:25562564.
  26. de Lemos JA, Blazing MA, Wiviott SD, et al; A to Z Investigators. Early intensive vs a delayed conservative simvastatin strategy in patients with acute coronary syndromes: phase Z of the A to Z trial. JAMA 2004; 292:13071316.
  27. Pedersen TR, Faegeman O, Kastelein JJ, et al; Incremental Decrease in End Points Through Aggressive Lipid Lowering (IDEAL) Study Group. High-dose atorvastatin vs usual-dose simvastatin for secondary prevention after myocardial infarction: the IDEAL study: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2005; 294:24372445.
  28. Armitage J, Bowman L, Wallendszus K, et al; Study of the Effectiveness of Additional Reductions in Cholesterol and Homocysteine (SEARCH) Collaborative Group. Intensive lowering of LDL cholesterol with 80 mg versus 20 mg simvastatin daily in 12,064 survivors of myocardial infarction: a double-blind randomised trial. Lancet 2010; 37:16581669.
  29. Ridker PM, Pradhan A, MacFadyen JG, Libby P, Glynn RJ. Cardiovascular benefits and diabetes risks of statin therapy in primary prevention: an analysis from the JUPITER trial. Lancet 2012; 380:565571.
  30. Brunzell JD, Davidson M, Furberg CD, et al; American Diabetes Association; American College of Cardiology Foundation. Lipoprotein management in patients with cardiometabolic risk: consensus statement from the American Diabetes Association and the American College of Cardiology Foundation. Diabetes Care 2008; 31:811822.
  31. Koh KK, Quon MJ, Han SH, Lee Y, Kim SJ, Shin EK. Atorvastatin causes insulin resistance and increases ambient glycemia in hypercholesterolemic patients. J Am Coll Cardiol 2010; 55:12091216.
  32. Koh KK, Quon MJ, Han SH, et al. Differential metabolic effects of pravastatin and simvastatin in hypercholesterolemic patients. Atherosclerosis 2009; 204:483490.
  33. Nakata M, Nagasaka S, Kusaka I, Matsuoka H, Ishibashi S, Yada T. Effects of statins on the adipocyte maturation and expression of glucose transporter 4 (SLC2A4): implications in glycaemic control. Diabetologia 2006; 49:18811892.
  34. Yada T, Nakata M, Shiraishi T, Kakei M. Inhibition by simvastatin, but not pravastatin, of glucose-induced cytosolic Ca2+ signalling and insulin secretion due to blockade of L-type Ca2+ channels in rat islet beta-cells. Br J Pharmacol 1999; 126:12051213.
  35. Guyton JR, Fazio S, Adewale AJ, et al. Effect of extended-release niacin on new-onset diabetes among hyperlipidemic patients treated with ezetimibe/simvastatin in a randomized controlled trial. Diabetes Care 2012; 35:857860.
  36. Canner PL, Furberg CD, Terrin ML, McGovern ME. Benefits of niacin by glycemic status in patients with healed myocardial infarction (from the Coronary Drug Project). Am J Cardiol 2005; 95:254257.
  37. Grundy SM, Vega GL, McGovern ME, et al; Diabetes Multicenter Research Group. Efficacy, safety, and tolerability of once-daily niacin for the treatment of dyslipidemia associated with type 2 diabetes: results of the Assessment of Diabetes Control and Evaluation of the Efficacy of Niaspan Trial. Arch Intern Med 2002; 162:15681576.
  38. Gupta AK, Dahlof B, Dobson J, Sever PS, Wedel H, Poulter NRAnglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial Investigators. Determinants of new-onset diabetes among 19,257 hypertensive patients randomized in the Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial—Blood Pressure Lowering Arm and the relative influence of antihypertensive medication. Diabetes Care 2008; 31:982988.
  39. Elliott WJ, Meyer PM. Incident diabetes in clinical trials of antihypertensive drugs: a network meta-analysis. Lancet 2007; 369:201207.
  40. Jong JP, Chang MH, Tien L, et al. Antihypertensive drugs and new-onset diabetes: a retrospective longitudinal cohort study. Cardiovasc Ther 2009; 27:159163.
  41. Third report of the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III) final report. Circulation 2002; 106:31433421.
  42. Norhammar A, Tenerz A, Nilsson G, et al. Glucose metabolism in patients with acute myocardial infarction and no previous diagnosis of diabetes mellitus: a prospective study Lancet 2002; 359:21402144.
  43. Haffner SM, Lehto S, Ronnemaa T, Pyorala K, Laakso M. Mortality from coronary heart disease in subjects with type 2 diabetes and in nondiabetic subjects with and without prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:229234.
  44. Sprafka JM, Burke GL, Folsom AR, McGovbern PG, Hahn LP. Trends in prevalence of diabetes mellitus in patients with myocardial infarction and effect of diabetes on survival. The Minnesota Heart Survey. Diabetes Care 1991; 14:537543.
  45. Geiss LS, Herman WH, Smith PJ. Mortality in non-insulin-dependent diabetes. In:Harris MI, Cowie CC, Stern MP, et al, editors. Diabetes in America. 2nd ed. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, 1995:233257.
  46. Stamler J, Vaccaro O, Neaton JD, Wentworth D. Diabetes, other risk factors, and 12-yr cardiovascular mortality for men screened in the Multiple Risk Factor Intervention Trial. Diabetes Care 1993; 16:434444.
  47. Turner RC, Millns H, Neil HA, et al. Risk factors for coronary artery disease in non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus: United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS: 23). BMJ 1998; 316:823828.
  48. Gaede P, Vedel P, Larsen N, Jensen GV, Parving HH, Pedersen O. Multifactorial intervention and cardiovascular disease in patients with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2003; 348:383393.
  49. Gaede P, Pederson O. Intensive integrated therapy of type 2 diabetes: implications for long-term prognosis. Diabetes 2004; 53:S39S47.
  50. Goldberg RB, Mellies MJ, Sacks FM, et al. Cardiovascular events and their reduction with pravastatin in diabetic and glucose-intolerant myocardial infarction survivors with average cholesterol levels: subgroup analyses in the cholesterol and recurrent events (CARE) trial. The Care Investigators. Circulation 1998; 98:25132519.
  51. Pyðrälä K, Pedersen TR, Kjekshus J, Faergeman O, Olsson AG, Thorgeirsson G. Cholesterol lowering with simvastatin improves prognosis of diabetic patients with coronary heart disease. A subgroup analysis of the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study (4S). Diabetes Care 1997; 20:614620.
  52. Vijan S, Hayward RA; American College of Physicians. Pharmacologic lipid-lowering therapy in type 2 diabetes mellitus: background paper for the American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140:650658.
  53. Baigent C, Keech A, Kearney PM, et al; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators. Efficacy and safety of cholesterol-lowering treatment: prospective meta-analysis of data from 90,056 participants in 14 randomised trials of statins. Lancet 2005; 366:12671278. Errata in Lancet 2008; 371:2084, Lancet 2005; 366:1358.
  54. Brugts JJ, Yetgin T, Hoeks SE, et al. The benefits of statins in people without established cardiovascular disease but with cardiovascular risk factors: meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. BMJ 2009; 338:b2376.
  55. Kearney PM, Blackwell L, Collins R, Keech A, Simes J, Baigent C; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators. Efficacy of cholesterol-lowering therapy in 18,686 people with diabetes in 14 randomised trials of statins: a meta-analysis. Lancet 2008; 371:117125.
  56. Nissen SE, Nicholls SJ, Sipahi I, et al; ASTEROID Investigators. Effect of very high-intensity statin therapy on regression of coronary atherosclerosis: the ASTEROID trial. JAMA 2006; 295:15561565.
  57. Cannon CP, Braunwald E, McCabe CH, et al; Pravastatin or Atorvastatin Evaluation and Infection Therapy-Thrombolysis in Myocardial Infarction 22 Investigators. Intensive versus moderate lipid lowering with statins after acute coronary syndromes et al. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:14951504.
  58. LaRosa JC, Grundy SM, Waters DD, et al; Treating to New Targets (TNT) Investigators. Intensive lipid lowering with atorvastatin in patients with stable coronary disease. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:14251435.
  59. Heart Protection Study Collaborative Group. MRC/BHF Heart Protection Study of cholesterol lowering with simvastatin in 20,536 high-risk individuals: a randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2002; 360:722.
  60. Baigent C, Blackwell L, Emberson J, et al; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaboration. Efficacy and safety of more intensive lowering of LDL cholesterol: a meta-analysis of data from 170,000 participants in 26 randomised trials. Lancet 2010; 376:16701681.
  61. LIPID Study Group. Prevention of cardiovascular events and death with pravastatin in patients with coronary heart disease and a broad range of initial cholesterol levels. The Long-Term Intervention with Pravastatin in Ischaemic Disease (LIPID) Study Group. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:13491357.
  62. Grundy SM, Cleeman JI, Bairey Merz CN, et al. Implications of recent clinical trials for the National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel III guidelines. Circulation 2004; 110:227239.
  63. American Diabetes Association. Executive summary: standards of medical care in diabetes—2012. Diabetes Care 2012; 35(suppl 1):S5S10.
  64. Daniels SR, Greer FR; Committee on Nutrition. Lipid screening and cardiovascular health in childhood. Pediatrics 2008; 122:198208.
  65. Knowler WC, Barrett-Connor E, Fowler SE, et al; Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group. Reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes with lifestyle intervention or metformin. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:393403.
  66. Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators; Mihaylova B, Emberson J, Blackwell L, et al. The effects of lowering LDL cholesterol with statin therapy in people at low risk of vascular disease: meta-analysis of individual data from 27 randomised trials. Lancet 2012; 380:581590.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Michael B. Rocco, MD, FACC
Medical Director of Stress Testing and Cardiac Rehabilitation; Staff Cardiologist, Sections of Clinical Cardiology and Preventive Cardiology, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic; and Assistant Professor of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Michael B. Rocco, MD, BD10, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Rocco has disclosed teaching and speaking for Abbott Laboratories.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
883-893
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Michael B. Rocco, MD, FACC
Medical Director of Stress Testing and Cardiac Rehabilitation; Staff Cardiologist, Sections of Clinical Cardiology and Preventive Cardiology, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic; and Assistant Professor of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Michael B. Rocco, MD, BD10, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Rocco has disclosed teaching and speaking for Abbott Laboratories.

Author and Disclosure Information

Michael B. Rocco, MD, FACC
Medical Director of Stress Testing and Cardiac Rehabilitation; Staff Cardiologist, Sections of Clinical Cardiology and Preventive Cardiology, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic; and Assistant Professor of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Michael B. Rocco, MD, BD10, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Rocco has disclosed teaching and speaking for Abbott Laboratories.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

On february 28, 2012, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) updated its labeling requirements for statins. In addition to revising its recommendations for monitoring liver function and its alerts about reports of memory loss, the FDA also warned of the possibility of new-onset diabetes mellitus and worse glycemic control in patients taking statin drugs.1

This change stoked an ongoing debate about the risk of diabetes with statin use and the implications of such an effect. To understand the clinical consequences of this alert and its effect on treatment decisions, we need to consider the degree to which statins lower the risk of cardiovascular disease in patients at high risk (including diabetic patients), the magnitude of the risk of developing new diabetes while on statin therapy, and the ratio of risk to benefit in treated populations.

This review will discuss the evidence for this possible adverse effect and the implications for clinical practice.

DO STATINS CAUSE DIABETES?

Individual controlled trials dating back more than a decade have had conflicting results about new diabetes and poorer diabetic control in patients taking statins.

The West of Scotland Coronary Prevention Study (WOSCOPS)2 suggested that the incidence of diabetes was 30% lower in patients taking pravastatin (Pravachol) 40 mg/day than with placebo. However, this was not observed with atorvastatin (Lipitor) 10 mg/day in the Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial–Lipid-Lowering Arm (ASCOT-LLA)3 in hypertensive patients or in the Collaborative Atorvastatin Diabetes Study (CARDS)4 in diabetic patients,4 nor was it noted with simvastatin (Zocor) 40 mg/day in the Heart Protection Study (HPS).5

The Justification for the Use of Statins in Primary Prevention: An Intervention Trial Evaluating Rosuvastatin (JUPITER),6 using the more potent agent rosuvastatin (Crestor) 20 mg/day in patients with elevated levels of C-reactive protein (CRP), was stopped early when an interim analysis found a 44% lower incidence of the primary end point. However, the trial also reported a 26% higher incidence of diabetes in follow-up of less than 2 years.

In the Prospective Study of Pravastatin in the Elderly at Risk (PROSPER),7 with a mean age at entry of 75, there was a 32% higher incidence of diabetes with pravastatin therapy.7

Results of meta-analyses

Several meta-analyses have addressed these differences.

Rajpathak et al8 performed a meta-analysis, published in 2009, of six trials—WOSCOPS,2 ASCOT-LLA,3 JUPITER,6 HPS,5 the Long-term Intervention With Pravastatin in Ischaemic Disease (LIPID) study,9 and the Controlled Rosuvastatin Multinational Study in Heart Failure (CORONA),10 with a total of 57,593 patients. They calculated that the incidence of diabetes was 13% higher (an absolute difference of 0.5%) in statin recipients, which was statistically significant. In their initial analysis, the authors excluded WOSCOPS, describing it as hypothesis-generating. The relative increase in risk was less—6%—and was not statistically significant when WOSCOPS was included.

Sattar et al,11 in a larger meta-analysis published in 2010, included 91,140 participants in 13 major statin trials conducted between 1994 and 2009; each trial had more than 1,000 patients and more than 1 year of follow-up.2,3,5–7,9,10,12–17 New diabetes was defined as physician reporting of new diabetes, new diabetic medication use, or a fasting glucose greater than 7 mmol/L (126 mg/dL).

Figure 1. Individual odds ratio for new-onset diabetes in individual trials of statin therapy and overall results. Rates are per 1,000 patient-years. (OR = odds ratio, CI = confidence interval.)

New diabetes occurred in 2,226 (4.89%) of the statin recipients and in 2,052 (4.5%) of the placebo recipients, an absolute difference of 0.39%, or 9% more (odds ratio [OR] 1.09; 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.02–1.17) (Figure 1).

The incidence of diabetes varied substantially among the 13 trials, with only JUPITER6 and PROSPER7 finding statistically significant increases in rates (26% and 32%, respectively). Of the other 11 trials, 4 had nonsignificant trends toward lower incidence,2,9,13,17 while the 7 others had nonsignificant trends toward higher incidence.

Does the specific statin make a difference?

Questions have been raised as to whether the type of statin used, the intensity of therapy, or the population studied contributed to these differences. Various studies suggest that factors such as using hydrophilic vs lipophilic statins (hydrophilic statins include pravastatin and rosuvastatin; lipophilic statins include atorvastatin, lovastatin, and simvastatin), the dose, the extent of lowering of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C), and the age or clinical characteristics of the population studied may influence this relationship.18–20

Yamakawa et al18 examined the effect of atorvastatin 10 mg/day, pravastatin 10 mg/day, and pitavastatin (Livalo) 2 mg/day on glycemic control over 3 months in a retrospective analysis. Random blood glucose and hemoglobin A1c levels were increased in the atorvastatin group but not in the other two.18

A prospective comparison of atorvastatin 20 mg vs pitavastatin 4 mg in patients with type 2 diabetes, presented at the American College of Cardiology’s 2011 annual meeting, reported a significant increase in fasting glucose levels with atorvastatin, particularly in women, but not with pitavastatin.19

In the Compare the Effect of Rosuvastatin With Atorvastatin on Apo B/Apo A-1 Ratio in Patients With Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus and Dyslipidaemia (CORALL) study,20 both high-dose rosuvastatin (40 mg) and high-dose atorvastatin (80 mg) were associated with significant increases in hemoglobin A1c, although the mean fasting glucose levels were not significantly different at 18 weeks of therapy.

A meta-analysis by Sattar et al11 did not find a clear difference between lipophilic statins (OR 1.10 vs placebo) and hydrophilic statins (OR 1.08). In analysis by statin type, the combined rosuvastatin trials were statistically significant in favor of a higher diabetes risk (OR 1.18, 95% CI 1.04–1.44). Nonsignificant trends were noted for atorvastatin trials (OR 1.14) and simvastatin trials (OR 1.11) and less so for pravastatin (OR 1.03); the OR for lovastatin was 0.98. This may suggest that there is a stronger effect with more potent statins or with greater lowering of LDL-C.

Meta-regression analysis in this study demonstrated that diabetes risk with statins was higher in older patients but was not influenced by body mass index or by the extent that LDL-C was lowered.

 

 

Statin dose as a risk factor

Intensive-dose statin therapy has been shown to reduce cardiovascular risk more than low-dose or moderate-dose therapy, thus supporting more aggressive treatment of LDL-C in higher-risk patients. However, some controlled studies comparing more-potent with less-potent statin regimens suggest that there may also be a higher risk of incident diabetes at higher doses.21–24

In a post hoc analysis of the Pravastatin or Atorvastatin Evaluation and Infection Therapy– Thrombolysis in Myocardial Infarction 22 (PROVE-IT TIMI 22) trial,21 patients who had experienced an acute coronary syndrome had a greater increase in hemoglobin A1c if treated with atorvastatin 80 mg/day than with pravastatin 40 mg/day.

Waters et al23 reported a higher risk of new diabetes with atorvastatin 80 mg than with placebo and a trend toward a higher risk with atorvastatin 80 mg than with atorvastatin 10 mg or simvastatin 20 mg.

In contrast, a review by Yousef et al24 of the data from the Enhanced Feedback for Effective Cardiac Treatment (EFFECT) study did not find a higher diabetes risk with more intensive statin therapy based on the magnitude of LDL-C reduction. A propensity-matched examination of deaths, recurrent acute ischemic events, or new diabetes in patients previously hospitalized with myocardial infarction found no differences in these end points each year out to 5 years. The risk of diabetes was in fact lower (but the difference was not statistically significant) in the high-dose groups out to 5 years. The risk of myocardial infarction or death was numerically different in the high-dose groups, but the difference was not statistically significant.

Preiss et al25 in 2011 performed a meta-analysis of the impact of intensity of statin therapy on diabetes risk. They examined data from 32,752 participants without diabetes at baseline in five randomized controlled trials with more than 1,000 participants and more than 1 year of follow-up, comparing high-dose therapy against moderate-dose statin therapy.21,22,26–28 New diabetes was considered present if there was an adverse event report of diabetes, if glucose-lowering drugs were started, or if two fasting plasma glucose measurements were higher than 7 mmol/L (126 mg/dL).

Diabetes developed in 1,449 (8.8%) of the intensive-therapy group and 1,300 (8.0%) of the moderate-therapy group (OR 1.12, 95% CI 1.04–1.22). In contrast, incident cardiovascular disease occurred in 3,134 (19.1%) of the intensive-therapy group and 3,550 (21.7%) of the moderate-therapy group (OR 0.84, 95% CI 0.75–0.94). Therefore, there was an 0.8% absolute increase in diabetes cases on high-dose statins and a 2.6% absolute reduction in adverse cardiovascular events.

CAUTION IN INTERPRETING THESE DATA

There are many reasons for caution in interpreting these studies.

The trials were not designed to look for diabetes

The data supporting the relationship between statin therapy and higher risk of diabetes are primarily from observational studies. These studies were not prospectively designed to address this question, and we therefore need to view this as association and not as causation.

The definition of diabetes varied between trials, and new-onset diabetes was often not rigorously screened for. In many trials the outcome of diabetes was at least partially based on nonstandardized, nonadjudicated physician reporting.

Consequently, if statins reduce the risk of diabetes, the results from WOSCOPS may overstate the reduction, since this study used a non-standard definition of incident diabetes (fasting plasma glucose > 126 mg/dL plus a > 36 mg/dL increase from baseline). When Sattar et al11 reanalyzed WOSCOPS data using a more standard definition, they found a smaller effect.

On the other hand, nonstandardized physician reporting may overstate an adverse effect. Sattar et al11 also found that when fasting plasma glucose levels alone were used as the definition for diabetes, the overall risk was attenuated and was no longer statistically significant (OR 1.07, 95% CI 0.97–1.17).

Perhaps statin therapy uncovers diabetes only in people at risk of diabetes

Perhaps statin therapy uncovers diabetes only in people at higher baseline risk of developing diabetes. Therefore, this adverse effect may be restricted to certain groups and not applicable to the general population.

In JUPITER, one of the two trials in which, on independent analysis, statin use was associated with new diabetes, 77% of patients in the rosuvastatin group who developed diabetes had impaired fasting glucose at entry and therefore were at higher risk of developing diabetes.6

Possibly, the relationship is driven by preexisting metabolic syndrome or other risk factors for diabetes. In the two studies that reported a statistically significantly higher incidence of new diabetes, more than 40% of patients in JUPITER met the criteria for metabolic syndrome, and metabolic syndrome, which increases in prevalence with age, was likely more prominent in the elderly population in PROSPER.

Waters et al23 grouped patients according to whether they had risk factors for diabetes (impaired fasting glucose, obesity, elevated triglycerides, and hypertension) and found that those who had none or one of these risk factors had no difference in the rate of new-onset diabetes with either moderate or intensive statin therapy, but the risk was pronounced in those who had three or four risk factors.

Ridker et al29 reanalyzed the JUPITER data from patients who did not have cardiovascular disease at baseline. Overall, for every 54 new cases of diabetes in follow-up, 134 cardiovascular events or deaths were prevented. In subgroup analysis, those who had one or more risk factors for diabetes at baseline (metabolic syndrome, impaired fasting glucose, obesity, or hemoglobin A1c > 6%) had a 39% reduction in the primary end point and a 28% increase in new diabetes. Those who had none of these risk factors had a 52% lower rate of cardiovascular events but no increase in diabetes.

Other confounding factors

Bias and confounding factors are difficult to control for in studies without prospectively defined, recognized, and analyzed outcomes.

Although it may be a bit of a stretch, residual confounding factors such as myalgia side effects while on statins may reduce exercise in the statin-treatment groups. Perhaps a change to a healthier lifestyle after cardiovascular events may be more common in placebo groups. Improved survival with statins may allow more people at risk of diabetes to live longer and present with the diagnosis.30

 

 

POSSIBLE EXPLANATIONS, BUT NO UNIFYING MECHANISM

If mechanisms could be identified to explain the association between statins and diabetes, this would strengthen the argument that it is a cause-and-effect relationship. Many explanations have been proposed as to how statins may influence glucose metabolism and insulin sensitivity.31–34 These are possible explanations based on other observations.

In theory, statins may improve insulin sensitivity via their anti-inflammatory effect, since inflammatory markers and proinflammatory cytokines have been linked with insulin resistance. However, other effects of statins may adversely affect glycemic control.

In vivo analysis has shown that some but not all statins increase insulin levels and decrease insulin sensitivity in a dose-dependent fashion. Some statins decrease adiponectin and may worsen glycemic control through loss of adiponectin’s proposed protective anti-proliferative and antiangiogenic properties. In vitro studies and animal studies have demonstrated a decrease in expression of insulin-responsive glucose transporter 4 (GLUT4) with atorvastatin, and an increase in GLUT1. It has been hypothesized that reduction in isoprenoid biosynthesis or decreased insulin signaling may explain these effects and that changes in glucose transport in adipocytes may cause insulin resistance. Other studies suggest that dysregulation of cellular cholesterol may attenuate beta-cell function. Impaired biosynthesis of ubiquinones may result in delayed production of adenosine triphosphate and consequently diminish insulin release.

But different effects have been reported for atorvastatin, simvastatin, and pravastatin, arguing against a unifying explanation or, alternatively, suggesting that differences in lipophilicity and potency among statins are important. Hydrophilic statins may be less likely to be taken up by extrahepatic cells such as pancreatic cells and adipocytes, possibly lessening these effects. However, the strong association between rosuvastatin (which is hydrophilic) and new diabetes would not support this hypothesis.

Despite these speculations, lack of conformity in response to different statins and discrepancies in the clinical outcomes noted in trials fail to clearly identify a common causative mechanism.

OTHER COMMON THERAPIES MAY INFLUENCE GLYCEMIC CONTROL

Statins are not the first drugs for reducing cardiovascular risk that have been shown to affect glucose levels during treatment.

Niacin

Niacin has been known to increase glucose levels but has long been used as a treatment for dyslipidemia despite this caution. Reduced glycemic control during niacin treatment in diabetic patients does not seem to alter the beneficial effects of treatment.35–37

In a post hoc analysis of the Coronary Drug Project (CDP), in patient subgroups defined by baseline fasting plasma glucose and compared with placebo, niacin reduced the 6-year risk of recurrent myocardial infarction and the combined end point of coronary heart disease death or nonfatal myocardial infarction similarly (interactive P value nonsignificant) across all levels of baseline fasting plasma glucose, including levels of 126 mg/dL or higher at study entry.36

In another post hoc analysis of CDP patient subgroups defined by the change in glycemic status from baseline to 1 year, niacin reduced the 6-year risk of the same end points similarly (interactive P value nonsignificant) across all levels of change in fasting plasma glucose from baseline to year 1, whether baseline fasting plasma glucose levels decreased, stayed the same, or increased to 10 mg/dL or higher on niacin therapy.36

Therefore, the beneficial effect of niacin of reducing the rate of recurrent nonfatal myocardial infarction and coronary heart disease events was not significantly diminished when impaired fasting glucose or diabetes was present when therapy was started or by on-therapy increases from baseline fasting plasma glucose.

In addition, on-therapy changes in glycemic control may be dose-related and minimized by surveillance and therapy adjustments. The Assessment of Diabetes Control and Evaluation of the Efficacy of Niaspan Trial (ADVENT)38 found that changes in glycemic control were minimal as measured by fasting glucose and hemoglobin A1c; were associated with a higher niacin dose (1.5 g/day vs 1 g/day); and, when present, were successfully managed by adjusting the diabetes treatment regimen.

Antihypertensive drugs

Diuretics as well as beta-blockers have been reported to increase the incidence of diabetes in patients with hypertension.15,38–40

A retrospective longitudinal cohort study40 in 2009 examined the development of new-onset diabetes (defined as a new ICD-9 code for diabetes or initiation of diabetes treatment) in 24,688 treated hypertensive patients without diabetes at baseline; 4,385 (17.8%) of the patients developed diabetes. After adjusting for sex and age, the risk of new diabetes was significant in users of diuretics (OR 1.10), beta-blockers (OR 1.12), and calcium channel blockers (OR 1.10) compared with users of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, (OR 0.92), angiotensin receptor blockers (OR 0.90), or alpha-blockers (OR 0.88).

However, the increase in blood glucose does not seem to attenuate the beneficial effects of reducing cardiovascular events. In the Antihypertensive and Lipid-lowering Treatment to Prevent Heart Attack Trial (ALLHAT),15 a long-term follow-up of those developing new-onset diabetes while taking chlorthalidone (Hygroton) found no difference in the risk of death from cardiovascular disease or from any cause (hazard ratio = 1.04).15

CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS

Balancing the benefits and risks of statins

It is important to examine how the 0.4% increase in absolute risk of new-onset diabetes as calculated in meta-analyses compares with the benefits of statin treatment in terms of cardiovascular risk reduction.

Using data from the Cholesterol Treatment Trialists (CTT) meta-analysis of statin trials in 71,370 participants, Sattar et al11 estimated that statin treatment is associated with 5.4 fewer deaths from coronary heart disease and cases of nonfatal myocardial infarction per 255 patients treated over 4 years for each 1-mmol/L (39 mg/dL) reduction in LDL-C compared with controls. The benefit would be even greater if stroke, revascularization, and hospitalization are included as end points. This benefit is contrasted with the risk of developing 1 additional case of diabetes for every 255 patients treated with statins over the same period.

Preiss et al25 calculated that there were 2 more cases of diabetes per 1,000 patient-years in patients receiving intensive doses than in those receiving moderate doses (18.9 vs 16.9), corresponding to 1 additional case of diabetes for every 498 patients treated per year. However, there were 6.5 fewer first major cardiovascular events per 1,000 patient-years (44.5 vs 51.0), corresponding to a number needed to treat per year to prevent 1 cardiovascular event of 155. Most of the benefit was due to fewer revascularizations, followed by nonfatal myocardial infarctions. The 12% increase in new diabetes with high-dose therapy contrasted with a 16% reduction in new cardiovascular disease combined events (OR 0.84, 95% CI 0.75–0.94).

As previously noted, in the JUPITER trial, the benefits of preventing cardiovascular events with statin therapy outweighed the risk of new diabetes in people both with and without baseline risk factors for diabetes.29 Similar to the observations with niacin and some antihypertensive drugs, the increase in blood glucose with statins does not appear to reduce the benefits of cardiovascular risk reduction in these patients at moderate to high risk, even when used at high doses.

 

 

People with diabetes need aggressive lipid-lowering—with statins

Diabetes is a coronary heart disease risk equivalent and is associated with high risk of cardiovascular events.41–46 Overall, the risk for these adverse events is two to four times greater in people with diabetes than without. Atherosclerosis-related events account for approximately 65% to 75% of all deaths in people with diabetes, and 75% of these events are coronary. Lipid abnormalities are strongly correlated with the risk of cardiovascular disease in people with diabetes, and aggressive treatment of risk factors, particularly lipid abnormalities, has been shown to reduce this risk.47–49 And data from multiple clinical trials support the use of statins to lower LDL-C as the first-line therapy for dyslipidemia in people with diabetes, just as it is in the general population.3–7,9,13,23,50–61

Analyses of diabetic subgroups encompassing 18,000 to 20,000 patients in the large statin trials have clearly demonstrated the benefits of statin therapy. A recent metaanalysis of 10 placebo-controlled trials that included approximately 16,000 patients with diabetes and 54,000 without diabetes demonstrated a 30% reduction in coronary heart disease, a 19% reduction in strokes, and a 12% reduction in mortality.54 Furthermore, in another meta-analysis of 14 trials, a similar 22% reduction in coronary heart disease was noted in people with diabetes whether or not they had a history of cardiovascular disease.55

Therefore, aggressive treatment of lipid abnormalities with statins as primary treatment has generally been adopted as a standard of care in diabetic patients, particularly those with clinical cardiovascular disease or one or more risk factors. The Adult Treatment Panel III guidelines recommend a minimum LDL-C goal of less than 100 mg/dL and a goal of less than 70 mg/dL as an option for patients with diabetes (Table 1).41,62 Similar recommendations have been issued by the American Diabetes Association together with the American College of Cardiology (Table 2),30 the American Diabetes Association by itself,63 and the American Academy of Pediatrics.6

Is new-onset diabetes as dangerous as established diabetes?

In studies to date, there did not appear to be more events in those who developed new-onset diabetes.

Waters et al,24 evaluating three trials of high-dose atorvastatin therapy, found that major cardiovascular events occurred in 11.3% of those with new-onset diabetes, 10.8% of those without new-onset diabetes (HR 1.02, 95% CI 0.77–1.35), and 17.5% of those who had diabetes at baseline.

Therefore, it may not be appropriate to extrapolate the glucose changes seen on statin therapy to an equivalent increase in adverse cardiovascular events as seen in other diabetic patients. The beneficial reduction in cardiovascular events does not appear to be diminished in those developing diabetes. It is not clear that the increase in glucose on statins has the same implications of a new diagnosis of diabetes. Does this elevation in glucose represent true diabetes or some downstream effect? For example, thiazide diuretics have been known to increase blood glucose levels, but the levels drop when these drugs are discontinued, even after many years of treatment.

On the other hand, it is possible that follow-up of 5 years or less in clinical trials has not allowed sufficient time to examine the influence of the increase in new-onset diabetes on future cardiovascular events. In addition, because of the widespread use of statins across a broad range of cardiovascular risk, even if the effect is small in absolute terms, the potential adverse effects are magnified, particularly in a low-risk population in which the cardiovascular benefits are smaller.

The association is real, but questions remain

In view of the evidence, it is difficult to refute that an association exits between statin use and new-onset diabetes, at least in some subgroups. The dose response noted in some studies further reinforces the conclusion that the association is real. However, many questions remain unanswered regarding mechanism of effect, whether there are differences depending on the particular statin or dose used, or differential effects in the populations treated (such as patients with metabolic syndrome or the elderly).

Until the contradictory observations can be resolved and plausible mechanisms of action elucidated, causality cannot be established. From a clinical standpoint there is no current evidence suggesting that the elevations in blood glucose seen while on lipid-lowering or blood-pressure-lowering therapy are associated with an increased risk of cardiovascular events or that they attenuate the beneficial effects of the therapy.

Statins should continue to be used in patients at high risk

Until further studies are done, statins should continue to be used, after assessing the risks and the benefits.

Primary prevention patients at moderate to high risk and secondary prevention patients stand to gain from statin therapy, and it should not be denied or doses reduced on the basis of concerns about the development of new-onset diabetes. The recognized modest risk of developing diabetes does not appear to blunt the cardioprotective effects of statin therapy in these moderate-to high-risk groups.

Rather than stop statins in patients at risk of diabetes such as the elderly or those with prediabetes, insulin resistance, or metabolic syndrome who are on therapy for appropriate reasons, it is reasonable to continue these drugs, monitoring glucose more closely and emphasizing the importance of weight reduction, diet, and aerobic exercise for preventing diabetes. The Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group, for example, reduced the incidence of diabetes by 58% over 2.8 years of follow-up with intensive lifestyle interventions (a low-calorie, low-fat diet plus moderate physical activity 150 minutes per week) vs usual care in at-risk populations.65

Should statins be used more cautiously in patients at lower risk?

The most recent Cholesterol Treatment Trialists meta-analysis of 27 randomized clinical trials (22 placebo-controlled, 134,537 people; 5 high-dose vs low-dose, 39,612 people) reported that reducing LDL-C with statins lowered cardiovascular risk even in low-risk patients.66 Overall, there were 21% fewer major cardiovascular events (coronary heart disease, stroke, or coronary revascularization) for every 1-mmol/L reduction in LDL-C.

The proportional reduction in events was at least as large in the two lowest-risk groups (estimated 5-year risk of < 5% and 5% to < 10%, 53,152 people) as in the higher-risk groups. This was reflected mainly in fewer nonfatal myocardial infarctions and coronary revascularizations. In these groups, the absolute reduction in risk for each 1-mmol/L reduction in LDL-C was 11 per 1,000 patients over 5 years. Even in this low-risk population, the reduction in cardiovascular risk seems to compare favorably with the small estimated increase risk of diabetes.

However, even in the lowest-risk group studied, the average baseline LDL-C level was greater than 130 mg/dL.

Therefore, in groups in which the benefits of statins on cardiovascular risk reduction are less robust (eg, low-risk primary prevention groups without significant elevations in LDLC, particularly the elderly), it would not be difficult to justify the case for more cautious use of statin therapy. If statins are used in these low-risk groups, restricting their use to those with at least moderate LDL-C elevation, using less aggressive LDL-C-lowering targets, and regular monitoring of fasting glucose seem reasonable until further information is available.

On february 28, 2012, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) updated its labeling requirements for statins. In addition to revising its recommendations for monitoring liver function and its alerts about reports of memory loss, the FDA also warned of the possibility of new-onset diabetes mellitus and worse glycemic control in patients taking statin drugs.1

This change stoked an ongoing debate about the risk of diabetes with statin use and the implications of such an effect. To understand the clinical consequences of this alert and its effect on treatment decisions, we need to consider the degree to which statins lower the risk of cardiovascular disease in patients at high risk (including diabetic patients), the magnitude of the risk of developing new diabetes while on statin therapy, and the ratio of risk to benefit in treated populations.

This review will discuss the evidence for this possible adverse effect and the implications for clinical practice.

DO STATINS CAUSE DIABETES?

Individual controlled trials dating back more than a decade have had conflicting results about new diabetes and poorer diabetic control in patients taking statins.

The West of Scotland Coronary Prevention Study (WOSCOPS)2 suggested that the incidence of diabetes was 30% lower in patients taking pravastatin (Pravachol) 40 mg/day than with placebo. However, this was not observed with atorvastatin (Lipitor) 10 mg/day in the Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial–Lipid-Lowering Arm (ASCOT-LLA)3 in hypertensive patients or in the Collaborative Atorvastatin Diabetes Study (CARDS)4 in diabetic patients,4 nor was it noted with simvastatin (Zocor) 40 mg/day in the Heart Protection Study (HPS).5

The Justification for the Use of Statins in Primary Prevention: An Intervention Trial Evaluating Rosuvastatin (JUPITER),6 using the more potent agent rosuvastatin (Crestor) 20 mg/day in patients with elevated levels of C-reactive protein (CRP), was stopped early when an interim analysis found a 44% lower incidence of the primary end point. However, the trial also reported a 26% higher incidence of diabetes in follow-up of less than 2 years.

In the Prospective Study of Pravastatin in the Elderly at Risk (PROSPER),7 with a mean age at entry of 75, there was a 32% higher incidence of diabetes with pravastatin therapy.7

Results of meta-analyses

Several meta-analyses have addressed these differences.

Rajpathak et al8 performed a meta-analysis, published in 2009, of six trials—WOSCOPS,2 ASCOT-LLA,3 JUPITER,6 HPS,5 the Long-term Intervention With Pravastatin in Ischaemic Disease (LIPID) study,9 and the Controlled Rosuvastatin Multinational Study in Heart Failure (CORONA),10 with a total of 57,593 patients. They calculated that the incidence of diabetes was 13% higher (an absolute difference of 0.5%) in statin recipients, which was statistically significant. In their initial analysis, the authors excluded WOSCOPS, describing it as hypothesis-generating. The relative increase in risk was less—6%—and was not statistically significant when WOSCOPS was included.

Sattar et al,11 in a larger meta-analysis published in 2010, included 91,140 participants in 13 major statin trials conducted between 1994 and 2009; each trial had more than 1,000 patients and more than 1 year of follow-up.2,3,5–7,9,10,12–17 New diabetes was defined as physician reporting of new diabetes, new diabetic medication use, or a fasting glucose greater than 7 mmol/L (126 mg/dL).

Figure 1. Individual odds ratio for new-onset diabetes in individual trials of statin therapy and overall results. Rates are per 1,000 patient-years. (OR = odds ratio, CI = confidence interval.)

New diabetes occurred in 2,226 (4.89%) of the statin recipients and in 2,052 (4.5%) of the placebo recipients, an absolute difference of 0.39%, or 9% more (odds ratio [OR] 1.09; 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.02–1.17) (Figure 1).

The incidence of diabetes varied substantially among the 13 trials, with only JUPITER6 and PROSPER7 finding statistically significant increases in rates (26% and 32%, respectively). Of the other 11 trials, 4 had nonsignificant trends toward lower incidence,2,9,13,17 while the 7 others had nonsignificant trends toward higher incidence.

Does the specific statin make a difference?

Questions have been raised as to whether the type of statin used, the intensity of therapy, or the population studied contributed to these differences. Various studies suggest that factors such as using hydrophilic vs lipophilic statins (hydrophilic statins include pravastatin and rosuvastatin; lipophilic statins include atorvastatin, lovastatin, and simvastatin), the dose, the extent of lowering of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C), and the age or clinical characteristics of the population studied may influence this relationship.18–20

Yamakawa et al18 examined the effect of atorvastatin 10 mg/day, pravastatin 10 mg/day, and pitavastatin (Livalo) 2 mg/day on glycemic control over 3 months in a retrospective analysis. Random blood glucose and hemoglobin A1c levels were increased in the atorvastatin group but not in the other two.18

A prospective comparison of atorvastatin 20 mg vs pitavastatin 4 mg in patients with type 2 diabetes, presented at the American College of Cardiology’s 2011 annual meeting, reported a significant increase in fasting glucose levels with atorvastatin, particularly in women, but not with pitavastatin.19

In the Compare the Effect of Rosuvastatin With Atorvastatin on Apo B/Apo A-1 Ratio in Patients With Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus and Dyslipidaemia (CORALL) study,20 both high-dose rosuvastatin (40 mg) and high-dose atorvastatin (80 mg) were associated with significant increases in hemoglobin A1c, although the mean fasting glucose levels were not significantly different at 18 weeks of therapy.

A meta-analysis by Sattar et al11 did not find a clear difference between lipophilic statins (OR 1.10 vs placebo) and hydrophilic statins (OR 1.08). In analysis by statin type, the combined rosuvastatin trials were statistically significant in favor of a higher diabetes risk (OR 1.18, 95% CI 1.04–1.44). Nonsignificant trends were noted for atorvastatin trials (OR 1.14) and simvastatin trials (OR 1.11) and less so for pravastatin (OR 1.03); the OR for lovastatin was 0.98. This may suggest that there is a stronger effect with more potent statins or with greater lowering of LDL-C.

Meta-regression analysis in this study demonstrated that diabetes risk with statins was higher in older patients but was not influenced by body mass index or by the extent that LDL-C was lowered.

 

 

Statin dose as a risk factor

Intensive-dose statin therapy has been shown to reduce cardiovascular risk more than low-dose or moderate-dose therapy, thus supporting more aggressive treatment of LDL-C in higher-risk patients. However, some controlled studies comparing more-potent with less-potent statin regimens suggest that there may also be a higher risk of incident diabetes at higher doses.21–24

In a post hoc analysis of the Pravastatin or Atorvastatin Evaluation and Infection Therapy– Thrombolysis in Myocardial Infarction 22 (PROVE-IT TIMI 22) trial,21 patients who had experienced an acute coronary syndrome had a greater increase in hemoglobin A1c if treated with atorvastatin 80 mg/day than with pravastatin 40 mg/day.

Waters et al23 reported a higher risk of new diabetes with atorvastatin 80 mg than with placebo and a trend toward a higher risk with atorvastatin 80 mg than with atorvastatin 10 mg or simvastatin 20 mg.

In contrast, a review by Yousef et al24 of the data from the Enhanced Feedback for Effective Cardiac Treatment (EFFECT) study did not find a higher diabetes risk with more intensive statin therapy based on the magnitude of LDL-C reduction. A propensity-matched examination of deaths, recurrent acute ischemic events, or new diabetes in patients previously hospitalized with myocardial infarction found no differences in these end points each year out to 5 years. The risk of diabetes was in fact lower (but the difference was not statistically significant) in the high-dose groups out to 5 years. The risk of myocardial infarction or death was numerically different in the high-dose groups, but the difference was not statistically significant.

Preiss et al25 in 2011 performed a meta-analysis of the impact of intensity of statin therapy on diabetes risk. They examined data from 32,752 participants without diabetes at baseline in five randomized controlled trials with more than 1,000 participants and more than 1 year of follow-up, comparing high-dose therapy against moderate-dose statin therapy.21,22,26–28 New diabetes was considered present if there was an adverse event report of diabetes, if glucose-lowering drugs were started, or if two fasting plasma glucose measurements were higher than 7 mmol/L (126 mg/dL).

Diabetes developed in 1,449 (8.8%) of the intensive-therapy group and 1,300 (8.0%) of the moderate-therapy group (OR 1.12, 95% CI 1.04–1.22). In contrast, incident cardiovascular disease occurred in 3,134 (19.1%) of the intensive-therapy group and 3,550 (21.7%) of the moderate-therapy group (OR 0.84, 95% CI 0.75–0.94). Therefore, there was an 0.8% absolute increase in diabetes cases on high-dose statins and a 2.6% absolute reduction in adverse cardiovascular events.

CAUTION IN INTERPRETING THESE DATA

There are many reasons for caution in interpreting these studies.

The trials were not designed to look for diabetes

The data supporting the relationship between statin therapy and higher risk of diabetes are primarily from observational studies. These studies were not prospectively designed to address this question, and we therefore need to view this as association and not as causation.

The definition of diabetes varied between trials, and new-onset diabetes was often not rigorously screened for. In many trials the outcome of diabetes was at least partially based on nonstandardized, nonadjudicated physician reporting.

Consequently, if statins reduce the risk of diabetes, the results from WOSCOPS may overstate the reduction, since this study used a non-standard definition of incident diabetes (fasting plasma glucose > 126 mg/dL plus a > 36 mg/dL increase from baseline). When Sattar et al11 reanalyzed WOSCOPS data using a more standard definition, they found a smaller effect.

On the other hand, nonstandardized physician reporting may overstate an adverse effect. Sattar et al11 also found that when fasting plasma glucose levels alone were used as the definition for diabetes, the overall risk was attenuated and was no longer statistically significant (OR 1.07, 95% CI 0.97–1.17).

Perhaps statin therapy uncovers diabetes only in people at risk of diabetes

Perhaps statin therapy uncovers diabetes only in people at higher baseline risk of developing diabetes. Therefore, this adverse effect may be restricted to certain groups and not applicable to the general population.

In JUPITER, one of the two trials in which, on independent analysis, statin use was associated with new diabetes, 77% of patients in the rosuvastatin group who developed diabetes had impaired fasting glucose at entry and therefore were at higher risk of developing diabetes.6

Possibly, the relationship is driven by preexisting metabolic syndrome or other risk factors for diabetes. In the two studies that reported a statistically significantly higher incidence of new diabetes, more than 40% of patients in JUPITER met the criteria for metabolic syndrome, and metabolic syndrome, which increases in prevalence with age, was likely more prominent in the elderly population in PROSPER.

Waters et al23 grouped patients according to whether they had risk factors for diabetes (impaired fasting glucose, obesity, elevated triglycerides, and hypertension) and found that those who had none or one of these risk factors had no difference in the rate of new-onset diabetes with either moderate or intensive statin therapy, but the risk was pronounced in those who had three or four risk factors.

Ridker et al29 reanalyzed the JUPITER data from patients who did not have cardiovascular disease at baseline. Overall, for every 54 new cases of diabetes in follow-up, 134 cardiovascular events or deaths were prevented. In subgroup analysis, those who had one or more risk factors for diabetes at baseline (metabolic syndrome, impaired fasting glucose, obesity, or hemoglobin A1c > 6%) had a 39% reduction in the primary end point and a 28% increase in new diabetes. Those who had none of these risk factors had a 52% lower rate of cardiovascular events but no increase in diabetes.

Other confounding factors

Bias and confounding factors are difficult to control for in studies without prospectively defined, recognized, and analyzed outcomes.

Although it may be a bit of a stretch, residual confounding factors such as myalgia side effects while on statins may reduce exercise in the statin-treatment groups. Perhaps a change to a healthier lifestyle after cardiovascular events may be more common in placebo groups. Improved survival with statins may allow more people at risk of diabetes to live longer and present with the diagnosis.30

 

 

POSSIBLE EXPLANATIONS, BUT NO UNIFYING MECHANISM

If mechanisms could be identified to explain the association between statins and diabetes, this would strengthen the argument that it is a cause-and-effect relationship. Many explanations have been proposed as to how statins may influence glucose metabolism and insulin sensitivity.31–34 These are possible explanations based on other observations.

In theory, statins may improve insulin sensitivity via their anti-inflammatory effect, since inflammatory markers and proinflammatory cytokines have been linked with insulin resistance. However, other effects of statins may adversely affect glycemic control.

In vivo analysis has shown that some but not all statins increase insulin levels and decrease insulin sensitivity in a dose-dependent fashion. Some statins decrease adiponectin and may worsen glycemic control through loss of adiponectin’s proposed protective anti-proliferative and antiangiogenic properties. In vitro studies and animal studies have demonstrated a decrease in expression of insulin-responsive glucose transporter 4 (GLUT4) with atorvastatin, and an increase in GLUT1. It has been hypothesized that reduction in isoprenoid biosynthesis or decreased insulin signaling may explain these effects and that changes in glucose transport in adipocytes may cause insulin resistance. Other studies suggest that dysregulation of cellular cholesterol may attenuate beta-cell function. Impaired biosynthesis of ubiquinones may result in delayed production of adenosine triphosphate and consequently diminish insulin release.

But different effects have been reported for atorvastatin, simvastatin, and pravastatin, arguing against a unifying explanation or, alternatively, suggesting that differences in lipophilicity and potency among statins are important. Hydrophilic statins may be less likely to be taken up by extrahepatic cells such as pancreatic cells and adipocytes, possibly lessening these effects. However, the strong association between rosuvastatin (which is hydrophilic) and new diabetes would not support this hypothesis.

Despite these speculations, lack of conformity in response to different statins and discrepancies in the clinical outcomes noted in trials fail to clearly identify a common causative mechanism.

OTHER COMMON THERAPIES MAY INFLUENCE GLYCEMIC CONTROL

Statins are not the first drugs for reducing cardiovascular risk that have been shown to affect glucose levels during treatment.

Niacin

Niacin has been known to increase glucose levels but has long been used as a treatment for dyslipidemia despite this caution. Reduced glycemic control during niacin treatment in diabetic patients does not seem to alter the beneficial effects of treatment.35–37

In a post hoc analysis of the Coronary Drug Project (CDP), in patient subgroups defined by baseline fasting plasma glucose and compared with placebo, niacin reduced the 6-year risk of recurrent myocardial infarction and the combined end point of coronary heart disease death or nonfatal myocardial infarction similarly (interactive P value nonsignificant) across all levels of baseline fasting plasma glucose, including levels of 126 mg/dL or higher at study entry.36

In another post hoc analysis of CDP patient subgroups defined by the change in glycemic status from baseline to 1 year, niacin reduced the 6-year risk of the same end points similarly (interactive P value nonsignificant) across all levels of change in fasting plasma glucose from baseline to year 1, whether baseline fasting plasma glucose levels decreased, stayed the same, or increased to 10 mg/dL or higher on niacin therapy.36

Therefore, the beneficial effect of niacin of reducing the rate of recurrent nonfatal myocardial infarction and coronary heart disease events was not significantly diminished when impaired fasting glucose or diabetes was present when therapy was started or by on-therapy increases from baseline fasting plasma glucose.

In addition, on-therapy changes in glycemic control may be dose-related and minimized by surveillance and therapy adjustments. The Assessment of Diabetes Control and Evaluation of the Efficacy of Niaspan Trial (ADVENT)38 found that changes in glycemic control were minimal as measured by fasting glucose and hemoglobin A1c; were associated with a higher niacin dose (1.5 g/day vs 1 g/day); and, when present, were successfully managed by adjusting the diabetes treatment regimen.

Antihypertensive drugs

Diuretics as well as beta-blockers have been reported to increase the incidence of diabetes in patients with hypertension.15,38–40

A retrospective longitudinal cohort study40 in 2009 examined the development of new-onset diabetes (defined as a new ICD-9 code for diabetes or initiation of diabetes treatment) in 24,688 treated hypertensive patients without diabetes at baseline; 4,385 (17.8%) of the patients developed diabetes. After adjusting for sex and age, the risk of new diabetes was significant in users of diuretics (OR 1.10), beta-blockers (OR 1.12), and calcium channel blockers (OR 1.10) compared with users of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, (OR 0.92), angiotensin receptor blockers (OR 0.90), or alpha-blockers (OR 0.88).

However, the increase in blood glucose does not seem to attenuate the beneficial effects of reducing cardiovascular events. In the Antihypertensive and Lipid-lowering Treatment to Prevent Heart Attack Trial (ALLHAT),15 a long-term follow-up of those developing new-onset diabetes while taking chlorthalidone (Hygroton) found no difference in the risk of death from cardiovascular disease or from any cause (hazard ratio = 1.04).15

CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS

Balancing the benefits and risks of statins

It is important to examine how the 0.4% increase in absolute risk of new-onset diabetes as calculated in meta-analyses compares with the benefits of statin treatment in terms of cardiovascular risk reduction.

Using data from the Cholesterol Treatment Trialists (CTT) meta-analysis of statin trials in 71,370 participants, Sattar et al11 estimated that statin treatment is associated with 5.4 fewer deaths from coronary heart disease and cases of nonfatal myocardial infarction per 255 patients treated over 4 years for each 1-mmol/L (39 mg/dL) reduction in LDL-C compared with controls. The benefit would be even greater if stroke, revascularization, and hospitalization are included as end points. This benefit is contrasted with the risk of developing 1 additional case of diabetes for every 255 patients treated with statins over the same period.

Preiss et al25 calculated that there were 2 more cases of diabetes per 1,000 patient-years in patients receiving intensive doses than in those receiving moderate doses (18.9 vs 16.9), corresponding to 1 additional case of diabetes for every 498 patients treated per year. However, there were 6.5 fewer first major cardiovascular events per 1,000 patient-years (44.5 vs 51.0), corresponding to a number needed to treat per year to prevent 1 cardiovascular event of 155. Most of the benefit was due to fewer revascularizations, followed by nonfatal myocardial infarctions. The 12% increase in new diabetes with high-dose therapy contrasted with a 16% reduction in new cardiovascular disease combined events (OR 0.84, 95% CI 0.75–0.94).

As previously noted, in the JUPITER trial, the benefits of preventing cardiovascular events with statin therapy outweighed the risk of new diabetes in people both with and without baseline risk factors for diabetes.29 Similar to the observations with niacin and some antihypertensive drugs, the increase in blood glucose with statins does not appear to reduce the benefits of cardiovascular risk reduction in these patients at moderate to high risk, even when used at high doses.

 

 

People with diabetes need aggressive lipid-lowering—with statins

Diabetes is a coronary heart disease risk equivalent and is associated with high risk of cardiovascular events.41–46 Overall, the risk for these adverse events is two to four times greater in people with diabetes than without. Atherosclerosis-related events account for approximately 65% to 75% of all deaths in people with diabetes, and 75% of these events are coronary. Lipid abnormalities are strongly correlated with the risk of cardiovascular disease in people with diabetes, and aggressive treatment of risk factors, particularly lipid abnormalities, has been shown to reduce this risk.47–49 And data from multiple clinical trials support the use of statins to lower LDL-C as the first-line therapy for dyslipidemia in people with diabetes, just as it is in the general population.3–7,9,13,23,50–61

Analyses of diabetic subgroups encompassing 18,000 to 20,000 patients in the large statin trials have clearly demonstrated the benefits of statin therapy. A recent metaanalysis of 10 placebo-controlled trials that included approximately 16,000 patients with diabetes and 54,000 without diabetes demonstrated a 30% reduction in coronary heart disease, a 19% reduction in strokes, and a 12% reduction in mortality.54 Furthermore, in another meta-analysis of 14 trials, a similar 22% reduction in coronary heart disease was noted in people with diabetes whether or not they had a history of cardiovascular disease.55

Therefore, aggressive treatment of lipid abnormalities with statins as primary treatment has generally been adopted as a standard of care in diabetic patients, particularly those with clinical cardiovascular disease or one or more risk factors. The Adult Treatment Panel III guidelines recommend a minimum LDL-C goal of less than 100 mg/dL and a goal of less than 70 mg/dL as an option for patients with diabetes (Table 1).41,62 Similar recommendations have been issued by the American Diabetes Association together with the American College of Cardiology (Table 2),30 the American Diabetes Association by itself,63 and the American Academy of Pediatrics.6

Is new-onset diabetes as dangerous as established diabetes?

In studies to date, there did not appear to be more events in those who developed new-onset diabetes.

Waters et al,24 evaluating three trials of high-dose atorvastatin therapy, found that major cardiovascular events occurred in 11.3% of those with new-onset diabetes, 10.8% of those without new-onset diabetes (HR 1.02, 95% CI 0.77–1.35), and 17.5% of those who had diabetes at baseline.

Therefore, it may not be appropriate to extrapolate the glucose changes seen on statin therapy to an equivalent increase in adverse cardiovascular events as seen in other diabetic patients. The beneficial reduction in cardiovascular events does not appear to be diminished in those developing diabetes. It is not clear that the increase in glucose on statins has the same implications of a new diagnosis of diabetes. Does this elevation in glucose represent true diabetes or some downstream effect? For example, thiazide diuretics have been known to increase blood glucose levels, but the levels drop when these drugs are discontinued, even after many years of treatment.

On the other hand, it is possible that follow-up of 5 years or less in clinical trials has not allowed sufficient time to examine the influence of the increase in new-onset diabetes on future cardiovascular events. In addition, because of the widespread use of statins across a broad range of cardiovascular risk, even if the effect is small in absolute terms, the potential adverse effects are magnified, particularly in a low-risk population in which the cardiovascular benefits are smaller.

The association is real, but questions remain

In view of the evidence, it is difficult to refute that an association exits between statin use and new-onset diabetes, at least in some subgroups. The dose response noted in some studies further reinforces the conclusion that the association is real. However, many questions remain unanswered regarding mechanism of effect, whether there are differences depending on the particular statin or dose used, or differential effects in the populations treated (such as patients with metabolic syndrome or the elderly).

Until the contradictory observations can be resolved and plausible mechanisms of action elucidated, causality cannot be established. From a clinical standpoint there is no current evidence suggesting that the elevations in blood glucose seen while on lipid-lowering or blood-pressure-lowering therapy are associated with an increased risk of cardiovascular events or that they attenuate the beneficial effects of the therapy.

Statins should continue to be used in patients at high risk

Until further studies are done, statins should continue to be used, after assessing the risks and the benefits.

Primary prevention patients at moderate to high risk and secondary prevention patients stand to gain from statin therapy, and it should not be denied or doses reduced on the basis of concerns about the development of new-onset diabetes. The recognized modest risk of developing diabetes does not appear to blunt the cardioprotective effects of statin therapy in these moderate-to high-risk groups.

Rather than stop statins in patients at risk of diabetes such as the elderly or those with prediabetes, insulin resistance, or metabolic syndrome who are on therapy for appropriate reasons, it is reasonable to continue these drugs, monitoring glucose more closely and emphasizing the importance of weight reduction, diet, and aerobic exercise for preventing diabetes. The Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group, for example, reduced the incidence of diabetes by 58% over 2.8 years of follow-up with intensive lifestyle interventions (a low-calorie, low-fat diet plus moderate physical activity 150 minutes per week) vs usual care in at-risk populations.65

Should statins be used more cautiously in patients at lower risk?

The most recent Cholesterol Treatment Trialists meta-analysis of 27 randomized clinical trials (22 placebo-controlled, 134,537 people; 5 high-dose vs low-dose, 39,612 people) reported that reducing LDL-C with statins lowered cardiovascular risk even in low-risk patients.66 Overall, there were 21% fewer major cardiovascular events (coronary heart disease, stroke, or coronary revascularization) for every 1-mmol/L reduction in LDL-C.

The proportional reduction in events was at least as large in the two lowest-risk groups (estimated 5-year risk of < 5% and 5% to < 10%, 53,152 people) as in the higher-risk groups. This was reflected mainly in fewer nonfatal myocardial infarctions and coronary revascularizations. In these groups, the absolute reduction in risk for each 1-mmol/L reduction in LDL-C was 11 per 1,000 patients over 5 years. Even in this low-risk population, the reduction in cardiovascular risk seems to compare favorably with the small estimated increase risk of diabetes.

However, even in the lowest-risk group studied, the average baseline LDL-C level was greater than 130 mg/dL.

Therefore, in groups in which the benefits of statins on cardiovascular risk reduction are less robust (eg, low-risk primary prevention groups without significant elevations in LDLC, particularly the elderly), it would not be difficult to justify the case for more cautious use of statin therapy. If statins are used in these low-risk groups, restricting their use to those with at least moderate LDL-C elevation, using less aggressive LDL-C-lowering targets, and regular monitoring of fasting glucose seem reasonable until further information is available.

References
  1. US Food and Drug Administration. Statin drugs—drug safety communication: class labeling change. February 28, 2012. http://www.fda.gov/Safety/MedWatch/SafetyInformation/SafetyAlertsforHumanMedicalProducts/ucm293670.htm.
  2. Freeman DJ, Norrie J, Sattar N, et al. Pravastatin and the development of diabetes mellitus: evidence for a protective treatment effect in the West of Scotland Coronary Prevention Study. Circulation 2001; 103:357362.
  3. Sever PS, Dahlof B, Poulter NR, et al; ASCOT investigators. Prevention of coronary and stroke events with atorvastatin in hypertensive patients who have average or lower-than-average cholesterol concentrations, in the Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial–Lipid Lowering Arm (ASCOT-LLA): a multicentre randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2003; 361:11491158.
  4. Colhoun HM, Betteridge DJ, Durrington PN, et al. Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with atorvastatin in type 2 diabetes in the Collaborative Atorvastatin Diabetes Study (CARDS): multicentre randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2004; 364:685696.
  5. Collins R, Armitage J, Parish S, Sleigh P, Peto R; for the Heart Protection Study Collaborative Group. MRC/BHF Heart Protection Study of cholesterol-lowering with simvastatin in 5963 people with diabetes: a randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2003; 361:20052016.
  6. Ridker PM, Danielson E, Fonseca FA, et al. Rosuvastatin to prevent vascular events in men and women with elevated C-reactive protein. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:21952207.
  7. Shepherd J, Blauw GJ, Murphy MB, et al; PROSPER Study Group. Pravastatin in elderly individuals at risk of vascular disease (PROSPER): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2002; 360:16231630.
  8. Rajpathak SN, Kumbhani DJ, Crandall J, Barzilai N, Alderman M, Ridker PM. Statin therapy and risk of developing type 2 diabetes: a meta-analysis. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:19241929.
  9. Keech A, Colquhoun D, Best J, et al. Secondary prevention of cardiovascular events with long-term pravastatin in patients with diabetes or impaired fasting glucose—results from the LIPID trial. Diabetes Care 2003; 26:27132721.
  10. Kjekshus J, Apetrei E, Barrios V, et al. Rosuvastatin in older patients with systolic heart failure. N Engl J Med 2007; 357:22482261.
  11. Sattar N, Preiss D, Murray HM, et al. Statins and risk of incident diabetes: a collaborative meta-analysis of randomised statin trials. Lancet 2010; 375:735742.
  12. Nakamura H, Arakawa K, Itakura H, et al. Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with pravastatin in Japan (MEGA Study): a prospective randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2006; 368:11551163.
  13. Downs JR, Clearfield M, Weis S, et al. Primary prevention of acute coronary events with lovastatin in men and women with average cholesterol levels: results of AFCAPS/TexCAPS. Air Force/Texas Coronary Atherosclerosis Prevention Study. JAMA 1998; 279:16151622.
  14. Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study study group. Randomised trial of cholesterol lowering in 4444 patients with coronary heart disease: the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study (4S). Lancet 1994; 344:13831389.
  15. Barzilay JI, Davis BR, Pressel SL, et al; ALLHAT Collaborative Research Group. Long-term effects of incident diabetes mellitus on cardiovascular outcomes in people treated for hypertension: the ALLHAT Diabetes Extension Study. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes 2012; 5:153162.
  16. Tavazzi L, Maggioni AP, Marchioli R, et al. Effect of rosuvastatin in patients with chronic heart failure (the GISSI-HF trial): a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2008; 372:12311239.
  17. GISSI Prevenzione Investigators (Gruppo Italiano per lo Studio della Sopravvivenza nell’Infarto Miocardico). Results of the low-dose (20 mg) pravastatin GISSI Prevenzione trial in 4271 patients with recent myocardial infarction: do stopped trials contribute to overall knowledge? Ital Heart J 2000; 1:810820.
  18. Yamakawa T, Takano T, Tanaka S, Kadonosono K, Terauchi Y. Influence of pitavastatin on glucose tolerance in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Atheroscler Thromb 2008; 15:269275.
  19. Kryzhanovski V, Gumprecht J, Zhu B, Yu CY, Hounslow N, Sponseller CA. Atorvastatin but not pitavastatin significantly increases fasting plasma glucose in patients with type 2 diabetes and combined dyslipidemia (abstract). J Am Coll Cardiol 2011; 57:E575.
  20. Simsek S, Schalkwijk CG, Wolffenbuttel BH. Effects of rosuvastatin and atorvastatin on glycaemic control in type 2 diabetes—the CORALL study. Diabet Med 2012; 29:628631.
  21. Sabatine MS, Morrow DA, Giugliano RP, et al. Implications of upstream glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibition and coronary artery stenting in the invasive management of unstable angina/non-ST-elevation myocardial infarction: a comparison of the Thrombolysis In Myocardial Infarction (TIMI) IIIB trial and the Treat angina with Aggrastat and determine Cost of Therapy with Invasive or Conservative Strategy (TACTICS)-TIMI 18 trial. Circulation 2004; 110(suppl III):834880.
  22. Shepherd J, Barter P, Carmena R, et al. Effect of lowering LDL cholesterol substantially below currently recommended levels in patients with coronary heart disease and diabetes: the Treating to New Targets (TNT) study. Diabetes Care 2006; 29:12201226.
  23. Waters DD, Ho JE, DeMicco DA, et al. Predictors of new-onset diabetes in patients treated with atorvastatin: results from 3 large randomized clinical trials. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011; 57:15351545.
  24. Yousef A, Tu JV, Wang J, Donovan L, Ko DT. The association of intensive statin therapy on long-term risks of cardiovascular events and diabetes following acute myocardial infarction (abstract). Circulation 2012; 125:e859.
  25. Preiss D, Seshasai SR, Welsh P, et al. Risk of incident diabetes with intensive-dose compared with moderate-dose statin therapy: a metaanalysis. JAMA 2011; 305:25562564.
  26. de Lemos JA, Blazing MA, Wiviott SD, et al; A to Z Investigators. Early intensive vs a delayed conservative simvastatin strategy in patients with acute coronary syndromes: phase Z of the A to Z trial. JAMA 2004; 292:13071316.
  27. Pedersen TR, Faegeman O, Kastelein JJ, et al; Incremental Decrease in End Points Through Aggressive Lipid Lowering (IDEAL) Study Group. High-dose atorvastatin vs usual-dose simvastatin for secondary prevention after myocardial infarction: the IDEAL study: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2005; 294:24372445.
  28. Armitage J, Bowman L, Wallendszus K, et al; Study of the Effectiveness of Additional Reductions in Cholesterol and Homocysteine (SEARCH) Collaborative Group. Intensive lowering of LDL cholesterol with 80 mg versus 20 mg simvastatin daily in 12,064 survivors of myocardial infarction: a double-blind randomised trial. Lancet 2010; 37:16581669.
  29. Ridker PM, Pradhan A, MacFadyen JG, Libby P, Glynn RJ. Cardiovascular benefits and diabetes risks of statin therapy in primary prevention: an analysis from the JUPITER trial. Lancet 2012; 380:565571.
  30. Brunzell JD, Davidson M, Furberg CD, et al; American Diabetes Association; American College of Cardiology Foundation. Lipoprotein management in patients with cardiometabolic risk: consensus statement from the American Diabetes Association and the American College of Cardiology Foundation. Diabetes Care 2008; 31:811822.
  31. Koh KK, Quon MJ, Han SH, Lee Y, Kim SJ, Shin EK. Atorvastatin causes insulin resistance and increases ambient glycemia in hypercholesterolemic patients. J Am Coll Cardiol 2010; 55:12091216.
  32. Koh KK, Quon MJ, Han SH, et al. Differential metabolic effects of pravastatin and simvastatin in hypercholesterolemic patients. Atherosclerosis 2009; 204:483490.
  33. Nakata M, Nagasaka S, Kusaka I, Matsuoka H, Ishibashi S, Yada T. Effects of statins on the adipocyte maturation and expression of glucose transporter 4 (SLC2A4): implications in glycaemic control. Diabetologia 2006; 49:18811892.
  34. Yada T, Nakata M, Shiraishi T, Kakei M. Inhibition by simvastatin, but not pravastatin, of glucose-induced cytosolic Ca2+ signalling and insulin secretion due to blockade of L-type Ca2+ channels in rat islet beta-cells. Br J Pharmacol 1999; 126:12051213.
  35. Guyton JR, Fazio S, Adewale AJ, et al. Effect of extended-release niacin on new-onset diabetes among hyperlipidemic patients treated with ezetimibe/simvastatin in a randomized controlled trial. Diabetes Care 2012; 35:857860.
  36. Canner PL, Furberg CD, Terrin ML, McGovern ME. Benefits of niacin by glycemic status in patients with healed myocardial infarction (from the Coronary Drug Project). Am J Cardiol 2005; 95:254257.
  37. Grundy SM, Vega GL, McGovern ME, et al; Diabetes Multicenter Research Group. Efficacy, safety, and tolerability of once-daily niacin for the treatment of dyslipidemia associated with type 2 diabetes: results of the Assessment of Diabetes Control and Evaluation of the Efficacy of Niaspan Trial. Arch Intern Med 2002; 162:15681576.
  38. Gupta AK, Dahlof B, Dobson J, Sever PS, Wedel H, Poulter NRAnglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial Investigators. Determinants of new-onset diabetes among 19,257 hypertensive patients randomized in the Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial—Blood Pressure Lowering Arm and the relative influence of antihypertensive medication. Diabetes Care 2008; 31:982988.
  39. Elliott WJ, Meyer PM. Incident diabetes in clinical trials of antihypertensive drugs: a network meta-analysis. Lancet 2007; 369:201207.
  40. Jong JP, Chang MH, Tien L, et al. Antihypertensive drugs and new-onset diabetes: a retrospective longitudinal cohort study. Cardiovasc Ther 2009; 27:159163.
  41. Third report of the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III) final report. Circulation 2002; 106:31433421.
  42. Norhammar A, Tenerz A, Nilsson G, et al. Glucose metabolism in patients with acute myocardial infarction and no previous diagnosis of diabetes mellitus: a prospective study Lancet 2002; 359:21402144.
  43. Haffner SM, Lehto S, Ronnemaa T, Pyorala K, Laakso M. Mortality from coronary heart disease in subjects with type 2 diabetes and in nondiabetic subjects with and without prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:229234.
  44. Sprafka JM, Burke GL, Folsom AR, McGovbern PG, Hahn LP. Trends in prevalence of diabetes mellitus in patients with myocardial infarction and effect of diabetes on survival. The Minnesota Heart Survey. Diabetes Care 1991; 14:537543.
  45. Geiss LS, Herman WH, Smith PJ. Mortality in non-insulin-dependent diabetes. In:Harris MI, Cowie CC, Stern MP, et al, editors. Diabetes in America. 2nd ed. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, 1995:233257.
  46. Stamler J, Vaccaro O, Neaton JD, Wentworth D. Diabetes, other risk factors, and 12-yr cardiovascular mortality for men screened in the Multiple Risk Factor Intervention Trial. Diabetes Care 1993; 16:434444.
  47. Turner RC, Millns H, Neil HA, et al. Risk factors for coronary artery disease in non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus: United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS: 23). BMJ 1998; 316:823828.
  48. Gaede P, Vedel P, Larsen N, Jensen GV, Parving HH, Pedersen O. Multifactorial intervention and cardiovascular disease in patients with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2003; 348:383393.
  49. Gaede P, Pederson O. Intensive integrated therapy of type 2 diabetes: implications for long-term prognosis. Diabetes 2004; 53:S39S47.
  50. Goldberg RB, Mellies MJ, Sacks FM, et al. Cardiovascular events and their reduction with pravastatin in diabetic and glucose-intolerant myocardial infarction survivors with average cholesterol levels: subgroup analyses in the cholesterol and recurrent events (CARE) trial. The Care Investigators. Circulation 1998; 98:25132519.
  51. Pyðrälä K, Pedersen TR, Kjekshus J, Faergeman O, Olsson AG, Thorgeirsson G. Cholesterol lowering with simvastatin improves prognosis of diabetic patients with coronary heart disease. A subgroup analysis of the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study (4S). Diabetes Care 1997; 20:614620.
  52. Vijan S, Hayward RA; American College of Physicians. Pharmacologic lipid-lowering therapy in type 2 diabetes mellitus: background paper for the American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140:650658.
  53. Baigent C, Keech A, Kearney PM, et al; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators. Efficacy and safety of cholesterol-lowering treatment: prospective meta-analysis of data from 90,056 participants in 14 randomised trials of statins. Lancet 2005; 366:12671278. Errata in Lancet 2008; 371:2084, Lancet 2005; 366:1358.
  54. Brugts JJ, Yetgin T, Hoeks SE, et al. The benefits of statins in people without established cardiovascular disease but with cardiovascular risk factors: meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. BMJ 2009; 338:b2376.
  55. Kearney PM, Blackwell L, Collins R, Keech A, Simes J, Baigent C; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators. Efficacy of cholesterol-lowering therapy in 18,686 people with diabetes in 14 randomised trials of statins: a meta-analysis. Lancet 2008; 371:117125.
  56. Nissen SE, Nicholls SJ, Sipahi I, et al; ASTEROID Investigators. Effect of very high-intensity statin therapy on regression of coronary atherosclerosis: the ASTEROID trial. JAMA 2006; 295:15561565.
  57. Cannon CP, Braunwald E, McCabe CH, et al; Pravastatin or Atorvastatin Evaluation and Infection Therapy-Thrombolysis in Myocardial Infarction 22 Investigators. Intensive versus moderate lipid lowering with statins after acute coronary syndromes et al. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:14951504.
  58. LaRosa JC, Grundy SM, Waters DD, et al; Treating to New Targets (TNT) Investigators. Intensive lipid lowering with atorvastatin in patients with stable coronary disease. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:14251435.
  59. Heart Protection Study Collaborative Group. MRC/BHF Heart Protection Study of cholesterol lowering with simvastatin in 20,536 high-risk individuals: a randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2002; 360:722.
  60. Baigent C, Blackwell L, Emberson J, et al; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaboration. Efficacy and safety of more intensive lowering of LDL cholesterol: a meta-analysis of data from 170,000 participants in 26 randomised trials. Lancet 2010; 376:16701681.
  61. LIPID Study Group. Prevention of cardiovascular events and death with pravastatin in patients with coronary heart disease and a broad range of initial cholesterol levels. The Long-Term Intervention with Pravastatin in Ischaemic Disease (LIPID) Study Group. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:13491357.
  62. Grundy SM, Cleeman JI, Bairey Merz CN, et al. Implications of recent clinical trials for the National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel III guidelines. Circulation 2004; 110:227239.
  63. American Diabetes Association. Executive summary: standards of medical care in diabetes—2012. Diabetes Care 2012; 35(suppl 1):S5S10.
  64. Daniels SR, Greer FR; Committee on Nutrition. Lipid screening and cardiovascular health in childhood. Pediatrics 2008; 122:198208.
  65. Knowler WC, Barrett-Connor E, Fowler SE, et al; Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group. Reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes with lifestyle intervention or metformin. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:393403.
  66. Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators; Mihaylova B, Emberson J, Blackwell L, et al. The effects of lowering LDL cholesterol with statin therapy in people at low risk of vascular disease: meta-analysis of individual data from 27 randomised trials. Lancet 2012; 380:581590.
References
  1. US Food and Drug Administration. Statin drugs—drug safety communication: class labeling change. February 28, 2012. http://www.fda.gov/Safety/MedWatch/SafetyInformation/SafetyAlertsforHumanMedicalProducts/ucm293670.htm.
  2. Freeman DJ, Norrie J, Sattar N, et al. Pravastatin and the development of diabetes mellitus: evidence for a protective treatment effect in the West of Scotland Coronary Prevention Study. Circulation 2001; 103:357362.
  3. Sever PS, Dahlof B, Poulter NR, et al; ASCOT investigators. Prevention of coronary and stroke events with atorvastatin in hypertensive patients who have average or lower-than-average cholesterol concentrations, in the Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial–Lipid Lowering Arm (ASCOT-LLA): a multicentre randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2003; 361:11491158.
  4. Colhoun HM, Betteridge DJ, Durrington PN, et al. Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with atorvastatin in type 2 diabetes in the Collaborative Atorvastatin Diabetes Study (CARDS): multicentre randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2004; 364:685696.
  5. Collins R, Armitage J, Parish S, Sleigh P, Peto R; for the Heart Protection Study Collaborative Group. MRC/BHF Heart Protection Study of cholesterol-lowering with simvastatin in 5963 people with diabetes: a randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2003; 361:20052016.
  6. Ridker PM, Danielson E, Fonseca FA, et al. Rosuvastatin to prevent vascular events in men and women with elevated C-reactive protein. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:21952207.
  7. Shepherd J, Blauw GJ, Murphy MB, et al; PROSPER Study Group. Pravastatin in elderly individuals at risk of vascular disease (PROSPER): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2002; 360:16231630.
  8. Rajpathak SN, Kumbhani DJ, Crandall J, Barzilai N, Alderman M, Ridker PM. Statin therapy and risk of developing type 2 diabetes: a meta-analysis. Diabetes Care 2009; 32:19241929.
  9. Keech A, Colquhoun D, Best J, et al. Secondary prevention of cardiovascular events with long-term pravastatin in patients with diabetes or impaired fasting glucose—results from the LIPID trial. Diabetes Care 2003; 26:27132721.
  10. Kjekshus J, Apetrei E, Barrios V, et al. Rosuvastatin in older patients with systolic heart failure. N Engl J Med 2007; 357:22482261.
  11. Sattar N, Preiss D, Murray HM, et al. Statins and risk of incident diabetes: a collaborative meta-analysis of randomised statin trials. Lancet 2010; 375:735742.
  12. Nakamura H, Arakawa K, Itakura H, et al. Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with pravastatin in Japan (MEGA Study): a prospective randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2006; 368:11551163.
  13. Downs JR, Clearfield M, Weis S, et al. Primary prevention of acute coronary events with lovastatin in men and women with average cholesterol levels: results of AFCAPS/TexCAPS. Air Force/Texas Coronary Atherosclerosis Prevention Study. JAMA 1998; 279:16151622.
  14. Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study study group. Randomised trial of cholesterol lowering in 4444 patients with coronary heart disease: the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study (4S). Lancet 1994; 344:13831389.
  15. Barzilay JI, Davis BR, Pressel SL, et al; ALLHAT Collaborative Research Group. Long-term effects of incident diabetes mellitus on cardiovascular outcomes in people treated for hypertension: the ALLHAT Diabetes Extension Study. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes 2012; 5:153162.
  16. Tavazzi L, Maggioni AP, Marchioli R, et al. Effect of rosuvastatin in patients with chronic heart failure (the GISSI-HF trial): a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2008; 372:12311239.
  17. GISSI Prevenzione Investigators (Gruppo Italiano per lo Studio della Sopravvivenza nell’Infarto Miocardico). Results of the low-dose (20 mg) pravastatin GISSI Prevenzione trial in 4271 patients with recent myocardial infarction: do stopped trials contribute to overall knowledge? Ital Heart J 2000; 1:810820.
  18. Yamakawa T, Takano T, Tanaka S, Kadonosono K, Terauchi Y. Influence of pitavastatin on glucose tolerance in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J Atheroscler Thromb 2008; 15:269275.
  19. Kryzhanovski V, Gumprecht J, Zhu B, Yu CY, Hounslow N, Sponseller CA. Atorvastatin but not pitavastatin significantly increases fasting plasma glucose in patients with type 2 diabetes and combined dyslipidemia (abstract). J Am Coll Cardiol 2011; 57:E575.
  20. Simsek S, Schalkwijk CG, Wolffenbuttel BH. Effects of rosuvastatin and atorvastatin on glycaemic control in type 2 diabetes—the CORALL study. Diabet Med 2012; 29:628631.
  21. Sabatine MS, Morrow DA, Giugliano RP, et al. Implications of upstream glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibition and coronary artery stenting in the invasive management of unstable angina/non-ST-elevation myocardial infarction: a comparison of the Thrombolysis In Myocardial Infarction (TIMI) IIIB trial and the Treat angina with Aggrastat and determine Cost of Therapy with Invasive or Conservative Strategy (TACTICS)-TIMI 18 trial. Circulation 2004; 110(suppl III):834880.
  22. Shepherd J, Barter P, Carmena R, et al. Effect of lowering LDL cholesterol substantially below currently recommended levels in patients with coronary heart disease and diabetes: the Treating to New Targets (TNT) study. Diabetes Care 2006; 29:12201226.
  23. Waters DD, Ho JE, DeMicco DA, et al. Predictors of new-onset diabetes in patients treated with atorvastatin: results from 3 large randomized clinical trials. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011; 57:15351545.
  24. Yousef A, Tu JV, Wang J, Donovan L, Ko DT. The association of intensive statin therapy on long-term risks of cardiovascular events and diabetes following acute myocardial infarction (abstract). Circulation 2012; 125:e859.
  25. Preiss D, Seshasai SR, Welsh P, et al. Risk of incident diabetes with intensive-dose compared with moderate-dose statin therapy: a metaanalysis. JAMA 2011; 305:25562564.
  26. de Lemos JA, Blazing MA, Wiviott SD, et al; A to Z Investigators. Early intensive vs a delayed conservative simvastatin strategy in patients with acute coronary syndromes: phase Z of the A to Z trial. JAMA 2004; 292:13071316.
  27. Pedersen TR, Faegeman O, Kastelein JJ, et al; Incremental Decrease in End Points Through Aggressive Lipid Lowering (IDEAL) Study Group. High-dose atorvastatin vs usual-dose simvastatin for secondary prevention after myocardial infarction: the IDEAL study: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2005; 294:24372445.
  28. Armitage J, Bowman L, Wallendszus K, et al; Study of the Effectiveness of Additional Reductions in Cholesterol and Homocysteine (SEARCH) Collaborative Group. Intensive lowering of LDL cholesterol with 80 mg versus 20 mg simvastatin daily in 12,064 survivors of myocardial infarction: a double-blind randomised trial. Lancet 2010; 37:16581669.
  29. Ridker PM, Pradhan A, MacFadyen JG, Libby P, Glynn RJ. Cardiovascular benefits and diabetes risks of statin therapy in primary prevention: an analysis from the JUPITER trial. Lancet 2012; 380:565571.
  30. Brunzell JD, Davidson M, Furberg CD, et al; American Diabetes Association; American College of Cardiology Foundation. Lipoprotein management in patients with cardiometabolic risk: consensus statement from the American Diabetes Association and the American College of Cardiology Foundation. Diabetes Care 2008; 31:811822.
  31. Koh KK, Quon MJ, Han SH, Lee Y, Kim SJ, Shin EK. Atorvastatin causes insulin resistance and increases ambient glycemia in hypercholesterolemic patients. J Am Coll Cardiol 2010; 55:12091216.
  32. Koh KK, Quon MJ, Han SH, et al. Differential metabolic effects of pravastatin and simvastatin in hypercholesterolemic patients. Atherosclerosis 2009; 204:483490.
  33. Nakata M, Nagasaka S, Kusaka I, Matsuoka H, Ishibashi S, Yada T. Effects of statins on the adipocyte maturation and expression of glucose transporter 4 (SLC2A4): implications in glycaemic control. Diabetologia 2006; 49:18811892.
  34. Yada T, Nakata M, Shiraishi T, Kakei M. Inhibition by simvastatin, but not pravastatin, of glucose-induced cytosolic Ca2+ signalling and insulin secretion due to blockade of L-type Ca2+ channels in rat islet beta-cells. Br J Pharmacol 1999; 126:12051213.
  35. Guyton JR, Fazio S, Adewale AJ, et al. Effect of extended-release niacin on new-onset diabetes among hyperlipidemic patients treated with ezetimibe/simvastatin in a randomized controlled trial. Diabetes Care 2012; 35:857860.
  36. Canner PL, Furberg CD, Terrin ML, McGovern ME. Benefits of niacin by glycemic status in patients with healed myocardial infarction (from the Coronary Drug Project). Am J Cardiol 2005; 95:254257.
  37. Grundy SM, Vega GL, McGovern ME, et al; Diabetes Multicenter Research Group. Efficacy, safety, and tolerability of once-daily niacin for the treatment of dyslipidemia associated with type 2 diabetes: results of the Assessment of Diabetes Control and Evaluation of the Efficacy of Niaspan Trial. Arch Intern Med 2002; 162:15681576.
  38. Gupta AK, Dahlof B, Dobson J, Sever PS, Wedel H, Poulter NRAnglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial Investigators. Determinants of new-onset diabetes among 19,257 hypertensive patients randomized in the Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial—Blood Pressure Lowering Arm and the relative influence of antihypertensive medication. Diabetes Care 2008; 31:982988.
  39. Elliott WJ, Meyer PM. Incident diabetes in clinical trials of antihypertensive drugs: a network meta-analysis. Lancet 2007; 369:201207.
  40. Jong JP, Chang MH, Tien L, et al. Antihypertensive drugs and new-onset diabetes: a retrospective longitudinal cohort study. Cardiovasc Ther 2009; 27:159163.
  41. Third report of the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel III) final report. Circulation 2002; 106:31433421.
  42. Norhammar A, Tenerz A, Nilsson G, et al. Glucose metabolism in patients with acute myocardial infarction and no previous diagnosis of diabetes mellitus: a prospective study Lancet 2002; 359:21402144.
  43. Haffner SM, Lehto S, Ronnemaa T, Pyorala K, Laakso M. Mortality from coronary heart disease in subjects with type 2 diabetes and in nondiabetic subjects with and without prior myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:229234.
  44. Sprafka JM, Burke GL, Folsom AR, McGovbern PG, Hahn LP. Trends in prevalence of diabetes mellitus in patients with myocardial infarction and effect of diabetes on survival. The Minnesota Heart Survey. Diabetes Care 1991; 14:537543.
  45. Geiss LS, Herman WH, Smith PJ. Mortality in non-insulin-dependent diabetes. In:Harris MI, Cowie CC, Stern MP, et al, editors. Diabetes in America. 2nd ed. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, 1995:233257.
  46. Stamler J, Vaccaro O, Neaton JD, Wentworth D. Diabetes, other risk factors, and 12-yr cardiovascular mortality for men screened in the Multiple Risk Factor Intervention Trial. Diabetes Care 1993; 16:434444.
  47. Turner RC, Millns H, Neil HA, et al. Risk factors for coronary artery disease in non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus: United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS: 23). BMJ 1998; 316:823828.
  48. Gaede P, Vedel P, Larsen N, Jensen GV, Parving HH, Pedersen O. Multifactorial intervention and cardiovascular disease in patients with type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2003; 348:383393.
  49. Gaede P, Pederson O. Intensive integrated therapy of type 2 diabetes: implications for long-term prognosis. Diabetes 2004; 53:S39S47.
  50. Goldberg RB, Mellies MJ, Sacks FM, et al. Cardiovascular events and their reduction with pravastatin in diabetic and glucose-intolerant myocardial infarction survivors with average cholesterol levels: subgroup analyses in the cholesterol and recurrent events (CARE) trial. The Care Investigators. Circulation 1998; 98:25132519.
  51. Pyðrälä K, Pedersen TR, Kjekshus J, Faergeman O, Olsson AG, Thorgeirsson G. Cholesterol lowering with simvastatin improves prognosis of diabetic patients with coronary heart disease. A subgroup analysis of the Scandinavian Simvastatin Survival Study (4S). Diabetes Care 1997; 20:614620.
  52. Vijan S, Hayward RA; American College of Physicians. Pharmacologic lipid-lowering therapy in type 2 diabetes mellitus: background paper for the American College of Physicians. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140:650658.
  53. Baigent C, Keech A, Kearney PM, et al; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators. Efficacy and safety of cholesterol-lowering treatment: prospective meta-analysis of data from 90,056 participants in 14 randomised trials of statins. Lancet 2005; 366:12671278. Errata in Lancet 2008; 371:2084, Lancet 2005; 366:1358.
  54. Brugts JJ, Yetgin T, Hoeks SE, et al. The benefits of statins in people without established cardiovascular disease but with cardiovascular risk factors: meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. BMJ 2009; 338:b2376.
  55. Kearney PM, Blackwell L, Collins R, Keech A, Simes J, Baigent C; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators. Efficacy of cholesterol-lowering therapy in 18,686 people with diabetes in 14 randomised trials of statins: a meta-analysis. Lancet 2008; 371:117125.
  56. Nissen SE, Nicholls SJ, Sipahi I, et al; ASTEROID Investigators. Effect of very high-intensity statin therapy on regression of coronary atherosclerosis: the ASTEROID trial. JAMA 2006; 295:15561565.
  57. Cannon CP, Braunwald E, McCabe CH, et al; Pravastatin or Atorvastatin Evaluation and Infection Therapy-Thrombolysis in Myocardial Infarction 22 Investigators. Intensive versus moderate lipid lowering with statins after acute coronary syndromes et al. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:14951504.
  58. LaRosa JC, Grundy SM, Waters DD, et al; Treating to New Targets (TNT) Investigators. Intensive lipid lowering with atorvastatin in patients with stable coronary disease. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:14251435.
  59. Heart Protection Study Collaborative Group. MRC/BHF Heart Protection Study of cholesterol lowering with simvastatin in 20,536 high-risk individuals: a randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2002; 360:722.
  60. Baigent C, Blackwell L, Emberson J, et al; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaboration. Efficacy and safety of more intensive lowering of LDL cholesterol: a meta-analysis of data from 170,000 participants in 26 randomised trials. Lancet 2010; 376:16701681.
  61. LIPID Study Group. Prevention of cardiovascular events and death with pravastatin in patients with coronary heart disease and a broad range of initial cholesterol levels. The Long-Term Intervention with Pravastatin in Ischaemic Disease (LIPID) Study Group. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:13491357.
  62. Grundy SM, Cleeman JI, Bairey Merz CN, et al. Implications of recent clinical trials for the National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel III guidelines. Circulation 2004; 110:227239.
  63. American Diabetes Association. Executive summary: standards of medical care in diabetes—2012. Diabetes Care 2012; 35(suppl 1):S5S10.
  64. Daniels SR, Greer FR; Committee on Nutrition. Lipid screening and cardiovascular health in childhood. Pediatrics 2008; 122:198208.
  65. Knowler WC, Barrett-Connor E, Fowler SE, et al; Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group. Reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes with lifestyle intervention or metformin. N Engl J Med 2002; 346:393403.
  66. Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators; Mihaylova B, Emberson J, Blackwell L, et al. The effects of lowering LDL cholesterol with statin therapy in people at low risk of vascular disease: meta-analysis of individual data from 27 randomised trials. Lancet 2012; 380:581590.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Page Number
883-893
Page Number
883-893
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Statins and diabetes risk: Fact, fiction, and clinical implications
Display Headline
Statins and diabetes risk: Fact, fiction, and clinical implications
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • The evidence from individual clinical trials is mixed, but meta-analyses indicate that statin therapy is associated with approximately a 9% higher risk of diabetes (an absolute difference of about 0.4%).
  • We need to interpret this information cautiously. Many potentially confounding factors are involved, and rigorous prospective trials are needed to examine this issue.
  • The benefit of preventing serious cardiovascular events seems to outweigh the higher risks of diabetes and poorer glycemic control, and we should continue to give statins to patients at moderate to high risk, including those with diabetes, with vigilance for these side effects.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Sessile serrated polyps: Cancer risk and appropriate surveillance

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 10/04/2017 - 08:31
Display Headline
Sessile serrated polyps: Cancer risk and appropriate surveillance

Sessile serrated polyps are a type of polyp recently recognized to be a precursor of colorectal cancer. They arise from a pathway of genetic alterations different from the pathway that causes the more common and well-understood conventional adenomas (also called tubular adenomas, tubulovillous adenomas, and villous adenomas).

We do not yet know enough about the lifetime colorectal cancer risk for individuals with sessile serrated polyps, nor do we know the optimal surveillance interval for patients who have these polyps on colonoscopy. It is believed that sessile serrated polyps may be the cause of a substantial number of “interval” colorectal cancers—ie, cancers that occur after colonoscopy but before the next scheduled examination.

Serrated polyps get their name from their jagged appearance on microscopy. In the past, all serrated colorectal lesions were called hyperplastic polyps. But with the advent of molecular and genetic diagnostics and with the ability to recognize the subtle morphologic differences of serrated lesions, they have been reclassified into those without malignant potential (hyperplastic polyps) and those that are neoplastic (sessile serrated polyps and traditional serrated adenomas) (Table 1).

In this article, we discuss the evolving understanding of the different types of serrated polyps, and we offer our thoughts on a reasonable postpolypectomy surveillance plan in patients with these lesions. We focus on sessile serrated polyps, the most common form of serrated polyp with cancerous potential, since it may be one of our greatest challenges in optimal colorectal cancer prevention.

CLINICAL SCENARIO

A 65-year-old woman with no family history of colorectal cancer undergoes screening colonoscopy, during which three polyps are found and removed—a 3-mm tubular adenoma in the sigmoid colon, an 8-mm sessile serrated polyp at the hepatic flexure, and a 2-mm hyperplastic polyp in the rectum. When should she undergo follow-up colonoscopy?

Based on the number, size, and pathologic makeup of the polyps in this patient, we would recommend follow-up surveillance colonoscopy in 5 years.

THE SERRATED POLYP PATHWAY: A DIFFERENT PATH TO COLORECTAL CANCER

Figure 1. A conventional tubular adenoma characterized by round, straight crypts lined with epithelial cells with elongated and pseudo-stratified nuclei (hematoxylin and eosin, × 200).

Colorectal cancer is the third most common cancer in the United States.1 From 70% to 80% of these cancers arise from adenomatous polyps via the adenoma-carcinoma pathway. This molecular pathway develops through chromosomal instability (CIN) and involves the loss of heterozygosity (the loss of function of one allele). This leads to the progressive accumulation of mutations in tumor-suppressor genes such as adenomatous polyposis coli (APC) and p53, and oncogenes such as KRAS. The result of these mutations is the development of adenomatous polyps that lead to microsatellite-stable colorectal cancers (Figure 1).2

More recently, studies have shown that the other 20% to 30% of colorectal cancers likely arise through a separate pathway, called the serrated polyp pathway or serrated neoplasia pathway. In contrast to CIN, this pathway is characterized by methylation of CpG islands (CIMP–CpG island methylation phenotype, CIMP) in the promoter regions of specific genes.3 Central to the serrated polyp pathway is progressive methylation in colonic mucosa; mutation in the BRAF oncogene, activating cell proliferation leading to a sessile serrated polyp; and epigenetic silencing of the DNA mismatch repair gene hMLH1, which is a key step in the progression to a sessile serrated polyp with dysplasia, which may rapidly become a microsatellite-unstable colorectal cancer.4

Histologically, serrated polyps have a serrated or sawtooth appearance from the folding in of the crypt epithelium, and they include hyperplastic polyps, traditional serrated adenomas, and sessile serrated polyps (sessile serrated adenomas).

Sessile serrated polyps and traditional serrated adenomas (which are rare) are thought to be precancerous, whereas hyperplastic polyps do not have malignant potential.

 

 

COMMON, BUT PREVALENCE IS NOT CLEARLY ESTABLISHED

The histologic criteria for sessile serrated polyps and traditional serrated adenomas have been elucidated,4–7 but the epidemiology of these serrated polyps is not clear. Small studies have shown that sessile serrated polyps account for 2% to 9% of all polyps removed at colonoscopy8–10; however, larger studies are needed to determine the prevalence because detection by an endoscopist and pathologic diagnosis of these polyps are both operator-dependent.

Traditional serrated adenomas are the least common type of serrated polyp, with a reported prevalence of 0.3%.7 Hyperplastic polyps are by far the most common, accounting for 20% to 30% of all polyps removed at colonoscopy.9,11 Sessile serrated polyps have a predilection for the proximal colon and are associated with female sex and with smoking, 12,13 but no consistent effect of other factors on their formation has been reported. In contrast, Wallace et al13 found that obesity, cigarette smoking, dietary fat intake, total caloric intake, and the consumption of red meat were associated with an increased risk of distal (but not proximal) serrated polyps, including hyperplastic polyps, sessile serrated polyps, and traditional serrated adenomas.

HYPERPLASTIC POLYPS

Figure 2. Endoscopic appearance of a hyperplastic polyp.

Hyperplastic polyps usually occur in the rectosigmoid colon. They appear as slightly elevated, whitish lesions with a diameter less than 5 mm (Figure 2). Microscopically, the serrated architecture is present in the upper half of their crypts (Figure 3). The proliferative zone is more or less normally located in the basal half of the crypt (the nonserrated portion), with nuclei that are small, uniform, and basally located.14 The bases of the crypts have a rounded contour and do not grow laterally along the muscularis mucosae.

SESSILE SERRATED POLYPS

Figure 3. Hyperplastic polyps are characterized by a “sawtooth” luminal outline. The crypts are lined with columnar epithelial cells with abundant microvesicular mucin. The nuclei are small and basally located. The serrations do not extend along the entire length of the crypt, and the crypt bases are not dilated. There is no lateral growth along the lamina muscularis mucosae (hematoxylin and eosin, × 200).

Endoscopically, sessile serrated polyps are often subtle, appear flat or slightly elevated, and can be covered by yellow mucus (Figure 4). They are typically found in the proximal colon and are usually larger than typical adenomas, with 50% being larger than 10 mm.10

Figure 4. Endoscopic appearance of a sessile serrated polyp.

Histologically, the serrations are more prominent than those of hyperplastic polyps and involve the entire length of the crypt (Figure 5). The crypt bases are often dilated and display lateral growth along the lamina muscularis mucosae, resembling a letter t or l. The lamina muscularis mucosae is often thinner than normal. Crypts from sessile serrated polyps are occasionally found beneath the muscularis mucosae, a condition called pseudoinvasion.7

TRADITIONAL SERRATED ADENOMAS

Figure 5. Sessile serrated polyps are characterized by serrated crypts lined with epithelial cells with a similar appearance to a typical hyperplastic polyp. However, the crypt bases are dilated, there is lateral growth along the lamina muscularis mucosa (arrow), and serrations are present along the entire length of the crypt (hematoxylin and eosin, × 200).

Traditional serrated adenomas are usually left-sided. In contrast to the other types of serrated polyps, they are histologically often villiform and are lined by cells with elongated nuclei and abundant eosinophilic cytoplasm (Figure 6). Unlike those in sessile serrated polyps, the crypt bases do not display an abnormal architecture; rather, traditional serrated adenomas have abundant ectopic crypts (“budding crypts”) in the long, slender villi.7

Figure 6. Traditional serrated adenomas are often characterized by a villiform proliferation. The cells lining this lesion often have abundant eosinophilic cytoplasm and elongated, pseudostratified nuclei. There are serrations as well as ectopic or budding crypts along the length of the villi (hematoxylin and eosin, × 100).

Traditional serrated adenomas also appear to be genetically distinct from sessile serrated polyps. They are most often characterized by a KRAS (or less commonly, BRAF) mutation and commonly have methylation of the DNA repair gene MGMT (O-6-methylguanine-DNA methyltransferase) rather than hMLH1.

 

 

CHALLENGES TO EFFECTIVE COLONOSCOPY

Colonoscopic polypectomy of adenomatous polyps reduces the incidence of colorectal cancer and the rate of death from it.15,16 However, recent data show that colonoscopy may not be as effective as once thought. As many as 9% of patients with colorectal cancer have had a “normal” colonoscopic examination in the preceding 3 years.17,18 In addition, the reduction in incidence and mortality rates was less for cancers in the proximal colon than for cancers in the distal colon.19,20

Possible explanations for this discrepancy include the skill of the endoscopist, technical limitations of the examination, incomplete removal of polyps, and inadequate bowel preparation. Several studies have shown that interval colorectal cancers are more likely to be found in the proximal colon and to have the same molecular characteristics as sessile serrated polyps and the serrated colorectal cancer pathway (CIMP-high and MSI-H).21,22 Therefore, it is now thought that sessile serrated polyps may account for a substantial portion of “postcolonoscopy cancers” (ie, interval cancers) that arise in the proximal colon.

Two large studies of screening colonoscopy confirmed that the ability to detect sessile serrated polyps depends greatly on the skill of the endoscopist. Hetzel et al9 studied the differences in the rates of polyp detection among endoscopists performing more than 7,000 colonoscopies. Detection rates varied significantly for adenomas, hyperplastic polyps, and sessile serrated polyps, with the greatest variability noted in the detection of sessile serrated polyps. Significant variability was also noted in the ability of the pathologist to diagnose sessile serrated polyps.9

In the other study, a strong correlation was found between physicians who are “high detectors” of adenomas and their detection rates for proximal serrated polyps.23 There is widespread acceptance that screening colonoscopy in average-risk patients age 50 and older should detect adenomas in more than 25% of men and more than 15% of women. There is no current minimum recommended detection rate for sessile serrated polyps, but some have suggested 1.5%.8

POLYPS AS PREDICTORS OF CANCER RISK

Certain polyp characteristics predict the risk of metachronous, advanced neoplasia. Advanced neoplasms are defined as invasive carcinomas, adenomas 10 mm or larger, or adenomas with any villous histology or high-grade dysplasia. Patients with one or two small tubular adenomas have a much lower risk of metachronous advanced neoplasia than do patients with more than two adenomas or advanced neoplasms.24 Current recommended surveillance intervals vary on that basis (Table 2).25

People who harbor serrated neoplasms are at high risk of synchronous serrated polyps and advanced adenomatous neoplasia. Pai et al26 found that patients with one sessile serrated polyp were four times more likely to have additional serrated polyps at the same time than an unselected population. The authors suggested that this indicates a strong colonic mucosal-field defect in patients with sessile serrated polyps, thereby predisposing them to the development of synchronous serrated polyps.

Li et al27 found that large serrated polyps (ie, > 10 mm) are associated with a risk of synchronous advanced neoplasia that is three times higher than in patients without adenomas. Schreiner et al28 determined that patients with either a proximal or a large serrated polyp were at higher risk of synchronous advanced neoplasia compared with patients who did not have those lesions. Vu et al29 found that patients who have both sessile serrated polyps and conventional adenomas have significantly larger and more numerous lesions of both types.29 In addition, these lesions are more likely to be pathologically advanced when compared with people with only one or the other type.

In the only study of the risk of advanced neoplasia on follow-up colonoscopy,28 patients with advanced neoplasia and proximal serrated polyps at baseline examination were twice as likely to have advanced neoplasia during subsequent surveillance than those with only advanced neoplasia at baseline examination.28

Therefore, it seems clear that the presence of large or proximal serrated polyps or serrated neoplasms predicts the presence of synchronous and likely metachronous advanced neoplasms.

Guidelines for postpolypectomy surveillance for individuals with serrated lesions of the colon have recently been published.25 Patients with large serrated lesions (≥ 10 mm) or an advanced serrated lesion (a sessile serrated polyp with or without cytologic dysplasia or a traditional serrated adenoma) should be followed closely. Patients with small (< 10-mm) rectosigmoid hyperplastic polyps should be followed as average-risk patients. If a patient with a sessile serrated polyp also has adenomas, the surveillance interval should be the shortest interval recommended for either lesion.29

SURVEILLANCE FOR OUR PATIENT

In our patient, given the number, size, and histologic features of the polyps found, surveillance colonoscopy should be considered in 5 years. Although the clinical significance of the serrated pathway to colorectal cancer cannot be argued, further study is required to understand the lifetime risk to patients with serrated neoplasms and the optimal surveillance interval.

References
  1. Siegel R, Naishadham D, Jemal A. Cancer statistics, 2012. CA Cancer J Clin 2012; 62:1029.
  2. Pino MS, Chung DC. The chromosomal instability pathway in colon cancer. Gastroenterology 2010; 138;20592072.
  3. Leggett B, Whitehall V. Role of the serrated pathway in colorectal cancer pathogenesis. Gastroenterology 2010; 138:20882100.
  4. Snover DC. Update on the serrated pathway to colorectal carcinoma. Hum Pathol 2011; 42:110.
  5. O’Brien MJ, Yang S, Mack C, et al. Comparison of microsatellite instability, CpG island methylation phenotype, BRAF and KRAS status in serrated polyps and traditional adenomas indicates separate pathways to distinct colorectal carcinoma end points. Am J Surg Pathol 2006; 30:14911501.
  6. Torlakovic E, Skovlund E, Snover DC, Torlakovic G, Nesland JM. Morphologic reappraisal of serrated colorectal polyps. Am J Surg Pathol 2003; 27:6581.
  7. Torlakovic EE, Gomez JD, Driman DK, et al. Sessile serrated adenoma (SSA) vs traditional serrated adenoma (TSA). Am J Surg Pathol 2008; 32:2129.
  8. Sanaka MR, Gohel T, Podugu A, et al. Quality indicators to enhance adenoma detection rate: should there be reconsideration of the current standard? Gastrointest Endosc 2011; 73:AB138.
  9. Hetzel JT, Huang CS, Coukos JA, et al. Variation in the detection of serrated polyps in an average risk colorectal cancer screening cohort. Am J Gastroenterol 2010; 105:26562664.
  10. Spring KJ, Zhao ZZ, Karamatic R, et al. High prevalence of sessile serrated adenomas with BRAF mutations: a prospective study of patients undergoing colonoscopy. Gastroenterology 2006; 131:14001407.
  11. Higuchi T, Sugihara K, Jass JR. Demographic and pathological characteristics of serrated polyps of colorectum. Histopathology 2005; 47:3240.
  12. Lieberman DA, Prindiville S, Weiss DG, Willett W; VA Cooperative Study Group 380. Risk factors for advanced colonic neoplasia and hyperplastic polyps in asymptomatic individuals. JAMA 2003; 290:29592967.
  13. Wallace K, Grau MV, Ahnen D, et al. The association of lifestyle and dietary factors with the risk for serrated polyps of the colorectum. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 2009; 18:23102317.
  14. Rex DK, Ahnen DJ, Baron JA, Batts KP, Burke CA, et al. Serrated lesions of the colorectum: review and recommendations from an expert panel. Am J Gastroenterol 2012; 107:13151329.
  15. Winawer SJ, Zauber AG, Ho MN, et al. Prevention of colorectal cancer by colonoscopic polypectomy. The National Polyp Study Workgroup. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:19771981.
  16. Zauber AG, Winawer SJ, O’Brien MJ, et al. Colonoscopic polypectomy and long-term prevention of colorectal-cancer deaths. N Engl J Med 2012; 366:687696.
  17. Sawhney MS, Farrar WD, Gudiseva S, et al. Microsatellite instability in interval colon cancers. Gastroenterology 2006; 131:17001705.
  18. Baxter NN, Sutradhar R, Forbes SS, Paszat lF, Saskin R, Rabeneck l. Analysis of administrative data finds endoscopist quality measures associated with postcolonoscopy colorectal cancer. Gastroenterology 2011; 140:6572.
  19. Singh H, Nugent Z, Demers AA, Kliewer EV, Mahmud SM, Bernstein CN. The reduction in colorectal cancer mortality after colonoscopy varies by site of the cancer. Gastroenterology 2010; 139:11281137.
  20. Baxter NN, Goldwasser MA, Paszat lF, Saskin R, Urbach DR, Rabeneck l. Association of colonoscopy and death from colorectal cancer. Ann Intern Med 2009; 150:18.
  21. Arain MA, Sawhney M, Sheikh S, et al. CIMP status of interval colon cancers: another piece to the puzzle. Am J Gastroenterol 2010; 105:11891195.
  22. Farrar WD, Sawhney MS, Nelson DB, Lederle FA, Bond JH. Colorectal cancers found after a complete colonoscopy. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2006; 4:12591264.
  23. Kahi CJ, Hewett DG, Norton Dl, Eckert GJ, Rex DK. Prevalence and variable detection of proximal colon serrated polyps during screening colonoscopy. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2011; 9:4246.
  24. Martínez ME, Baron JA, Lieberman DA, et al. A pooled analysis of advanced colorectal neoplasia diagnoses after colonoscopic polypectomy. Gastroenterology 2009; 136:832841.
  25. Lieberman DA, Rex DK, Winawer SJ, Giardiello FM, Johnson DA, Levin TR. Guidelines for colonoscopy surveillance after screening and polypectomy: a consensus update by the US Multi-Society Task Force on Colorectal Cancer. Gastroenterology 2012; 143:844857.
  26. Pai RK, Hart J, Noffsinger AE. Sessile serrated adenomas strongly predispose to synchronous serrated polyps in nonsyndromic patients. Histopathology 2010; 56:581588.
  27. Li D, Jin C, McCulloch C, et al. Association of large serrated polyps with synchronous advanced colorectal neoplasia. Am J Gastroenterol 2009; 104:695702.
  28. Schreiner MA, Weiss DG, Lieberman DA. Proximal and large hyperplastic and nondysplastic serrated polyps detected by colonoscopy are associated with neoplasia. Gastroenterology 2010; 139:14971502.
  29. Vu HT, Lopez R, Bennett A, Burke CA. Individuals with sessile serrated polyps express an aggressive colorectal phenotype. Dis Colon Rectum 2011; 54:12161223.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Rohit Makkar, MD
St. Michael’s Hospital, University of Toronto, Canada

Rish K. Pai, MD, PhD
Department of Anatomic Pathology, Cleveland Clinic

Carol A. Burke, MD, FACG, FACP, FASGE
Director, Center for Colon Polyp and Cancer Prevention, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology and Department of Colorectal Surgery, Digestive Disease Institute; and Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Rohit Makkar, MD, Digestive Disease Institute, A30, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
865-871
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Rohit Makkar, MD
St. Michael’s Hospital, University of Toronto, Canada

Rish K. Pai, MD, PhD
Department of Anatomic Pathology, Cleveland Clinic

Carol A. Burke, MD, FACG, FACP, FASGE
Director, Center for Colon Polyp and Cancer Prevention, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology and Department of Colorectal Surgery, Digestive Disease Institute; and Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Rohit Makkar, MD, Digestive Disease Institute, A30, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Rohit Makkar, MD
St. Michael’s Hospital, University of Toronto, Canada

Rish K. Pai, MD, PhD
Department of Anatomic Pathology, Cleveland Clinic

Carol A. Burke, MD, FACG, FACP, FASGE
Director, Center for Colon Polyp and Cancer Prevention, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology and Department of Colorectal Surgery, Digestive Disease Institute; and Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Rohit Makkar, MD, Digestive Disease Institute, A30, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

Sessile serrated polyps are a type of polyp recently recognized to be a precursor of colorectal cancer. They arise from a pathway of genetic alterations different from the pathway that causes the more common and well-understood conventional adenomas (also called tubular adenomas, tubulovillous adenomas, and villous adenomas).

We do not yet know enough about the lifetime colorectal cancer risk for individuals with sessile serrated polyps, nor do we know the optimal surveillance interval for patients who have these polyps on colonoscopy. It is believed that sessile serrated polyps may be the cause of a substantial number of “interval” colorectal cancers—ie, cancers that occur after colonoscopy but before the next scheduled examination.

Serrated polyps get their name from their jagged appearance on microscopy. In the past, all serrated colorectal lesions were called hyperplastic polyps. But with the advent of molecular and genetic diagnostics and with the ability to recognize the subtle morphologic differences of serrated lesions, they have been reclassified into those without malignant potential (hyperplastic polyps) and those that are neoplastic (sessile serrated polyps and traditional serrated adenomas) (Table 1).

In this article, we discuss the evolving understanding of the different types of serrated polyps, and we offer our thoughts on a reasonable postpolypectomy surveillance plan in patients with these lesions. We focus on sessile serrated polyps, the most common form of serrated polyp with cancerous potential, since it may be one of our greatest challenges in optimal colorectal cancer prevention.

CLINICAL SCENARIO

A 65-year-old woman with no family history of colorectal cancer undergoes screening colonoscopy, during which three polyps are found and removed—a 3-mm tubular adenoma in the sigmoid colon, an 8-mm sessile serrated polyp at the hepatic flexure, and a 2-mm hyperplastic polyp in the rectum. When should she undergo follow-up colonoscopy?

Based on the number, size, and pathologic makeup of the polyps in this patient, we would recommend follow-up surveillance colonoscopy in 5 years.

THE SERRATED POLYP PATHWAY: A DIFFERENT PATH TO COLORECTAL CANCER

Figure 1. A conventional tubular adenoma characterized by round, straight crypts lined with epithelial cells with elongated and pseudo-stratified nuclei (hematoxylin and eosin, × 200).

Colorectal cancer is the third most common cancer in the United States.1 From 70% to 80% of these cancers arise from adenomatous polyps via the adenoma-carcinoma pathway. This molecular pathway develops through chromosomal instability (CIN) and involves the loss of heterozygosity (the loss of function of one allele). This leads to the progressive accumulation of mutations in tumor-suppressor genes such as adenomatous polyposis coli (APC) and p53, and oncogenes such as KRAS. The result of these mutations is the development of adenomatous polyps that lead to microsatellite-stable colorectal cancers (Figure 1).2

More recently, studies have shown that the other 20% to 30% of colorectal cancers likely arise through a separate pathway, called the serrated polyp pathway or serrated neoplasia pathway. In contrast to CIN, this pathway is characterized by methylation of CpG islands (CIMP–CpG island methylation phenotype, CIMP) in the promoter regions of specific genes.3 Central to the serrated polyp pathway is progressive methylation in colonic mucosa; mutation in the BRAF oncogene, activating cell proliferation leading to a sessile serrated polyp; and epigenetic silencing of the DNA mismatch repair gene hMLH1, which is a key step in the progression to a sessile serrated polyp with dysplasia, which may rapidly become a microsatellite-unstable colorectal cancer.4

Histologically, serrated polyps have a serrated or sawtooth appearance from the folding in of the crypt epithelium, and they include hyperplastic polyps, traditional serrated adenomas, and sessile serrated polyps (sessile serrated adenomas).

Sessile serrated polyps and traditional serrated adenomas (which are rare) are thought to be precancerous, whereas hyperplastic polyps do not have malignant potential.

 

 

COMMON, BUT PREVALENCE IS NOT CLEARLY ESTABLISHED

The histologic criteria for sessile serrated polyps and traditional serrated adenomas have been elucidated,4–7 but the epidemiology of these serrated polyps is not clear. Small studies have shown that sessile serrated polyps account for 2% to 9% of all polyps removed at colonoscopy8–10; however, larger studies are needed to determine the prevalence because detection by an endoscopist and pathologic diagnosis of these polyps are both operator-dependent.

Traditional serrated adenomas are the least common type of serrated polyp, with a reported prevalence of 0.3%.7 Hyperplastic polyps are by far the most common, accounting for 20% to 30% of all polyps removed at colonoscopy.9,11 Sessile serrated polyps have a predilection for the proximal colon and are associated with female sex and with smoking, 12,13 but no consistent effect of other factors on their formation has been reported. In contrast, Wallace et al13 found that obesity, cigarette smoking, dietary fat intake, total caloric intake, and the consumption of red meat were associated with an increased risk of distal (but not proximal) serrated polyps, including hyperplastic polyps, sessile serrated polyps, and traditional serrated adenomas.

HYPERPLASTIC POLYPS

Figure 2. Endoscopic appearance of a hyperplastic polyp.

Hyperplastic polyps usually occur in the rectosigmoid colon. They appear as slightly elevated, whitish lesions with a diameter less than 5 mm (Figure 2). Microscopically, the serrated architecture is present in the upper half of their crypts (Figure 3). The proliferative zone is more or less normally located in the basal half of the crypt (the nonserrated portion), with nuclei that are small, uniform, and basally located.14 The bases of the crypts have a rounded contour and do not grow laterally along the muscularis mucosae.

SESSILE SERRATED POLYPS

Figure 3. Hyperplastic polyps are characterized by a “sawtooth” luminal outline. The crypts are lined with columnar epithelial cells with abundant microvesicular mucin. The nuclei are small and basally located. The serrations do not extend along the entire length of the crypt, and the crypt bases are not dilated. There is no lateral growth along the lamina muscularis mucosae (hematoxylin and eosin, × 200).

Endoscopically, sessile serrated polyps are often subtle, appear flat or slightly elevated, and can be covered by yellow mucus (Figure 4). They are typically found in the proximal colon and are usually larger than typical adenomas, with 50% being larger than 10 mm.10

Figure 4. Endoscopic appearance of a sessile serrated polyp.

Histologically, the serrations are more prominent than those of hyperplastic polyps and involve the entire length of the crypt (Figure 5). The crypt bases are often dilated and display lateral growth along the lamina muscularis mucosae, resembling a letter t or l. The lamina muscularis mucosae is often thinner than normal. Crypts from sessile serrated polyps are occasionally found beneath the muscularis mucosae, a condition called pseudoinvasion.7

TRADITIONAL SERRATED ADENOMAS

Figure 5. Sessile serrated polyps are characterized by serrated crypts lined with epithelial cells with a similar appearance to a typical hyperplastic polyp. However, the crypt bases are dilated, there is lateral growth along the lamina muscularis mucosa (arrow), and serrations are present along the entire length of the crypt (hematoxylin and eosin, × 200).

Traditional serrated adenomas are usually left-sided. In contrast to the other types of serrated polyps, they are histologically often villiform and are lined by cells with elongated nuclei and abundant eosinophilic cytoplasm (Figure 6). Unlike those in sessile serrated polyps, the crypt bases do not display an abnormal architecture; rather, traditional serrated adenomas have abundant ectopic crypts (“budding crypts”) in the long, slender villi.7

Figure 6. Traditional serrated adenomas are often characterized by a villiform proliferation. The cells lining this lesion often have abundant eosinophilic cytoplasm and elongated, pseudostratified nuclei. There are serrations as well as ectopic or budding crypts along the length of the villi (hematoxylin and eosin, × 100).

Traditional serrated adenomas also appear to be genetically distinct from sessile serrated polyps. They are most often characterized by a KRAS (or less commonly, BRAF) mutation and commonly have methylation of the DNA repair gene MGMT (O-6-methylguanine-DNA methyltransferase) rather than hMLH1.

 

 

CHALLENGES TO EFFECTIVE COLONOSCOPY

Colonoscopic polypectomy of adenomatous polyps reduces the incidence of colorectal cancer and the rate of death from it.15,16 However, recent data show that colonoscopy may not be as effective as once thought. As many as 9% of patients with colorectal cancer have had a “normal” colonoscopic examination in the preceding 3 years.17,18 In addition, the reduction in incidence and mortality rates was less for cancers in the proximal colon than for cancers in the distal colon.19,20

Possible explanations for this discrepancy include the skill of the endoscopist, technical limitations of the examination, incomplete removal of polyps, and inadequate bowel preparation. Several studies have shown that interval colorectal cancers are more likely to be found in the proximal colon and to have the same molecular characteristics as sessile serrated polyps and the serrated colorectal cancer pathway (CIMP-high and MSI-H).21,22 Therefore, it is now thought that sessile serrated polyps may account for a substantial portion of “postcolonoscopy cancers” (ie, interval cancers) that arise in the proximal colon.

Two large studies of screening colonoscopy confirmed that the ability to detect sessile serrated polyps depends greatly on the skill of the endoscopist. Hetzel et al9 studied the differences in the rates of polyp detection among endoscopists performing more than 7,000 colonoscopies. Detection rates varied significantly for adenomas, hyperplastic polyps, and sessile serrated polyps, with the greatest variability noted in the detection of sessile serrated polyps. Significant variability was also noted in the ability of the pathologist to diagnose sessile serrated polyps.9

In the other study, a strong correlation was found between physicians who are “high detectors” of adenomas and their detection rates for proximal serrated polyps.23 There is widespread acceptance that screening colonoscopy in average-risk patients age 50 and older should detect adenomas in more than 25% of men and more than 15% of women. There is no current minimum recommended detection rate for sessile serrated polyps, but some have suggested 1.5%.8

POLYPS AS PREDICTORS OF CANCER RISK

Certain polyp characteristics predict the risk of metachronous, advanced neoplasia. Advanced neoplasms are defined as invasive carcinomas, adenomas 10 mm or larger, or adenomas with any villous histology or high-grade dysplasia. Patients with one or two small tubular adenomas have a much lower risk of metachronous advanced neoplasia than do patients with more than two adenomas or advanced neoplasms.24 Current recommended surveillance intervals vary on that basis (Table 2).25

People who harbor serrated neoplasms are at high risk of synchronous serrated polyps and advanced adenomatous neoplasia. Pai et al26 found that patients with one sessile serrated polyp were four times more likely to have additional serrated polyps at the same time than an unselected population. The authors suggested that this indicates a strong colonic mucosal-field defect in patients with sessile serrated polyps, thereby predisposing them to the development of synchronous serrated polyps.

Li et al27 found that large serrated polyps (ie, > 10 mm) are associated with a risk of synchronous advanced neoplasia that is three times higher than in patients without adenomas. Schreiner et al28 determined that patients with either a proximal or a large serrated polyp were at higher risk of synchronous advanced neoplasia compared with patients who did not have those lesions. Vu et al29 found that patients who have both sessile serrated polyps and conventional adenomas have significantly larger and more numerous lesions of both types.29 In addition, these lesions are more likely to be pathologically advanced when compared with people with only one or the other type.

In the only study of the risk of advanced neoplasia on follow-up colonoscopy,28 patients with advanced neoplasia and proximal serrated polyps at baseline examination were twice as likely to have advanced neoplasia during subsequent surveillance than those with only advanced neoplasia at baseline examination.28

Therefore, it seems clear that the presence of large or proximal serrated polyps or serrated neoplasms predicts the presence of synchronous and likely metachronous advanced neoplasms.

Guidelines for postpolypectomy surveillance for individuals with serrated lesions of the colon have recently been published.25 Patients with large serrated lesions (≥ 10 mm) or an advanced serrated lesion (a sessile serrated polyp with or without cytologic dysplasia or a traditional serrated adenoma) should be followed closely. Patients with small (< 10-mm) rectosigmoid hyperplastic polyps should be followed as average-risk patients. If a patient with a sessile serrated polyp also has adenomas, the surveillance interval should be the shortest interval recommended for either lesion.29

SURVEILLANCE FOR OUR PATIENT

In our patient, given the number, size, and histologic features of the polyps found, surveillance colonoscopy should be considered in 5 years. Although the clinical significance of the serrated pathway to colorectal cancer cannot be argued, further study is required to understand the lifetime risk to patients with serrated neoplasms and the optimal surveillance interval.

Sessile serrated polyps are a type of polyp recently recognized to be a precursor of colorectal cancer. They arise from a pathway of genetic alterations different from the pathway that causes the more common and well-understood conventional adenomas (also called tubular adenomas, tubulovillous adenomas, and villous adenomas).

We do not yet know enough about the lifetime colorectal cancer risk for individuals with sessile serrated polyps, nor do we know the optimal surveillance interval for patients who have these polyps on colonoscopy. It is believed that sessile serrated polyps may be the cause of a substantial number of “interval” colorectal cancers—ie, cancers that occur after colonoscopy but before the next scheduled examination.

Serrated polyps get their name from their jagged appearance on microscopy. In the past, all serrated colorectal lesions were called hyperplastic polyps. But with the advent of molecular and genetic diagnostics and with the ability to recognize the subtle morphologic differences of serrated lesions, they have been reclassified into those without malignant potential (hyperplastic polyps) and those that are neoplastic (sessile serrated polyps and traditional serrated adenomas) (Table 1).

In this article, we discuss the evolving understanding of the different types of serrated polyps, and we offer our thoughts on a reasonable postpolypectomy surveillance plan in patients with these lesions. We focus on sessile serrated polyps, the most common form of serrated polyp with cancerous potential, since it may be one of our greatest challenges in optimal colorectal cancer prevention.

CLINICAL SCENARIO

A 65-year-old woman with no family history of colorectal cancer undergoes screening colonoscopy, during which three polyps are found and removed—a 3-mm tubular adenoma in the sigmoid colon, an 8-mm sessile serrated polyp at the hepatic flexure, and a 2-mm hyperplastic polyp in the rectum. When should she undergo follow-up colonoscopy?

Based on the number, size, and pathologic makeup of the polyps in this patient, we would recommend follow-up surveillance colonoscopy in 5 years.

THE SERRATED POLYP PATHWAY: A DIFFERENT PATH TO COLORECTAL CANCER

Figure 1. A conventional tubular adenoma characterized by round, straight crypts lined with epithelial cells with elongated and pseudo-stratified nuclei (hematoxylin and eosin, × 200).

Colorectal cancer is the third most common cancer in the United States.1 From 70% to 80% of these cancers arise from adenomatous polyps via the adenoma-carcinoma pathway. This molecular pathway develops through chromosomal instability (CIN) and involves the loss of heterozygosity (the loss of function of one allele). This leads to the progressive accumulation of mutations in tumor-suppressor genes such as adenomatous polyposis coli (APC) and p53, and oncogenes such as KRAS. The result of these mutations is the development of adenomatous polyps that lead to microsatellite-stable colorectal cancers (Figure 1).2

More recently, studies have shown that the other 20% to 30% of colorectal cancers likely arise through a separate pathway, called the serrated polyp pathway or serrated neoplasia pathway. In contrast to CIN, this pathway is characterized by methylation of CpG islands (CIMP–CpG island methylation phenotype, CIMP) in the promoter regions of specific genes.3 Central to the serrated polyp pathway is progressive methylation in colonic mucosa; mutation in the BRAF oncogene, activating cell proliferation leading to a sessile serrated polyp; and epigenetic silencing of the DNA mismatch repair gene hMLH1, which is a key step in the progression to a sessile serrated polyp with dysplasia, which may rapidly become a microsatellite-unstable colorectal cancer.4

Histologically, serrated polyps have a serrated or sawtooth appearance from the folding in of the crypt epithelium, and they include hyperplastic polyps, traditional serrated adenomas, and sessile serrated polyps (sessile serrated adenomas).

Sessile serrated polyps and traditional serrated adenomas (which are rare) are thought to be precancerous, whereas hyperplastic polyps do not have malignant potential.

 

 

COMMON, BUT PREVALENCE IS NOT CLEARLY ESTABLISHED

The histologic criteria for sessile serrated polyps and traditional serrated adenomas have been elucidated,4–7 but the epidemiology of these serrated polyps is not clear. Small studies have shown that sessile serrated polyps account for 2% to 9% of all polyps removed at colonoscopy8–10; however, larger studies are needed to determine the prevalence because detection by an endoscopist and pathologic diagnosis of these polyps are both operator-dependent.

Traditional serrated adenomas are the least common type of serrated polyp, with a reported prevalence of 0.3%.7 Hyperplastic polyps are by far the most common, accounting for 20% to 30% of all polyps removed at colonoscopy.9,11 Sessile serrated polyps have a predilection for the proximal colon and are associated with female sex and with smoking, 12,13 but no consistent effect of other factors on their formation has been reported. In contrast, Wallace et al13 found that obesity, cigarette smoking, dietary fat intake, total caloric intake, and the consumption of red meat were associated with an increased risk of distal (but not proximal) serrated polyps, including hyperplastic polyps, sessile serrated polyps, and traditional serrated adenomas.

HYPERPLASTIC POLYPS

Figure 2. Endoscopic appearance of a hyperplastic polyp.

Hyperplastic polyps usually occur in the rectosigmoid colon. They appear as slightly elevated, whitish lesions with a diameter less than 5 mm (Figure 2). Microscopically, the serrated architecture is present in the upper half of their crypts (Figure 3). The proliferative zone is more or less normally located in the basal half of the crypt (the nonserrated portion), with nuclei that are small, uniform, and basally located.14 The bases of the crypts have a rounded contour and do not grow laterally along the muscularis mucosae.

SESSILE SERRATED POLYPS

Figure 3. Hyperplastic polyps are characterized by a “sawtooth” luminal outline. The crypts are lined with columnar epithelial cells with abundant microvesicular mucin. The nuclei are small and basally located. The serrations do not extend along the entire length of the crypt, and the crypt bases are not dilated. There is no lateral growth along the lamina muscularis mucosae (hematoxylin and eosin, × 200).

Endoscopically, sessile serrated polyps are often subtle, appear flat or slightly elevated, and can be covered by yellow mucus (Figure 4). They are typically found in the proximal colon and are usually larger than typical adenomas, with 50% being larger than 10 mm.10

Figure 4. Endoscopic appearance of a sessile serrated polyp.

Histologically, the serrations are more prominent than those of hyperplastic polyps and involve the entire length of the crypt (Figure 5). The crypt bases are often dilated and display lateral growth along the lamina muscularis mucosae, resembling a letter t or l. The lamina muscularis mucosae is often thinner than normal. Crypts from sessile serrated polyps are occasionally found beneath the muscularis mucosae, a condition called pseudoinvasion.7

TRADITIONAL SERRATED ADENOMAS

Figure 5. Sessile serrated polyps are characterized by serrated crypts lined with epithelial cells with a similar appearance to a typical hyperplastic polyp. However, the crypt bases are dilated, there is lateral growth along the lamina muscularis mucosa (arrow), and serrations are present along the entire length of the crypt (hematoxylin and eosin, × 200).

Traditional serrated adenomas are usually left-sided. In contrast to the other types of serrated polyps, they are histologically often villiform and are lined by cells with elongated nuclei and abundant eosinophilic cytoplasm (Figure 6). Unlike those in sessile serrated polyps, the crypt bases do not display an abnormal architecture; rather, traditional serrated adenomas have abundant ectopic crypts (“budding crypts”) in the long, slender villi.7

Figure 6. Traditional serrated adenomas are often characterized by a villiform proliferation. The cells lining this lesion often have abundant eosinophilic cytoplasm and elongated, pseudostratified nuclei. There are serrations as well as ectopic or budding crypts along the length of the villi (hematoxylin and eosin, × 100).

Traditional serrated adenomas also appear to be genetically distinct from sessile serrated polyps. They are most often characterized by a KRAS (or less commonly, BRAF) mutation and commonly have methylation of the DNA repair gene MGMT (O-6-methylguanine-DNA methyltransferase) rather than hMLH1.

 

 

CHALLENGES TO EFFECTIVE COLONOSCOPY

Colonoscopic polypectomy of adenomatous polyps reduces the incidence of colorectal cancer and the rate of death from it.15,16 However, recent data show that colonoscopy may not be as effective as once thought. As many as 9% of patients with colorectal cancer have had a “normal” colonoscopic examination in the preceding 3 years.17,18 In addition, the reduction in incidence and mortality rates was less for cancers in the proximal colon than for cancers in the distal colon.19,20

Possible explanations for this discrepancy include the skill of the endoscopist, technical limitations of the examination, incomplete removal of polyps, and inadequate bowel preparation. Several studies have shown that interval colorectal cancers are more likely to be found in the proximal colon and to have the same molecular characteristics as sessile serrated polyps and the serrated colorectal cancer pathway (CIMP-high and MSI-H).21,22 Therefore, it is now thought that sessile serrated polyps may account for a substantial portion of “postcolonoscopy cancers” (ie, interval cancers) that arise in the proximal colon.

Two large studies of screening colonoscopy confirmed that the ability to detect sessile serrated polyps depends greatly on the skill of the endoscopist. Hetzel et al9 studied the differences in the rates of polyp detection among endoscopists performing more than 7,000 colonoscopies. Detection rates varied significantly for adenomas, hyperplastic polyps, and sessile serrated polyps, with the greatest variability noted in the detection of sessile serrated polyps. Significant variability was also noted in the ability of the pathologist to diagnose sessile serrated polyps.9

In the other study, a strong correlation was found between physicians who are “high detectors” of adenomas and their detection rates for proximal serrated polyps.23 There is widespread acceptance that screening colonoscopy in average-risk patients age 50 and older should detect adenomas in more than 25% of men and more than 15% of women. There is no current minimum recommended detection rate for sessile serrated polyps, but some have suggested 1.5%.8

POLYPS AS PREDICTORS OF CANCER RISK

Certain polyp characteristics predict the risk of metachronous, advanced neoplasia. Advanced neoplasms are defined as invasive carcinomas, adenomas 10 mm or larger, or adenomas with any villous histology or high-grade dysplasia. Patients with one or two small tubular adenomas have a much lower risk of metachronous advanced neoplasia than do patients with more than two adenomas or advanced neoplasms.24 Current recommended surveillance intervals vary on that basis (Table 2).25

People who harbor serrated neoplasms are at high risk of synchronous serrated polyps and advanced adenomatous neoplasia. Pai et al26 found that patients with one sessile serrated polyp were four times more likely to have additional serrated polyps at the same time than an unselected population. The authors suggested that this indicates a strong colonic mucosal-field defect in patients with sessile serrated polyps, thereby predisposing them to the development of synchronous serrated polyps.

Li et al27 found that large serrated polyps (ie, > 10 mm) are associated with a risk of synchronous advanced neoplasia that is three times higher than in patients without adenomas. Schreiner et al28 determined that patients with either a proximal or a large serrated polyp were at higher risk of synchronous advanced neoplasia compared with patients who did not have those lesions. Vu et al29 found that patients who have both sessile serrated polyps and conventional adenomas have significantly larger and more numerous lesions of both types.29 In addition, these lesions are more likely to be pathologically advanced when compared with people with only one or the other type.

In the only study of the risk of advanced neoplasia on follow-up colonoscopy,28 patients with advanced neoplasia and proximal serrated polyps at baseline examination were twice as likely to have advanced neoplasia during subsequent surveillance than those with only advanced neoplasia at baseline examination.28

Therefore, it seems clear that the presence of large or proximal serrated polyps or serrated neoplasms predicts the presence of synchronous and likely metachronous advanced neoplasms.

Guidelines for postpolypectomy surveillance for individuals with serrated lesions of the colon have recently been published.25 Patients with large serrated lesions (≥ 10 mm) or an advanced serrated lesion (a sessile serrated polyp with or without cytologic dysplasia or a traditional serrated adenoma) should be followed closely. Patients with small (< 10-mm) rectosigmoid hyperplastic polyps should be followed as average-risk patients. If a patient with a sessile serrated polyp also has adenomas, the surveillance interval should be the shortest interval recommended for either lesion.29

SURVEILLANCE FOR OUR PATIENT

In our patient, given the number, size, and histologic features of the polyps found, surveillance colonoscopy should be considered in 5 years. Although the clinical significance of the serrated pathway to colorectal cancer cannot be argued, further study is required to understand the lifetime risk to patients with serrated neoplasms and the optimal surveillance interval.

References
  1. Siegel R, Naishadham D, Jemal A. Cancer statistics, 2012. CA Cancer J Clin 2012; 62:1029.
  2. Pino MS, Chung DC. The chromosomal instability pathway in colon cancer. Gastroenterology 2010; 138;20592072.
  3. Leggett B, Whitehall V. Role of the serrated pathway in colorectal cancer pathogenesis. Gastroenterology 2010; 138:20882100.
  4. Snover DC. Update on the serrated pathway to colorectal carcinoma. Hum Pathol 2011; 42:110.
  5. O’Brien MJ, Yang S, Mack C, et al. Comparison of microsatellite instability, CpG island methylation phenotype, BRAF and KRAS status in serrated polyps and traditional adenomas indicates separate pathways to distinct colorectal carcinoma end points. Am J Surg Pathol 2006; 30:14911501.
  6. Torlakovic E, Skovlund E, Snover DC, Torlakovic G, Nesland JM. Morphologic reappraisal of serrated colorectal polyps. Am J Surg Pathol 2003; 27:6581.
  7. Torlakovic EE, Gomez JD, Driman DK, et al. Sessile serrated adenoma (SSA) vs traditional serrated adenoma (TSA). Am J Surg Pathol 2008; 32:2129.
  8. Sanaka MR, Gohel T, Podugu A, et al. Quality indicators to enhance adenoma detection rate: should there be reconsideration of the current standard? Gastrointest Endosc 2011; 73:AB138.
  9. Hetzel JT, Huang CS, Coukos JA, et al. Variation in the detection of serrated polyps in an average risk colorectal cancer screening cohort. Am J Gastroenterol 2010; 105:26562664.
  10. Spring KJ, Zhao ZZ, Karamatic R, et al. High prevalence of sessile serrated adenomas with BRAF mutations: a prospective study of patients undergoing colonoscopy. Gastroenterology 2006; 131:14001407.
  11. Higuchi T, Sugihara K, Jass JR. Demographic and pathological characteristics of serrated polyps of colorectum. Histopathology 2005; 47:3240.
  12. Lieberman DA, Prindiville S, Weiss DG, Willett W; VA Cooperative Study Group 380. Risk factors for advanced colonic neoplasia and hyperplastic polyps in asymptomatic individuals. JAMA 2003; 290:29592967.
  13. Wallace K, Grau MV, Ahnen D, et al. The association of lifestyle and dietary factors with the risk for serrated polyps of the colorectum. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 2009; 18:23102317.
  14. Rex DK, Ahnen DJ, Baron JA, Batts KP, Burke CA, et al. Serrated lesions of the colorectum: review and recommendations from an expert panel. Am J Gastroenterol 2012; 107:13151329.
  15. Winawer SJ, Zauber AG, Ho MN, et al. Prevention of colorectal cancer by colonoscopic polypectomy. The National Polyp Study Workgroup. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:19771981.
  16. Zauber AG, Winawer SJ, O’Brien MJ, et al. Colonoscopic polypectomy and long-term prevention of colorectal-cancer deaths. N Engl J Med 2012; 366:687696.
  17. Sawhney MS, Farrar WD, Gudiseva S, et al. Microsatellite instability in interval colon cancers. Gastroenterology 2006; 131:17001705.
  18. Baxter NN, Sutradhar R, Forbes SS, Paszat lF, Saskin R, Rabeneck l. Analysis of administrative data finds endoscopist quality measures associated with postcolonoscopy colorectal cancer. Gastroenterology 2011; 140:6572.
  19. Singh H, Nugent Z, Demers AA, Kliewer EV, Mahmud SM, Bernstein CN. The reduction in colorectal cancer mortality after colonoscopy varies by site of the cancer. Gastroenterology 2010; 139:11281137.
  20. Baxter NN, Goldwasser MA, Paszat lF, Saskin R, Urbach DR, Rabeneck l. Association of colonoscopy and death from colorectal cancer. Ann Intern Med 2009; 150:18.
  21. Arain MA, Sawhney M, Sheikh S, et al. CIMP status of interval colon cancers: another piece to the puzzle. Am J Gastroenterol 2010; 105:11891195.
  22. Farrar WD, Sawhney MS, Nelson DB, Lederle FA, Bond JH. Colorectal cancers found after a complete colonoscopy. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2006; 4:12591264.
  23. Kahi CJ, Hewett DG, Norton Dl, Eckert GJ, Rex DK. Prevalence and variable detection of proximal colon serrated polyps during screening colonoscopy. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2011; 9:4246.
  24. Martínez ME, Baron JA, Lieberman DA, et al. A pooled analysis of advanced colorectal neoplasia diagnoses after colonoscopic polypectomy. Gastroenterology 2009; 136:832841.
  25. Lieberman DA, Rex DK, Winawer SJ, Giardiello FM, Johnson DA, Levin TR. Guidelines for colonoscopy surveillance after screening and polypectomy: a consensus update by the US Multi-Society Task Force on Colorectal Cancer. Gastroenterology 2012; 143:844857.
  26. Pai RK, Hart J, Noffsinger AE. Sessile serrated adenomas strongly predispose to synchronous serrated polyps in nonsyndromic patients. Histopathology 2010; 56:581588.
  27. Li D, Jin C, McCulloch C, et al. Association of large serrated polyps with synchronous advanced colorectal neoplasia. Am J Gastroenterol 2009; 104:695702.
  28. Schreiner MA, Weiss DG, Lieberman DA. Proximal and large hyperplastic and nondysplastic serrated polyps detected by colonoscopy are associated with neoplasia. Gastroenterology 2010; 139:14971502.
  29. Vu HT, Lopez R, Bennett A, Burke CA. Individuals with sessile serrated polyps express an aggressive colorectal phenotype. Dis Colon Rectum 2011; 54:12161223.
References
  1. Siegel R, Naishadham D, Jemal A. Cancer statistics, 2012. CA Cancer J Clin 2012; 62:1029.
  2. Pino MS, Chung DC. The chromosomal instability pathway in colon cancer. Gastroenterology 2010; 138;20592072.
  3. Leggett B, Whitehall V. Role of the serrated pathway in colorectal cancer pathogenesis. Gastroenterology 2010; 138:20882100.
  4. Snover DC. Update on the serrated pathway to colorectal carcinoma. Hum Pathol 2011; 42:110.
  5. O’Brien MJ, Yang S, Mack C, et al. Comparison of microsatellite instability, CpG island methylation phenotype, BRAF and KRAS status in serrated polyps and traditional adenomas indicates separate pathways to distinct colorectal carcinoma end points. Am J Surg Pathol 2006; 30:14911501.
  6. Torlakovic E, Skovlund E, Snover DC, Torlakovic G, Nesland JM. Morphologic reappraisal of serrated colorectal polyps. Am J Surg Pathol 2003; 27:6581.
  7. Torlakovic EE, Gomez JD, Driman DK, et al. Sessile serrated adenoma (SSA) vs traditional serrated adenoma (TSA). Am J Surg Pathol 2008; 32:2129.
  8. Sanaka MR, Gohel T, Podugu A, et al. Quality indicators to enhance adenoma detection rate: should there be reconsideration of the current standard? Gastrointest Endosc 2011; 73:AB138.
  9. Hetzel JT, Huang CS, Coukos JA, et al. Variation in the detection of serrated polyps in an average risk colorectal cancer screening cohort. Am J Gastroenterol 2010; 105:26562664.
  10. Spring KJ, Zhao ZZ, Karamatic R, et al. High prevalence of sessile serrated adenomas with BRAF mutations: a prospective study of patients undergoing colonoscopy. Gastroenterology 2006; 131:14001407.
  11. Higuchi T, Sugihara K, Jass JR. Demographic and pathological characteristics of serrated polyps of colorectum. Histopathology 2005; 47:3240.
  12. Lieberman DA, Prindiville S, Weiss DG, Willett W; VA Cooperative Study Group 380. Risk factors for advanced colonic neoplasia and hyperplastic polyps in asymptomatic individuals. JAMA 2003; 290:29592967.
  13. Wallace K, Grau MV, Ahnen D, et al. The association of lifestyle and dietary factors with the risk for serrated polyps of the colorectum. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 2009; 18:23102317.
  14. Rex DK, Ahnen DJ, Baron JA, Batts KP, Burke CA, et al. Serrated lesions of the colorectum: review and recommendations from an expert panel. Am J Gastroenterol 2012; 107:13151329.
  15. Winawer SJ, Zauber AG, Ho MN, et al. Prevention of colorectal cancer by colonoscopic polypectomy. The National Polyp Study Workgroup. N Engl J Med 1993; 329:19771981.
  16. Zauber AG, Winawer SJ, O’Brien MJ, et al. Colonoscopic polypectomy and long-term prevention of colorectal-cancer deaths. N Engl J Med 2012; 366:687696.
  17. Sawhney MS, Farrar WD, Gudiseva S, et al. Microsatellite instability in interval colon cancers. Gastroenterology 2006; 131:17001705.
  18. Baxter NN, Sutradhar R, Forbes SS, Paszat lF, Saskin R, Rabeneck l. Analysis of administrative data finds endoscopist quality measures associated with postcolonoscopy colorectal cancer. Gastroenterology 2011; 140:6572.
  19. Singh H, Nugent Z, Demers AA, Kliewer EV, Mahmud SM, Bernstein CN. The reduction in colorectal cancer mortality after colonoscopy varies by site of the cancer. Gastroenterology 2010; 139:11281137.
  20. Baxter NN, Goldwasser MA, Paszat lF, Saskin R, Urbach DR, Rabeneck l. Association of colonoscopy and death from colorectal cancer. Ann Intern Med 2009; 150:18.
  21. Arain MA, Sawhney M, Sheikh S, et al. CIMP status of interval colon cancers: another piece to the puzzle. Am J Gastroenterol 2010; 105:11891195.
  22. Farrar WD, Sawhney MS, Nelson DB, Lederle FA, Bond JH. Colorectal cancers found after a complete colonoscopy. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2006; 4:12591264.
  23. Kahi CJ, Hewett DG, Norton Dl, Eckert GJ, Rex DK. Prevalence and variable detection of proximal colon serrated polyps during screening colonoscopy. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2011; 9:4246.
  24. Martínez ME, Baron JA, Lieberman DA, et al. A pooled analysis of advanced colorectal neoplasia diagnoses after colonoscopic polypectomy. Gastroenterology 2009; 136:832841.
  25. Lieberman DA, Rex DK, Winawer SJ, Giardiello FM, Johnson DA, Levin TR. Guidelines for colonoscopy surveillance after screening and polypectomy: a consensus update by the US Multi-Society Task Force on Colorectal Cancer. Gastroenterology 2012; 143:844857.
  26. Pai RK, Hart J, Noffsinger AE. Sessile serrated adenomas strongly predispose to synchronous serrated polyps in nonsyndromic patients. Histopathology 2010; 56:581588.
  27. Li D, Jin C, McCulloch C, et al. Association of large serrated polyps with synchronous advanced colorectal neoplasia. Am J Gastroenterol 2009; 104:695702.
  28. Schreiner MA, Weiss DG, Lieberman DA. Proximal and large hyperplastic and nondysplastic serrated polyps detected by colonoscopy are associated with neoplasia. Gastroenterology 2010; 139:14971502.
  29. Vu HT, Lopez R, Bennett A, Burke CA. Individuals with sessile serrated polyps express an aggressive colorectal phenotype. Dis Colon Rectum 2011; 54:12161223.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Page Number
865-871
Page Number
865-871
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Sessile serrated polyps: Cancer risk and appropriate surveillance
Display Headline
Sessile serrated polyps: Cancer risk and appropriate surveillance
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • From 20% to 30% of colorectal cancers arise through the serrated polyp pathway (the serrated neoplasia pathway.)
  • Histologically, serrated polyps have a serrated or sawtooth appearance from the folding in of the crypt epithelium. Types of serrated polyps include hyperplastic polyps, traditional serrated adenomas, and sessile serrated polyps (also known as sessile serrated adenomas).
  • Guidelines for surveillance after polypectomy of serrated lesions recommend that patients with a large (≥ 10-mm) or a sessile serrated polyp with cytologic dysplasia or a traditional serrated adenoma be followed more closely than patients with a sessile serrated polyp smaller than 10 mm. Patients with small rectosigmoid hyperplastic polyps should be followed the same as people at average risk.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Mild cognitive impairment: Challenges in research and in practice

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 10/04/2017 - 08:27
Display Headline
Mild cognitive impairment: Challenges in research and in practice

The integrity of cognitive function is a reliable indicator of healthy aging. But the progression of cognitive changes from normal aging to dementia is often insidious and easily underrecognized. Consequently, mild cognitive impairment (MCI)—the entity that characterizes this transition—has become an area of intense research. Since 1999, the number of research publications related to MCI has exploded, with more than 1,000 peer-reviewed studies in 2010 alone.

Controversy remains over the definition, diagnosis, prognosis, and management of MCI. However, in an evidence-based review of the literature,1 the American Academy of Neurology concluded that MCI is a useful clinical entity and that patients with MCI should be identified and monitored because of the increased risk of progression to dementia.

See related article

Early studies appeared to indicate that patients with MCI were at high risk of further cognitive decline and progression to Alzheimer dementia.1 But subsequent research found that not all were, leading to the recognition of two subtypes of MCI: amnestic, which mainly involves memory loss, and nonamnestic, which involves impairment of other cognitive domains. Patients with the amnestic type were determined to be more likely to eventually develop Alzheimer disease.2 The amnestic subtype is being considered for inclusion in the next revision of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, ie, the fifth edition (DSM-V).3

MCI varies with each person affected. Neither its clinical nor its neuropathologic course follows a predictable, linear path, making its study especially challenging. The pathologic and molecular mechanisms of MCI are not well established. In the amnestic type, the distribution of cortical amyloid deposits appears transitional to the pathologic changes seen in Alzheimer disease.4 But postmortem brain tissues5 and clinical imaging studies6 reveal that some normal controls have a degree of amyloid deposition similar to that in patients with MCI. These findings limit the use of amyloid lesions as a robust pathologic marker for distinguishing normal aging from MCI.

MCI is diagnosed clinically, and clinicians should be able to diagnose most cases of MCI in the office. The first step is cognitive concern (ie, a change from the patient’s baseline cognitive status) raised by the patient, by an informant, or by a clinician. Often, in amnestic MCI, the earliest symptom is memory loss. Once persistent memory loss is documented, the patient is assessed for the ability to perform activities of daily living. To fulfill the criteria for the diagnosis of MCI, patients need to have intact function in the activities of daily living and no features of neurologic and psychiatric diseases that affect cognition. Further office-based cognitive testing helps to determine whether MCI is the amnestic or the nonamnestic type. A brief neuropsychological test such as the Montreal Cognitive Assessment often supports the diagnosis of MCI, although accurate characterization of cognitive dysfunction is enhanced with thorough neuropsychological testing.

MCI remains a clinical diagnosis with an imprecise prognosis. Although the amnestic MCI criteria are reasonably specific, they do not always predict progression to Alzheimer disease. Growing evidence suggests that neuropsychiatric symptoms, including depression, apathy, and anxiety, are clinical predictors of the progression of MCI to Alzheimer disease, and that the added risk can be substantial. For example, in one study, the risk of incident dementia was seven times higher if apathy was present.7 As such, a careful psychiatric evaluation of patients with MCI is strongly recommended and should be part of a comprehensive workup.

The study of MCI touches on almost all aspects of aging and dementia investigation. A great deal of research is focusing on the development of cerebrospinal fluid or imaging biomarkers of amyloid deposition, structural magnetic resonance imaging markers of neuronal loss, and genetic predisposition to detect the earliest signs of the disease in people who may be at risk. The rationale for the intense study of MCI is that the sooner the intervention in a degenerative process is started, the more likely that further cognitive and functional decline can be prevented: early diagnosis is paramount in trying to prevent subsequent disability. Clinical trials are needed to determine whether early detection of MCI or the detection of biomarkers in asymptomatic individuals alters the incidence of dementia or its prognosis.

In this issue of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine, Patel and Holland8 present a comprehensive overview of MCI and highlight the issues related to its diagnosis and management. The treatment of MCI is another area that is unclear. At this time, prescription of cognition-enhancing medications is not indicated. No pharmacologic agent is approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for treating MCI, although cholinesterase inhibitors have been studied. At the pathologic level, there is no clear consensus on whether presynaptic or postsynaptic (or both) cholinergic receptors are defective in MCI.9 There is some evidence of increased choline acetyltransferase activity in the hippocampus and the superior frontal cortex.10 Selected hippocampal and cortical cholinergic systems may be capable of compensatory responses in MCI. This may help explain why cholinesterase inhibitors are ineffective in preventing dementia in patients with MCI in therapeutic trials.

Patel and Holland recommend a reasonable multidisciplinary approach for managing MCI, although supporting evidence for such recommendations from clinical trials is lacking. Realizing that not all patients with MCI progress to Alzheimer disease and that some cases are reversible is cause for recommending close follow-up and monitoring of neuropsychiatric and cognitive symptoms in older patients.

MCI is now a clinical reality for all physicians dealing with older patients. Thus, MCI is of more than merely research interest to clinicians, who will come to recognize and diagnose this condition frequently in the aging population.

References
  1. Petersen RC, Smith GE, Waring SC, Ivnik RJ, Tangalos EG, Kokmen E. Mild cognitive impairment: clinical characterization and outcome. Arch Neurol 1999; 56:303308.
  2. Winblad B, Palmer K, Kivipelto M, et al. Mild cognitive impairment—beyond controversies, towards a consensus: report of the International Working Group on Mild Cognitive Impairment. J Intern Med 2004; 256:240246.
  3. Petersen RC, O’Brien J. Mild cognitive impairment should be considered for DSM-V. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006; 19:147154.
  4. Markesbery WR. Neuropathologic alterations in mild cognitive impairment: a review. J Alzheimers Dis 2010; 19:221228.
  5. Price JL, McKeel DW, Buckles VD, et al. Neuropathology of nondemented aging: presumptive evidence for pre-clinical Alzheimer disease. Neurobiol Aging 2009; 30:10261036.
  6. Aizenstein HJ, Nebes RD, Saxton JA, et al. Frequent amyloid deposition without significant cognitive impairment among the elderly. Arch Neurol 2008; 65:15091517.
  7. Palmer K, Di Iulio F, Varsi AE, et al. Neuropsychiatric predictors of progression from amnestic-mild cognitive impairment to Alzheimer’s disease: the role of depression and apathy. J Alzheimers Dis 2010; 20:175183.
  8. Patel BB, Holland NW. Mild cognitive impairment: hope for stability, plan for progression. Cleve Clin J Med 2012; 79:857864.
  9. Mufson EJ, Binder L, Counts SE, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: pathology and mechanisms. Acta Neuropathol 2012; 123:1330.
  10. DeKosky ST, Ikonomovic MD, Styren SD, et al. Upregulation of choline acetyltransferase activity in hippocampus and frontal cortex of elderly subjects with mild cognitive impairment. Ann Neurol 2002; 51:145155.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Hamid R. Okhravi, MD
Assistant Professor, Eastern Virginia Medical School, and The Glennan Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology, Norfolk, VA

Robert M. Palmer, MD
Professor of Medicine, and Director, The Glennan Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology, Norfolk, VA

Address: Hamid R. Okhravi, MD, The Glennan Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology, 825 Fairfax Avenue, Suite 201, Norfolk, VA 23507; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
853-854
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Hamid R. Okhravi, MD
Assistant Professor, Eastern Virginia Medical School, and The Glennan Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology, Norfolk, VA

Robert M. Palmer, MD
Professor of Medicine, and Director, The Glennan Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology, Norfolk, VA

Address: Hamid R. Okhravi, MD, The Glennan Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology, 825 Fairfax Avenue, Suite 201, Norfolk, VA 23507; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Hamid R. Okhravi, MD
Assistant Professor, Eastern Virginia Medical School, and The Glennan Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology, Norfolk, VA

Robert M. Palmer, MD
Professor of Medicine, and Director, The Glennan Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology, Norfolk, VA

Address: Hamid R. Okhravi, MD, The Glennan Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology, 825 Fairfax Avenue, Suite 201, Norfolk, VA 23507; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

The integrity of cognitive function is a reliable indicator of healthy aging. But the progression of cognitive changes from normal aging to dementia is often insidious and easily underrecognized. Consequently, mild cognitive impairment (MCI)—the entity that characterizes this transition—has become an area of intense research. Since 1999, the number of research publications related to MCI has exploded, with more than 1,000 peer-reviewed studies in 2010 alone.

Controversy remains over the definition, diagnosis, prognosis, and management of MCI. However, in an evidence-based review of the literature,1 the American Academy of Neurology concluded that MCI is a useful clinical entity and that patients with MCI should be identified and monitored because of the increased risk of progression to dementia.

See related article

Early studies appeared to indicate that patients with MCI were at high risk of further cognitive decline and progression to Alzheimer dementia.1 But subsequent research found that not all were, leading to the recognition of two subtypes of MCI: amnestic, which mainly involves memory loss, and nonamnestic, which involves impairment of other cognitive domains. Patients with the amnestic type were determined to be more likely to eventually develop Alzheimer disease.2 The amnestic subtype is being considered for inclusion in the next revision of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, ie, the fifth edition (DSM-V).3

MCI varies with each person affected. Neither its clinical nor its neuropathologic course follows a predictable, linear path, making its study especially challenging. The pathologic and molecular mechanisms of MCI are not well established. In the amnestic type, the distribution of cortical amyloid deposits appears transitional to the pathologic changes seen in Alzheimer disease.4 But postmortem brain tissues5 and clinical imaging studies6 reveal that some normal controls have a degree of amyloid deposition similar to that in patients with MCI. These findings limit the use of amyloid lesions as a robust pathologic marker for distinguishing normal aging from MCI.

MCI is diagnosed clinically, and clinicians should be able to diagnose most cases of MCI in the office. The first step is cognitive concern (ie, a change from the patient’s baseline cognitive status) raised by the patient, by an informant, or by a clinician. Often, in amnestic MCI, the earliest symptom is memory loss. Once persistent memory loss is documented, the patient is assessed for the ability to perform activities of daily living. To fulfill the criteria for the diagnosis of MCI, patients need to have intact function in the activities of daily living and no features of neurologic and psychiatric diseases that affect cognition. Further office-based cognitive testing helps to determine whether MCI is the amnestic or the nonamnestic type. A brief neuropsychological test such as the Montreal Cognitive Assessment often supports the diagnosis of MCI, although accurate characterization of cognitive dysfunction is enhanced with thorough neuropsychological testing.

MCI remains a clinical diagnosis with an imprecise prognosis. Although the amnestic MCI criteria are reasonably specific, they do not always predict progression to Alzheimer disease. Growing evidence suggests that neuropsychiatric symptoms, including depression, apathy, and anxiety, are clinical predictors of the progression of MCI to Alzheimer disease, and that the added risk can be substantial. For example, in one study, the risk of incident dementia was seven times higher if apathy was present.7 As such, a careful psychiatric evaluation of patients with MCI is strongly recommended and should be part of a comprehensive workup.

The study of MCI touches on almost all aspects of aging and dementia investigation. A great deal of research is focusing on the development of cerebrospinal fluid or imaging biomarkers of amyloid deposition, structural magnetic resonance imaging markers of neuronal loss, and genetic predisposition to detect the earliest signs of the disease in people who may be at risk. The rationale for the intense study of MCI is that the sooner the intervention in a degenerative process is started, the more likely that further cognitive and functional decline can be prevented: early diagnosis is paramount in trying to prevent subsequent disability. Clinical trials are needed to determine whether early detection of MCI or the detection of biomarkers in asymptomatic individuals alters the incidence of dementia or its prognosis.

In this issue of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine, Patel and Holland8 present a comprehensive overview of MCI and highlight the issues related to its diagnosis and management. The treatment of MCI is another area that is unclear. At this time, prescription of cognition-enhancing medications is not indicated. No pharmacologic agent is approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for treating MCI, although cholinesterase inhibitors have been studied. At the pathologic level, there is no clear consensus on whether presynaptic or postsynaptic (or both) cholinergic receptors are defective in MCI.9 There is some evidence of increased choline acetyltransferase activity in the hippocampus and the superior frontal cortex.10 Selected hippocampal and cortical cholinergic systems may be capable of compensatory responses in MCI. This may help explain why cholinesterase inhibitors are ineffective in preventing dementia in patients with MCI in therapeutic trials.

Patel and Holland recommend a reasonable multidisciplinary approach for managing MCI, although supporting evidence for such recommendations from clinical trials is lacking. Realizing that not all patients with MCI progress to Alzheimer disease and that some cases are reversible is cause for recommending close follow-up and monitoring of neuropsychiatric and cognitive symptoms in older patients.

MCI is now a clinical reality for all physicians dealing with older patients. Thus, MCI is of more than merely research interest to clinicians, who will come to recognize and diagnose this condition frequently in the aging population.

The integrity of cognitive function is a reliable indicator of healthy aging. But the progression of cognitive changes from normal aging to dementia is often insidious and easily underrecognized. Consequently, mild cognitive impairment (MCI)—the entity that characterizes this transition—has become an area of intense research. Since 1999, the number of research publications related to MCI has exploded, with more than 1,000 peer-reviewed studies in 2010 alone.

Controversy remains over the definition, diagnosis, prognosis, and management of MCI. However, in an evidence-based review of the literature,1 the American Academy of Neurology concluded that MCI is a useful clinical entity and that patients with MCI should be identified and monitored because of the increased risk of progression to dementia.

See related article

Early studies appeared to indicate that patients with MCI were at high risk of further cognitive decline and progression to Alzheimer dementia.1 But subsequent research found that not all were, leading to the recognition of two subtypes of MCI: amnestic, which mainly involves memory loss, and nonamnestic, which involves impairment of other cognitive domains. Patients with the amnestic type were determined to be more likely to eventually develop Alzheimer disease.2 The amnestic subtype is being considered for inclusion in the next revision of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, ie, the fifth edition (DSM-V).3

MCI varies with each person affected. Neither its clinical nor its neuropathologic course follows a predictable, linear path, making its study especially challenging. The pathologic and molecular mechanisms of MCI are not well established. In the amnestic type, the distribution of cortical amyloid deposits appears transitional to the pathologic changes seen in Alzheimer disease.4 But postmortem brain tissues5 and clinical imaging studies6 reveal that some normal controls have a degree of amyloid deposition similar to that in patients with MCI. These findings limit the use of amyloid lesions as a robust pathologic marker for distinguishing normal aging from MCI.

MCI is diagnosed clinically, and clinicians should be able to diagnose most cases of MCI in the office. The first step is cognitive concern (ie, a change from the patient’s baseline cognitive status) raised by the patient, by an informant, or by a clinician. Often, in amnestic MCI, the earliest symptom is memory loss. Once persistent memory loss is documented, the patient is assessed for the ability to perform activities of daily living. To fulfill the criteria for the diagnosis of MCI, patients need to have intact function in the activities of daily living and no features of neurologic and psychiatric diseases that affect cognition. Further office-based cognitive testing helps to determine whether MCI is the amnestic or the nonamnestic type. A brief neuropsychological test such as the Montreal Cognitive Assessment often supports the diagnosis of MCI, although accurate characterization of cognitive dysfunction is enhanced with thorough neuropsychological testing.

MCI remains a clinical diagnosis with an imprecise prognosis. Although the amnestic MCI criteria are reasonably specific, they do not always predict progression to Alzheimer disease. Growing evidence suggests that neuropsychiatric symptoms, including depression, apathy, and anxiety, are clinical predictors of the progression of MCI to Alzheimer disease, and that the added risk can be substantial. For example, in one study, the risk of incident dementia was seven times higher if apathy was present.7 As such, a careful psychiatric evaluation of patients with MCI is strongly recommended and should be part of a comprehensive workup.

The study of MCI touches on almost all aspects of aging and dementia investigation. A great deal of research is focusing on the development of cerebrospinal fluid or imaging biomarkers of amyloid deposition, structural magnetic resonance imaging markers of neuronal loss, and genetic predisposition to detect the earliest signs of the disease in people who may be at risk. The rationale for the intense study of MCI is that the sooner the intervention in a degenerative process is started, the more likely that further cognitive and functional decline can be prevented: early diagnosis is paramount in trying to prevent subsequent disability. Clinical trials are needed to determine whether early detection of MCI or the detection of biomarkers in asymptomatic individuals alters the incidence of dementia or its prognosis.

In this issue of the Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine, Patel and Holland8 present a comprehensive overview of MCI and highlight the issues related to its diagnosis and management. The treatment of MCI is another area that is unclear. At this time, prescription of cognition-enhancing medications is not indicated. No pharmacologic agent is approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for treating MCI, although cholinesterase inhibitors have been studied. At the pathologic level, there is no clear consensus on whether presynaptic or postsynaptic (or both) cholinergic receptors are defective in MCI.9 There is some evidence of increased choline acetyltransferase activity in the hippocampus and the superior frontal cortex.10 Selected hippocampal and cortical cholinergic systems may be capable of compensatory responses in MCI. This may help explain why cholinesterase inhibitors are ineffective in preventing dementia in patients with MCI in therapeutic trials.

Patel and Holland recommend a reasonable multidisciplinary approach for managing MCI, although supporting evidence for such recommendations from clinical trials is lacking. Realizing that not all patients with MCI progress to Alzheimer disease and that some cases are reversible is cause for recommending close follow-up and monitoring of neuropsychiatric and cognitive symptoms in older patients.

MCI is now a clinical reality for all physicians dealing with older patients. Thus, MCI is of more than merely research interest to clinicians, who will come to recognize and diagnose this condition frequently in the aging population.

References
  1. Petersen RC, Smith GE, Waring SC, Ivnik RJ, Tangalos EG, Kokmen E. Mild cognitive impairment: clinical characterization and outcome. Arch Neurol 1999; 56:303308.
  2. Winblad B, Palmer K, Kivipelto M, et al. Mild cognitive impairment—beyond controversies, towards a consensus: report of the International Working Group on Mild Cognitive Impairment. J Intern Med 2004; 256:240246.
  3. Petersen RC, O’Brien J. Mild cognitive impairment should be considered for DSM-V. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006; 19:147154.
  4. Markesbery WR. Neuropathologic alterations in mild cognitive impairment: a review. J Alzheimers Dis 2010; 19:221228.
  5. Price JL, McKeel DW, Buckles VD, et al. Neuropathology of nondemented aging: presumptive evidence for pre-clinical Alzheimer disease. Neurobiol Aging 2009; 30:10261036.
  6. Aizenstein HJ, Nebes RD, Saxton JA, et al. Frequent amyloid deposition without significant cognitive impairment among the elderly. Arch Neurol 2008; 65:15091517.
  7. Palmer K, Di Iulio F, Varsi AE, et al. Neuropsychiatric predictors of progression from amnestic-mild cognitive impairment to Alzheimer’s disease: the role of depression and apathy. J Alzheimers Dis 2010; 20:175183.
  8. Patel BB, Holland NW. Mild cognitive impairment: hope for stability, plan for progression. Cleve Clin J Med 2012; 79:857864.
  9. Mufson EJ, Binder L, Counts SE, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: pathology and mechanisms. Acta Neuropathol 2012; 123:1330.
  10. DeKosky ST, Ikonomovic MD, Styren SD, et al. Upregulation of choline acetyltransferase activity in hippocampus and frontal cortex of elderly subjects with mild cognitive impairment. Ann Neurol 2002; 51:145155.
References
  1. Petersen RC, Smith GE, Waring SC, Ivnik RJ, Tangalos EG, Kokmen E. Mild cognitive impairment: clinical characterization and outcome. Arch Neurol 1999; 56:303308.
  2. Winblad B, Palmer K, Kivipelto M, et al. Mild cognitive impairment—beyond controversies, towards a consensus: report of the International Working Group on Mild Cognitive Impairment. J Intern Med 2004; 256:240246.
  3. Petersen RC, O’Brien J. Mild cognitive impairment should be considered for DSM-V. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006; 19:147154.
  4. Markesbery WR. Neuropathologic alterations in mild cognitive impairment: a review. J Alzheimers Dis 2010; 19:221228.
  5. Price JL, McKeel DW, Buckles VD, et al. Neuropathology of nondemented aging: presumptive evidence for pre-clinical Alzheimer disease. Neurobiol Aging 2009; 30:10261036.
  6. Aizenstein HJ, Nebes RD, Saxton JA, et al. Frequent amyloid deposition without significant cognitive impairment among the elderly. Arch Neurol 2008; 65:15091517.
  7. Palmer K, Di Iulio F, Varsi AE, et al. Neuropsychiatric predictors of progression from amnestic-mild cognitive impairment to Alzheimer’s disease: the role of depression and apathy. J Alzheimers Dis 2010; 20:175183.
  8. Patel BB, Holland NW. Mild cognitive impairment: hope for stability, plan for progression. Cleve Clin J Med 2012; 79:857864.
  9. Mufson EJ, Binder L, Counts SE, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: pathology and mechanisms. Acta Neuropathol 2012; 123:1330.
  10. DeKosky ST, Ikonomovic MD, Styren SD, et al. Upregulation of choline acetyltransferase activity in hippocampus and frontal cortex of elderly subjects with mild cognitive impairment. Ann Neurol 2002; 51:145155.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Page Number
853-854
Page Number
853-854
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Mild cognitive impairment: Challenges in research and in practice
Display Headline
Mild cognitive impairment: Challenges in research and in practice
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Mild cognitive impairment: Hope for stability, plan for progression

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 10/04/2017 - 08:29
Display Headline
Mild cognitive impairment: Hope for stability, plan for progression

As our population ages, people are thinking more about preserving their quality of life, especially with regard to maintaining their cognitive and functional abilities. Older patients and caregivers often raise concerns about cognitive issues to their primary care providers: many patients have memory complaints, are worried about whether these are merely part of normal aging or symptoms of early dementia, and want strategies to forestall the progression of cognitive impairment.

Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) is a heterogeneous syndrome that in some cases represents a transition between normal aging and dementia. However, this condition is not yet well understood. Although some patients progress to dementia, others remain stable, or even improve. This article will review the current definitions and the underlying physiology of MCI, as well as diagnostic and management strategies.

See related editorial

COGNITIVE CHANGES OCCUR WITH NORMAL AGING

Cognition is defined as a means of acquiring and processing information about ourselves and our world. It includes memory as well as other domains such as attention, visuospatial skills, mental processing speed, language, and executive function. Cognitive abilities typically peak between ages 30 and 40, plateau in our 50s and 60s, and decline in our late 70s.

With age come detectable changes in the brain: brain weight declines by 10% by age 80, blood flow diminishes, neurons are lost throughout life, and nerve conduction slows. Despite these changes, the brain has a great deal of functional reserve capacity.

Table 1 compares the signs of normal aging, MCI, and dementia. Normally, cognitive abilities decline gradually with age without affecting overall function or activities of daily living. Even in normal aging, the processing of new information (new learning) is reduced. Mental processing becomes less efficient and slower. Visuospatial skills gradually decline, recall slows, and ultimately, the speed of performance slows as well. Additionally, distractibility increases. On the other hand, normal aging does not affect recognition, intelligence, or long-term memory.1

The line between the normal effects of aging on cognition and true pathologic cognitive decline is blurry. In a busy clinical practice, it is often difficult to determine whether problems with memory and cognition that elderly patients and their family members describe represent true pathologic decline. In general, the clinical presentation of MCI is more profound than that of age-associated cognitive impairment: whereas normal aging may involve forgetting names and words and misplacing things, MCI frequently involves forgetting conversations, information that one would ordinarily remember, appointments, and planned events.

BETWEEN NORMAL AGING AND DEMENTIA

MCI is a transitional state between normal cognition and dementia. But the course is not inevitably downward: on follow-up, patients with MCI may be better, stable, or worse (see PROGNOSIS VARIES, below).

On autopsy studies, the brains of people with MCI appear intermediate between normal brains and brains of people with Alzheimer-type dementia, which have neurofibrillary tangles, amyloid senile plaques, and neuronal degeneration.

Definitions of MCI vary

True cognitive decline that is more profound than normal aging was named and defined differently in different studies, making comparisons difficult. The concept of MCI arose from the term “benign senescent forgetfulness,” used by Kral in 1962.2 Other early terms include “cognitive impairment no dementia,” “memory impairment,” “mild cognitive disorder,” and “mild neurocognitive disorder.”3,4

MCI was first defined as a precursor to Alzheimer dementia. The term later described a sometimes reversible but abnormal state. It is a heterogeneous syndrome in terms of etiology, incidence, prevalence, presentation, and overall prognosis.

Most recently, MCI has been defined as5,6:

  • Subjective memory complaints, preferably qualified by another person
  • Memory impairment, with consideration for age and education
  • Preserved general cognitive function
  • Intact activities of daily living
  • Absence of overt dementia.

MCI may arise from vascular, neurodegenerative, traumatic, metabolic, psychiatric, and other underlying medical disorders.7–9

The prevalence of MCI is difficult to determine because of the various definitions, populations studied (eg, clinic-based vs community-dwelling), and evaluation techniques. Published rates vary from 2% to 4% in all patients to 10% to 20% in the elderly. Incidence rates in the elderly vary from 14 to 75 per 1,000 patient-years.10–14

 

 

EARLY RECOGNITION ALLOWS PROMPT EVALUATION AND PLANNING

Pathologic cognitive decline is best detected early, for many reasons. Early recognition and intervention may help delay further decline. Establishing a diagnosis can also lessen family and caregiver stress and misunderstanding. Education of caregivers is important so that they can prepare for likely behavioral changes and plan for future care. Advance care planning, including advance directives, power of attorney, and designation of proxy for decision-making, is extremely important and is best considered before cognitive impairment becomes severe.

The diagnosis of MCI also provides the opportunity to assess safety concerns related to driving, working, medication compliance, the home environment, and firearms. Because patients with MCI are still highly functional, these issues need not be fully evaluated and should be handled on a case-by-case basis, depending on concerns raised. For example, if depression is an active concern, firearms safety should be addressed.

MEMORY LOSS MAY NOT BE THE PRIMARY CONCERN

MCI is categorized into two types based on whether memory loss is the primary cognitive deficit.

The amnestic type predominantly involves memory problems and is more common. Generally, several years elapse between initial memory concerns and a clinical diagnosis of MCI. Patients with amnestic MCI that progresses to dementia are more likely to develop Alzheimer disease.2,15

Nonamnestic types involve domains of cognition other than memory, such as executive function, attention, visuospatial ability, and language. Nonamnestic MCI can be subcategorized through extensive neuropsychological evaluation as involving single or multiple impaired domains.16,17 Such categorization is particularly important in determining prognosis, as patients with involvement of multiple domains are at higher risk of progressing to dementia.

Patients with nonamnestic MCI who progress to dementia are more likely to have non-Alzheimer types of dementia, such as Lewy body dementia and frontotemporal dementias.10

HISTORY SHOULD FOCUS ON FUNCTION, MEDICATIONS, AND DEPRESSION

Cognitive impairment should be clinically evaluated within the context of cognition, function, and behavior. Clinicians should focus on the time course of cognitive concerns, the specifics of the concerns, and their impact on day-to-day living and functioning. In assessing functional capacity, it is important to determine the level of assistance the patient needs to perform specific activities of daily living and instrumental activities of daily living (ie, the more advanced skills needed to live independently) (Table 2).

A thorough history includes consideration of baseline education, intellect, and previous learning disabilities; sensory impairments with emphasis on sight and hearing impairments; uncontrolled pain; head trauma; sleep disorders; concurrent medical and psychosocial illnesses such as depression and anxiety; substance abuse; and polypharmacy.

Depression, delirium, and the use of anticholinergic drugs are particularly important to evaluate, as these can result in cognitive deficits associated with MCI. The cognitive deficits may resolve with treatment or with stopping the drug.

Behavioral concerns such as wandering, agitation, and anger and sleep concerns, eating habits, and social etiquette are also important to evaluate.

PHYSICAL EVALUATION: RULE OUT REVERSIBLE CONDITIONS

The differential diagnosis of MCI includes delirium, depression, dementia, possibly reversible conditions affecting cognition (vitamin B12 deficiency, hypothyroidism, effects of anticholinergic drugs), and uncommonly, central nervous system conditions (normal pressure hydrocephalus, subdural hematoma, tumor, stroke), and others (Table 3).18

A thorough physical examination should include neurologic, cardiovascular, hearing, and vision examinations, as well as an evaluation of functional status.

Laboratory studies. Although evidence is lacking to support a laboratory diagnostic workup for MCI, a selective evaluation including a comprehensive metabolic profile, complete blood count, thyroid studies, and a vitamin B12 level can be useful. Occasionally, a treatable cause of impaired cognition such as vitamin B12 deficiency or thyroid disease can be identified and resolved. A further comprehensive laboratory evaluation should be obtained if a patient progresses to dementia.

Imaging can be used in conjunction with other supportive evidence but should not be used solely to establish a diagnosis of MCI. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can detect metastatic disease, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and subdural hematoma, in addition to traumatic, inflammatory, infectious, and vascular causes of cognitive impairment. MRI can also determine focal areas of atrophy; temporal lobe atrophy is a risk factor for progression to dementia.

Other studies. Structural MRI using techniques to evaluate the hippocampus, functional imaging, genetic testing for ApoE4 alleles, and biomarkers in cerebrospinal fluid are currently under evaluation to identify those at risk of progression to dementia. Recently published guidelines by the Alzheimer’s Association and the National Institute on Aging indicate that pathophysiologic findings in MCI that may predict future Alzheimer disease are meant to guide research and are not part of clinical practice at this time.19

COGNITIVE AND NEUROLOGIC TESTING IDENTIFIES DEFICITS

A number of global measures of cognition can be used in the office in clinical practice to help in evaluating significant cognitive concerns and to determine areas and severity of deficits at presentation. These include the Mini-Mental State Examination, the Montreal Cognitive Assessment, the Saint Louis University Mental Status, and many others (Table 4).20

Caveats about interpreting the results: each of these tests has different sensitivities and specificities for detecting MCI. Also, we need to take into account the patient’s level of education, as highly educated people tend to do better on these tests.21–23 It is important to note that some patients with MCI have normal results or only minimally abnormal results on these tests.

Neuropsychological testing is reserved for patients needing further evaluation, eg, those with atypical or complex cases, and those in whom the specific domains of cognition involved need to be identified. It can also provide additional insight into the contribution of depression to cognitive deficits. Neuropsychological testing is usually very time-intensive and requires patients to be able to perform complicated cognitive tasks. Not all patients are good candidates for this testing; sensory and motor impairments must be considered to determine if patients can adequately participate in testing. The cost of neuropsychological testing for MCI may not be covered by insurance and should be discussed with patients before referral. Specific concerns about cognitive problems that need further evaluation should be stated in the referral.

No one test should be used to make a diagnosis of MCI or dementia; clinical judgment is also necessary. The need for referral to a neurologist, geriatrician, or psychiatrist depends on the nature of the cognitive and behavioral concerns, the complexity of making a diagnosis, the need for further assessment of functional ability, and the need for evaluation of risk of progression to dementia.

 

 

MEDICATIONS HAVE LITTLE ROLE IN MANAGEMENT

No drug has yet been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for treating MCI.

The acetylcholinesterase inhibitors donepezil (Aricept), galantamine (Razadyne), and rivastigmine (Exelon) have undergone clinical trials for treatment of MCI but have not been definitely shown to significantly reduce the risk of progression to dementia.24

On the other hand, Diniz et al25 performed a meta-analysis of the use of cholinesterase inhibitors in patients with MCI as a means of delaying the progression to Alzheimer disease.25 They calculated that 15.4% of patients who received these drugs progressed to dementia, compared with 20.4% of those who received placebo, for a relative risk of 0.75 (95% confidence interval 0.66–0.87, P < .001). They concluded that the use of these drugs in patients with MCI “may attenuate the risk of progression” to Alzheimer disease and dementia.

In addition to not being approved for this indication and showing mixed evidence of efficacy, these drugs have well-known side effects such as diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, anorexia, and rhinitis, as well as significant but lesser-known side effects such as syncope, bradycardia, gastrointestinal bleeding, and vivid dreams.26

Nevertheless, some patients with MCI, particularly those at high risk with amnestic MCI, may still want to try these medications. In these cases, the risks and possible benefits (or lack of them) should be reviewed thoroughly with the patient and family, and the discussion should be documented before starting therapy. The lowest starting dose of acetylcholinesterase inhibitor should be used to determine tolerability; generally, the dose is increased after 4 weeks to a maintenance dosage, with particular consideration of side effects.

Other agents have also been evaluated for MCI but have shown no evidence of benefit. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs have not been found to either improve symptoms or delay progression to dementia. Ginkgo biloba has shown unclear benefit in achieving important treatment goals for MCI,27 and it increases the risk of bleeding in the elderly. Vitamin E was evaluated in one study and did not slow progression to dementia.28

STAYING HEALTHY AND ACTIVE MAY HELP

We recommend optimizing vascular risk factors such as diabetes, blood pressure, smoking, and lipid levels in managing MCI, given that uncontrolled vascular risk factors may lead to progression to dementia. However, we can point to no research to support this recommendation.

Cognitive rehabilitation involves training in deficient domains and developing strategies to compensate for deficits. Different interventions are used, including computerized simulation exercises, memory aids, organizational techniques, personal digital assistants, crossword puzzles, mind games, and other mentally engaging activities.29

Increasing physical activity is another aspect of treatment. Some studies have shown that it improves cognitive performance in MCI, at least in the short term.30,31

Optimizing mood and emotions is also important. If present, depression should be identified and optimally treated. Social activity can be useful and leads to less emotional stress and to better coping mechanisms.

A multidisciplinary approach may help patients and may also help relieve the burden on the caregiver. Periodic reassessment of cognitive and functional symptoms may be warranted.

Maintaining disease-specific registries of patients who have MCI may be useful to longitudinally follow patients and ensure that they get the care they need.

PROGNOSIS VARIES

MCI is a heterogeneous condition that often does not predictably progress to dementia. Patients and families should be told that having MCI does not mean that the patient will necessarily get dementia.

Several studies have shown that the annual risk of progression to dementia for patients with MCI is 5% to 10% in community-dwelling populations and up to 15% in specialty-clinic patients.24,32 In comparison, the incidence of dementia in the general elderly population is 1% to 3% per year.

On the other hand, a number of studies show that MCI improves significantly in up to 15% to 40% of patients and sometimes reverts to a normal cognitive state.33,34 But prospective studies of patients with clinically diagnosed MCI usually find a low rate of reversion to a normal state.35,36 Many are short-term follow-up studies of different populations, making generalizations difficult.14

Patients with impairment in instrumental activities of daily living may be more likely to have nonreversible MCI and may be at higher risk of progressing to dementia.37

PATIENT AND FAMILY EDUCATION AND FOLLOW-UP CONSIDERATIONS

Caregiver education and stress management are important components of managing patients with MCI. Formally assessing caregiver stress is useful. Steps to prevent caregiver burnout include making use of respite care, counseling, education, and community resources such as adult day care and those offered by the Alzheimer’s Association.

Clinicians should follow patients with MCI closely to evaluate progression, address specific concerns, minimize risks, emphasize healthy habits, manage concurrent illnesses, and evaluate management.

Functional status, as demonstrated by activities of daily living, is the most important determinant of progression of MCI to dementia and should be evaluated at each visit. Repeat cognitive testing should be done on patients who have significant loss of functional status. Changes in work habits also warrant further attention.

Patients diagnosed with MCI or those who have persistent cognitive concerns should be considered for neuropsychological evaluation after 1 year to assess specific deficits and progression of cognitive impairment.

Finally, consideration should be given to current clinical research, and referrals should be made to research centers that focus on MCI management and treatment.

References
  1. Keefover RW. Aging and cognition. Neurol Clin 1998; 16:635648.
  2. Kral VA. Senescent forgetfulness: benign and malignant. Can Med Assoc J 1962; 86:257260.
  3. Bischkopf J, Busse A, Angermeyer MC. Mild cognitive impairment—a review of prevalence, incidence and outcome according to current approaches. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2002; 106:403414.
  4. Petersen RC, Stevens JC, Ganguli M, Tangalos EG, Cummings JL, DeKosky ST. Practice parameter: early detection of dementia: mild cognitive impairment (an evidence-based review). Report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2001; 56:11331142.
  5. Petersen RC, Smith GE, Waring SC, Ivnik RJ, Tangalos EG, Kokmen E. Mild cognitive impairment: clinical characterization and outcome. Arch Neurol 1999; 56:303308.
  6. Petersen RC, Roberts RO, Knopman DS, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: ten years later. Arch Neurol 2009; 66:14471455.
  7. Bennett DA, Schneider JA, Bienias JL, et al. Mild cognitive impairment is related to Alzheimer disease pathology and cerebral infarctions. Neurology 2005; 64:834841.
  8. Petersen RC, Parisi JE, Dickson DW, et al. Neuropathologic features of amnestic mild cognitive impairment. Arch Neurol 2006; 63:665672.
  9. Guillozet AL, Weintraub S, Mash DC, Mesulam MM. Neurofibrillary tangles, amyloid, and memory in aging and mild cognitive impairment. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:729736.
  10. Molano J, Boeve B, Ferman T, et al. Mild cognitive impairment associated with limbic and neocortical Lewy body disease: a clinicopathological study. Brain 2010; 133:540556.
  11. Lopez OL, Jagust WJ, DeKosky ST, et al. Prevalence and classification of mild cognitive impairment in the Cardiovascular Health Study Cognition Study: part 1. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:13851389.
  12. Petersen RC, Roberts RO, Knopman DS, et al. Prevalence of mild cognitive impairment is higher in men. The Mayo Clinic Study of Aging. Neurology 2010; 75:889897.
  13. Manly JJ, Tang MX, Schupf N, Stern Y, Vonsattel JP, Mayeux R. Frequency and course of mild cognitive impairment in a multiethnic community. Ann Neurol 2008; 63:494506.
  14. Luck T, Luppa M, Briel S, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: incidence and risk factors: results of the Leipzig Longitudinal Study of the Aged. J Am Geriatr Soc 2010; 58:19031910.
  15. Roberts RO, Geda YE, Knopman DS, et al. The Mayo Clinic Study of Aging: design and sampling, participation, baseline measures and sample characteristics. Neuroepidemiology 2008; 30:5869.
  16. Bozoki A, Giordani B, Heidebrink JL, Berent S, Foster NL. Mild cognitive impairments predict dementia in nondemented elderly patients with memory loss. Arch Neurol 2001; 58:411416.
  17. DeCarli C. Mild cognitive impairment: prevalence, prognosis, aetiology, and treatment. Lancet Neurol 2003; 2:1521.
  18. Graham JE, Rockwood K, Beattie BL, et al. Prevalence and severity of cognitive impairment with and without dementia in an elderly population. Lancet 1997; 349:17931796.
  19. Albert MS, DeKosky ST, Dickson D, et al. The diagnosis of mild cognitive impairment due to Alzheimer’s disease: recommendations from the National Institute on Aging-Alzheimer’s Association workgroups on diagnostic guidelines for Alzheimer’s disease. Alzheimers Dement 2011; 7:270279.
  20. Tariq SH, Tumosa N, Chibnall JT, Perry MH, Morley JE. Comparison of the Saint Louis University mental status examination and the Mini-Mental State Examination for detecting dementia and mild neurocognitive disorder—a pilot study. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006; 14:900910.
  21. Tang-Wai DF, Knopman DS, Geda YE, et al. Comparison of the short test of mental status and the Mini-Mental State Examination in mild cognitive impairment. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:17771781.
  22. Nasreddine ZS, Phillips NA, Bédirian V, et al. The Montreal Cognitive Assessment, MoCA: a brief screening tool for mild cognitive impairment. J Am Geriatr Soc 2005; 53:695699.
  23. Banks WA, Morley JE. Memories are made of this: recent advances in understanding cognitive impairments and dementia. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2003; 58:314321.
  24. Petersen RC. Clinical practice. Mild cognitive impairment. N Engl J Med 2011; 364:22272234.
  25. Diniz BS, Pinto JA, Gonzaga MLC, Guimaraes FM, Gattaz WF, Forlenza OV. To treat or not to treat? A meta-analysis of the use of cholinesterase inhibitors in mild cognitive impairment for delaying progression to Alzheimer’s disease. Eur Arch Psychiatry Neurosci 2009; 259:248256.
  26. Patel BB, Holland NW. Adverse effects of acetylcholinesterase inhibitors. Clin Geriatr 2011; 19:2730.
  27. Birks J, Grimley Evans J. Ginkgo biloba for cognitive impairment and dementia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2009; 1:CD003120.
  28. Petersen RC, Thomas RG, Grundman M, et al; Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study Group. Vitamin E and donepezil for the treatment of mild cognitive impairment. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:23792388.
  29. Jean L, Bergeron ME, Thivierge S, Simard M. Cognitive intervention programs for individuals with mild cognitive impairment: systematic review of the literature. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2010; 18:281296.
  30. Lautenschlager NT, Cox KL, Flicker L, et al. Effect of physical activity on cognitive function in older adults at risk for Alzheimer disease: a randomized trial. JAMA 2008; 300:10271037.
  31. van Uffelen JG, Chinapaw MJ, van Mechelen W, Hopman-Rock M. Walking or vitamin B for cognition in older adults with mild cognitive impairment? A randomised controlled trial. Br J Sports Med 2008; 42:344351.
  32. Farias ST, Mungas D, Reed BR, Harvey D, DeCarli C. Progression of mild cognitive impairment to dementia in clinic-vs community-based cohorts. Arch Neurol 2009; 66:11511157.
  33. Ritchie K, Artero S, Touchon J. Classification criteria for mild cognitive impairment: a population-based validation study. Neurology 2001; 56:3742.
  34. Larrieu S, Letenneur L, Orgogozo JM, et al. Incidence and outcome of mild cognitive impairment in a population-based prospective cohort. Neurology 2002; 59:15941599.
  35. Busse A, Hensel A, Gühne U, Angermeyer MC, Riedel-Heller SG. Mild cognitive impairment: long-term course of four clinical subtypes. Neurology 2006; 67:21762185.
  36. Fischer P, Jungwirth S, Zehetmayer S, et al. Conversion from subtypes of mild cognitive impairment to Alzheimer dementia. Neurology 2007; 68:288291.
  37. Pérès K, Chrysostome V, Fabrigoule C, Orgogozo JM, Dartigues JF, Barberger-Gateau P. Restriction in complex activities of daily living in MCI: impact on outcome. Neurology 2006; 67:461466.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Birju B. Patel, MD, FACP
Director of Bronze Geriatric Outpatient Clinic and Mild Cognitive Impairment Clinic, Atlanta VA Medical Center; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of General Medicine and Geriatrics, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA

N. Wilson Holland, MD, FACP
Associate Professor of Medicine, Division of General Medicine and Geriatrics, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta VA Medical Center, Decatur, GA

Address: Birju B. Patel, MD, FACP, Atlanta Veterans Affairs Medical Center, 1670 Clairmont Road, 11B, Decatur, GA 30033; e-mail: [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
857-864
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Birju B. Patel, MD, FACP
Director of Bronze Geriatric Outpatient Clinic and Mild Cognitive Impairment Clinic, Atlanta VA Medical Center; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of General Medicine and Geriatrics, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA

N. Wilson Holland, MD, FACP
Associate Professor of Medicine, Division of General Medicine and Geriatrics, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta VA Medical Center, Decatur, GA

Address: Birju B. Patel, MD, FACP, Atlanta Veterans Affairs Medical Center, 1670 Clairmont Road, 11B, Decatur, GA 30033; e-mail: [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Birju B. Patel, MD, FACP
Director of Bronze Geriatric Outpatient Clinic and Mild Cognitive Impairment Clinic, Atlanta VA Medical Center; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of General Medicine and Geriatrics, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA

N. Wilson Holland, MD, FACP
Associate Professor of Medicine, Division of General Medicine and Geriatrics, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta VA Medical Center, Decatur, GA

Address: Birju B. Patel, MD, FACP, Atlanta Veterans Affairs Medical Center, 1670 Clairmont Road, 11B, Decatur, GA 30033; e-mail: [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

As our population ages, people are thinking more about preserving their quality of life, especially with regard to maintaining their cognitive and functional abilities. Older patients and caregivers often raise concerns about cognitive issues to their primary care providers: many patients have memory complaints, are worried about whether these are merely part of normal aging or symptoms of early dementia, and want strategies to forestall the progression of cognitive impairment.

Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) is a heterogeneous syndrome that in some cases represents a transition between normal aging and dementia. However, this condition is not yet well understood. Although some patients progress to dementia, others remain stable, or even improve. This article will review the current definitions and the underlying physiology of MCI, as well as diagnostic and management strategies.

See related editorial

COGNITIVE CHANGES OCCUR WITH NORMAL AGING

Cognition is defined as a means of acquiring and processing information about ourselves and our world. It includes memory as well as other domains such as attention, visuospatial skills, mental processing speed, language, and executive function. Cognitive abilities typically peak between ages 30 and 40, plateau in our 50s and 60s, and decline in our late 70s.

With age come detectable changes in the brain: brain weight declines by 10% by age 80, blood flow diminishes, neurons are lost throughout life, and nerve conduction slows. Despite these changes, the brain has a great deal of functional reserve capacity.

Table 1 compares the signs of normal aging, MCI, and dementia. Normally, cognitive abilities decline gradually with age without affecting overall function or activities of daily living. Even in normal aging, the processing of new information (new learning) is reduced. Mental processing becomes less efficient and slower. Visuospatial skills gradually decline, recall slows, and ultimately, the speed of performance slows as well. Additionally, distractibility increases. On the other hand, normal aging does not affect recognition, intelligence, or long-term memory.1

The line between the normal effects of aging on cognition and true pathologic cognitive decline is blurry. In a busy clinical practice, it is often difficult to determine whether problems with memory and cognition that elderly patients and their family members describe represent true pathologic decline. In general, the clinical presentation of MCI is more profound than that of age-associated cognitive impairment: whereas normal aging may involve forgetting names and words and misplacing things, MCI frequently involves forgetting conversations, information that one would ordinarily remember, appointments, and planned events.

BETWEEN NORMAL AGING AND DEMENTIA

MCI is a transitional state between normal cognition and dementia. But the course is not inevitably downward: on follow-up, patients with MCI may be better, stable, or worse (see PROGNOSIS VARIES, below).

On autopsy studies, the brains of people with MCI appear intermediate between normal brains and brains of people with Alzheimer-type dementia, which have neurofibrillary tangles, amyloid senile plaques, and neuronal degeneration.

Definitions of MCI vary

True cognitive decline that is more profound than normal aging was named and defined differently in different studies, making comparisons difficult. The concept of MCI arose from the term “benign senescent forgetfulness,” used by Kral in 1962.2 Other early terms include “cognitive impairment no dementia,” “memory impairment,” “mild cognitive disorder,” and “mild neurocognitive disorder.”3,4

MCI was first defined as a precursor to Alzheimer dementia. The term later described a sometimes reversible but abnormal state. It is a heterogeneous syndrome in terms of etiology, incidence, prevalence, presentation, and overall prognosis.

Most recently, MCI has been defined as5,6:

  • Subjective memory complaints, preferably qualified by another person
  • Memory impairment, with consideration for age and education
  • Preserved general cognitive function
  • Intact activities of daily living
  • Absence of overt dementia.

MCI may arise from vascular, neurodegenerative, traumatic, metabolic, psychiatric, and other underlying medical disorders.7–9

The prevalence of MCI is difficult to determine because of the various definitions, populations studied (eg, clinic-based vs community-dwelling), and evaluation techniques. Published rates vary from 2% to 4% in all patients to 10% to 20% in the elderly. Incidence rates in the elderly vary from 14 to 75 per 1,000 patient-years.10–14

 

 

EARLY RECOGNITION ALLOWS PROMPT EVALUATION AND PLANNING

Pathologic cognitive decline is best detected early, for many reasons. Early recognition and intervention may help delay further decline. Establishing a diagnosis can also lessen family and caregiver stress and misunderstanding. Education of caregivers is important so that they can prepare for likely behavioral changes and plan for future care. Advance care planning, including advance directives, power of attorney, and designation of proxy for decision-making, is extremely important and is best considered before cognitive impairment becomes severe.

The diagnosis of MCI also provides the opportunity to assess safety concerns related to driving, working, medication compliance, the home environment, and firearms. Because patients with MCI are still highly functional, these issues need not be fully evaluated and should be handled on a case-by-case basis, depending on concerns raised. For example, if depression is an active concern, firearms safety should be addressed.

MEMORY LOSS MAY NOT BE THE PRIMARY CONCERN

MCI is categorized into two types based on whether memory loss is the primary cognitive deficit.

The amnestic type predominantly involves memory problems and is more common. Generally, several years elapse between initial memory concerns and a clinical diagnosis of MCI. Patients with amnestic MCI that progresses to dementia are more likely to develop Alzheimer disease.2,15

Nonamnestic types involve domains of cognition other than memory, such as executive function, attention, visuospatial ability, and language. Nonamnestic MCI can be subcategorized through extensive neuropsychological evaluation as involving single or multiple impaired domains.16,17 Such categorization is particularly important in determining prognosis, as patients with involvement of multiple domains are at higher risk of progressing to dementia.

Patients with nonamnestic MCI who progress to dementia are more likely to have non-Alzheimer types of dementia, such as Lewy body dementia and frontotemporal dementias.10

HISTORY SHOULD FOCUS ON FUNCTION, MEDICATIONS, AND DEPRESSION

Cognitive impairment should be clinically evaluated within the context of cognition, function, and behavior. Clinicians should focus on the time course of cognitive concerns, the specifics of the concerns, and their impact on day-to-day living and functioning. In assessing functional capacity, it is important to determine the level of assistance the patient needs to perform specific activities of daily living and instrumental activities of daily living (ie, the more advanced skills needed to live independently) (Table 2).

A thorough history includes consideration of baseline education, intellect, and previous learning disabilities; sensory impairments with emphasis on sight and hearing impairments; uncontrolled pain; head trauma; sleep disorders; concurrent medical and psychosocial illnesses such as depression and anxiety; substance abuse; and polypharmacy.

Depression, delirium, and the use of anticholinergic drugs are particularly important to evaluate, as these can result in cognitive deficits associated with MCI. The cognitive deficits may resolve with treatment or with stopping the drug.

Behavioral concerns such as wandering, agitation, and anger and sleep concerns, eating habits, and social etiquette are also important to evaluate.

PHYSICAL EVALUATION: RULE OUT REVERSIBLE CONDITIONS

The differential diagnosis of MCI includes delirium, depression, dementia, possibly reversible conditions affecting cognition (vitamin B12 deficiency, hypothyroidism, effects of anticholinergic drugs), and uncommonly, central nervous system conditions (normal pressure hydrocephalus, subdural hematoma, tumor, stroke), and others (Table 3).18

A thorough physical examination should include neurologic, cardiovascular, hearing, and vision examinations, as well as an evaluation of functional status.

Laboratory studies. Although evidence is lacking to support a laboratory diagnostic workup for MCI, a selective evaluation including a comprehensive metabolic profile, complete blood count, thyroid studies, and a vitamin B12 level can be useful. Occasionally, a treatable cause of impaired cognition such as vitamin B12 deficiency or thyroid disease can be identified and resolved. A further comprehensive laboratory evaluation should be obtained if a patient progresses to dementia.

Imaging can be used in conjunction with other supportive evidence but should not be used solely to establish a diagnosis of MCI. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can detect metastatic disease, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and subdural hematoma, in addition to traumatic, inflammatory, infectious, and vascular causes of cognitive impairment. MRI can also determine focal areas of atrophy; temporal lobe atrophy is a risk factor for progression to dementia.

Other studies. Structural MRI using techniques to evaluate the hippocampus, functional imaging, genetic testing for ApoE4 alleles, and biomarkers in cerebrospinal fluid are currently under evaluation to identify those at risk of progression to dementia. Recently published guidelines by the Alzheimer’s Association and the National Institute on Aging indicate that pathophysiologic findings in MCI that may predict future Alzheimer disease are meant to guide research and are not part of clinical practice at this time.19

COGNITIVE AND NEUROLOGIC TESTING IDENTIFIES DEFICITS

A number of global measures of cognition can be used in the office in clinical practice to help in evaluating significant cognitive concerns and to determine areas and severity of deficits at presentation. These include the Mini-Mental State Examination, the Montreal Cognitive Assessment, the Saint Louis University Mental Status, and many others (Table 4).20

Caveats about interpreting the results: each of these tests has different sensitivities and specificities for detecting MCI. Also, we need to take into account the patient’s level of education, as highly educated people tend to do better on these tests.21–23 It is important to note that some patients with MCI have normal results or only minimally abnormal results on these tests.

Neuropsychological testing is reserved for patients needing further evaluation, eg, those with atypical or complex cases, and those in whom the specific domains of cognition involved need to be identified. It can also provide additional insight into the contribution of depression to cognitive deficits. Neuropsychological testing is usually very time-intensive and requires patients to be able to perform complicated cognitive tasks. Not all patients are good candidates for this testing; sensory and motor impairments must be considered to determine if patients can adequately participate in testing. The cost of neuropsychological testing for MCI may not be covered by insurance and should be discussed with patients before referral. Specific concerns about cognitive problems that need further evaluation should be stated in the referral.

No one test should be used to make a diagnosis of MCI or dementia; clinical judgment is also necessary. The need for referral to a neurologist, geriatrician, or psychiatrist depends on the nature of the cognitive and behavioral concerns, the complexity of making a diagnosis, the need for further assessment of functional ability, and the need for evaluation of risk of progression to dementia.

 

 

MEDICATIONS HAVE LITTLE ROLE IN MANAGEMENT

No drug has yet been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for treating MCI.

The acetylcholinesterase inhibitors donepezil (Aricept), galantamine (Razadyne), and rivastigmine (Exelon) have undergone clinical trials for treatment of MCI but have not been definitely shown to significantly reduce the risk of progression to dementia.24

On the other hand, Diniz et al25 performed a meta-analysis of the use of cholinesterase inhibitors in patients with MCI as a means of delaying the progression to Alzheimer disease.25 They calculated that 15.4% of patients who received these drugs progressed to dementia, compared with 20.4% of those who received placebo, for a relative risk of 0.75 (95% confidence interval 0.66–0.87, P < .001). They concluded that the use of these drugs in patients with MCI “may attenuate the risk of progression” to Alzheimer disease and dementia.

In addition to not being approved for this indication and showing mixed evidence of efficacy, these drugs have well-known side effects such as diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, anorexia, and rhinitis, as well as significant but lesser-known side effects such as syncope, bradycardia, gastrointestinal bleeding, and vivid dreams.26

Nevertheless, some patients with MCI, particularly those at high risk with amnestic MCI, may still want to try these medications. In these cases, the risks and possible benefits (or lack of them) should be reviewed thoroughly with the patient and family, and the discussion should be documented before starting therapy. The lowest starting dose of acetylcholinesterase inhibitor should be used to determine tolerability; generally, the dose is increased after 4 weeks to a maintenance dosage, with particular consideration of side effects.

Other agents have also been evaluated for MCI but have shown no evidence of benefit. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs have not been found to either improve symptoms or delay progression to dementia. Ginkgo biloba has shown unclear benefit in achieving important treatment goals for MCI,27 and it increases the risk of bleeding in the elderly. Vitamin E was evaluated in one study and did not slow progression to dementia.28

STAYING HEALTHY AND ACTIVE MAY HELP

We recommend optimizing vascular risk factors such as diabetes, blood pressure, smoking, and lipid levels in managing MCI, given that uncontrolled vascular risk factors may lead to progression to dementia. However, we can point to no research to support this recommendation.

Cognitive rehabilitation involves training in deficient domains and developing strategies to compensate for deficits. Different interventions are used, including computerized simulation exercises, memory aids, organizational techniques, personal digital assistants, crossword puzzles, mind games, and other mentally engaging activities.29

Increasing physical activity is another aspect of treatment. Some studies have shown that it improves cognitive performance in MCI, at least in the short term.30,31

Optimizing mood and emotions is also important. If present, depression should be identified and optimally treated. Social activity can be useful and leads to less emotional stress and to better coping mechanisms.

A multidisciplinary approach may help patients and may also help relieve the burden on the caregiver. Periodic reassessment of cognitive and functional symptoms may be warranted.

Maintaining disease-specific registries of patients who have MCI may be useful to longitudinally follow patients and ensure that they get the care they need.

PROGNOSIS VARIES

MCI is a heterogeneous condition that often does not predictably progress to dementia. Patients and families should be told that having MCI does not mean that the patient will necessarily get dementia.

Several studies have shown that the annual risk of progression to dementia for patients with MCI is 5% to 10% in community-dwelling populations and up to 15% in specialty-clinic patients.24,32 In comparison, the incidence of dementia in the general elderly population is 1% to 3% per year.

On the other hand, a number of studies show that MCI improves significantly in up to 15% to 40% of patients and sometimes reverts to a normal cognitive state.33,34 But prospective studies of patients with clinically diagnosed MCI usually find a low rate of reversion to a normal state.35,36 Many are short-term follow-up studies of different populations, making generalizations difficult.14

Patients with impairment in instrumental activities of daily living may be more likely to have nonreversible MCI and may be at higher risk of progressing to dementia.37

PATIENT AND FAMILY EDUCATION AND FOLLOW-UP CONSIDERATIONS

Caregiver education and stress management are important components of managing patients with MCI. Formally assessing caregiver stress is useful. Steps to prevent caregiver burnout include making use of respite care, counseling, education, and community resources such as adult day care and those offered by the Alzheimer’s Association.

Clinicians should follow patients with MCI closely to evaluate progression, address specific concerns, minimize risks, emphasize healthy habits, manage concurrent illnesses, and evaluate management.

Functional status, as demonstrated by activities of daily living, is the most important determinant of progression of MCI to dementia and should be evaluated at each visit. Repeat cognitive testing should be done on patients who have significant loss of functional status. Changes in work habits also warrant further attention.

Patients diagnosed with MCI or those who have persistent cognitive concerns should be considered for neuropsychological evaluation after 1 year to assess specific deficits and progression of cognitive impairment.

Finally, consideration should be given to current clinical research, and referrals should be made to research centers that focus on MCI management and treatment.

As our population ages, people are thinking more about preserving their quality of life, especially with regard to maintaining their cognitive and functional abilities. Older patients and caregivers often raise concerns about cognitive issues to their primary care providers: many patients have memory complaints, are worried about whether these are merely part of normal aging or symptoms of early dementia, and want strategies to forestall the progression of cognitive impairment.

Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) is a heterogeneous syndrome that in some cases represents a transition between normal aging and dementia. However, this condition is not yet well understood. Although some patients progress to dementia, others remain stable, or even improve. This article will review the current definitions and the underlying physiology of MCI, as well as diagnostic and management strategies.

See related editorial

COGNITIVE CHANGES OCCUR WITH NORMAL AGING

Cognition is defined as a means of acquiring and processing information about ourselves and our world. It includes memory as well as other domains such as attention, visuospatial skills, mental processing speed, language, and executive function. Cognitive abilities typically peak between ages 30 and 40, plateau in our 50s and 60s, and decline in our late 70s.

With age come detectable changes in the brain: brain weight declines by 10% by age 80, blood flow diminishes, neurons are lost throughout life, and nerve conduction slows. Despite these changes, the brain has a great deal of functional reserve capacity.

Table 1 compares the signs of normal aging, MCI, and dementia. Normally, cognitive abilities decline gradually with age without affecting overall function or activities of daily living. Even in normal aging, the processing of new information (new learning) is reduced. Mental processing becomes less efficient and slower. Visuospatial skills gradually decline, recall slows, and ultimately, the speed of performance slows as well. Additionally, distractibility increases. On the other hand, normal aging does not affect recognition, intelligence, or long-term memory.1

The line between the normal effects of aging on cognition and true pathologic cognitive decline is blurry. In a busy clinical practice, it is often difficult to determine whether problems with memory and cognition that elderly patients and their family members describe represent true pathologic decline. In general, the clinical presentation of MCI is more profound than that of age-associated cognitive impairment: whereas normal aging may involve forgetting names and words and misplacing things, MCI frequently involves forgetting conversations, information that one would ordinarily remember, appointments, and planned events.

BETWEEN NORMAL AGING AND DEMENTIA

MCI is a transitional state between normal cognition and dementia. But the course is not inevitably downward: on follow-up, patients with MCI may be better, stable, or worse (see PROGNOSIS VARIES, below).

On autopsy studies, the brains of people with MCI appear intermediate between normal brains and brains of people with Alzheimer-type dementia, which have neurofibrillary tangles, amyloid senile plaques, and neuronal degeneration.

Definitions of MCI vary

True cognitive decline that is more profound than normal aging was named and defined differently in different studies, making comparisons difficult. The concept of MCI arose from the term “benign senescent forgetfulness,” used by Kral in 1962.2 Other early terms include “cognitive impairment no dementia,” “memory impairment,” “mild cognitive disorder,” and “mild neurocognitive disorder.”3,4

MCI was first defined as a precursor to Alzheimer dementia. The term later described a sometimes reversible but abnormal state. It is a heterogeneous syndrome in terms of etiology, incidence, prevalence, presentation, and overall prognosis.

Most recently, MCI has been defined as5,6:

  • Subjective memory complaints, preferably qualified by another person
  • Memory impairment, with consideration for age and education
  • Preserved general cognitive function
  • Intact activities of daily living
  • Absence of overt dementia.

MCI may arise from vascular, neurodegenerative, traumatic, metabolic, psychiatric, and other underlying medical disorders.7–9

The prevalence of MCI is difficult to determine because of the various definitions, populations studied (eg, clinic-based vs community-dwelling), and evaluation techniques. Published rates vary from 2% to 4% in all patients to 10% to 20% in the elderly. Incidence rates in the elderly vary from 14 to 75 per 1,000 patient-years.10–14

 

 

EARLY RECOGNITION ALLOWS PROMPT EVALUATION AND PLANNING

Pathologic cognitive decline is best detected early, for many reasons. Early recognition and intervention may help delay further decline. Establishing a diagnosis can also lessen family and caregiver stress and misunderstanding. Education of caregivers is important so that they can prepare for likely behavioral changes and plan for future care. Advance care planning, including advance directives, power of attorney, and designation of proxy for decision-making, is extremely important and is best considered before cognitive impairment becomes severe.

The diagnosis of MCI also provides the opportunity to assess safety concerns related to driving, working, medication compliance, the home environment, and firearms. Because patients with MCI are still highly functional, these issues need not be fully evaluated and should be handled on a case-by-case basis, depending on concerns raised. For example, if depression is an active concern, firearms safety should be addressed.

MEMORY LOSS MAY NOT BE THE PRIMARY CONCERN

MCI is categorized into two types based on whether memory loss is the primary cognitive deficit.

The amnestic type predominantly involves memory problems and is more common. Generally, several years elapse between initial memory concerns and a clinical diagnosis of MCI. Patients with amnestic MCI that progresses to dementia are more likely to develop Alzheimer disease.2,15

Nonamnestic types involve domains of cognition other than memory, such as executive function, attention, visuospatial ability, and language. Nonamnestic MCI can be subcategorized through extensive neuropsychological evaluation as involving single or multiple impaired domains.16,17 Such categorization is particularly important in determining prognosis, as patients with involvement of multiple domains are at higher risk of progressing to dementia.

Patients with nonamnestic MCI who progress to dementia are more likely to have non-Alzheimer types of dementia, such as Lewy body dementia and frontotemporal dementias.10

HISTORY SHOULD FOCUS ON FUNCTION, MEDICATIONS, AND DEPRESSION

Cognitive impairment should be clinically evaluated within the context of cognition, function, and behavior. Clinicians should focus on the time course of cognitive concerns, the specifics of the concerns, and their impact on day-to-day living and functioning. In assessing functional capacity, it is important to determine the level of assistance the patient needs to perform specific activities of daily living and instrumental activities of daily living (ie, the more advanced skills needed to live independently) (Table 2).

A thorough history includes consideration of baseline education, intellect, and previous learning disabilities; sensory impairments with emphasis on sight and hearing impairments; uncontrolled pain; head trauma; sleep disorders; concurrent medical and psychosocial illnesses such as depression and anxiety; substance abuse; and polypharmacy.

Depression, delirium, and the use of anticholinergic drugs are particularly important to evaluate, as these can result in cognitive deficits associated with MCI. The cognitive deficits may resolve with treatment or with stopping the drug.

Behavioral concerns such as wandering, agitation, and anger and sleep concerns, eating habits, and social etiquette are also important to evaluate.

PHYSICAL EVALUATION: RULE OUT REVERSIBLE CONDITIONS

The differential diagnosis of MCI includes delirium, depression, dementia, possibly reversible conditions affecting cognition (vitamin B12 deficiency, hypothyroidism, effects of anticholinergic drugs), and uncommonly, central nervous system conditions (normal pressure hydrocephalus, subdural hematoma, tumor, stroke), and others (Table 3).18

A thorough physical examination should include neurologic, cardiovascular, hearing, and vision examinations, as well as an evaluation of functional status.

Laboratory studies. Although evidence is lacking to support a laboratory diagnostic workup for MCI, a selective evaluation including a comprehensive metabolic profile, complete blood count, thyroid studies, and a vitamin B12 level can be useful. Occasionally, a treatable cause of impaired cognition such as vitamin B12 deficiency or thyroid disease can be identified and resolved. A further comprehensive laboratory evaluation should be obtained if a patient progresses to dementia.

Imaging can be used in conjunction with other supportive evidence but should not be used solely to establish a diagnosis of MCI. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can detect metastatic disease, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and subdural hematoma, in addition to traumatic, inflammatory, infectious, and vascular causes of cognitive impairment. MRI can also determine focal areas of atrophy; temporal lobe atrophy is a risk factor for progression to dementia.

Other studies. Structural MRI using techniques to evaluate the hippocampus, functional imaging, genetic testing for ApoE4 alleles, and biomarkers in cerebrospinal fluid are currently under evaluation to identify those at risk of progression to dementia. Recently published guidelines by the Alzheimer’s Association and the National Institute on Aging indicate that pathophysiologic findings in MCI that may predict future Alzheimer disease are meant to guide research and are not part of clinical practice at this time.19

COGNITIVE AND NEUROLOGIC TESTING IDENTIFIES DEFICITS

A number of global measures of cognition can be used in the office in clinical practice to help in evaluating significant cognitive concerns and to determine areas and severity of deficits at presentation. These include the Mini-Mental State Examination, the Montreal Cognitive Assessment, the Saint Louis University Mental Status, and many others (Table 4).20

Caveats about interpreting the results: each of these tests has different sensitivities and specificities for detecting MCI. Also, we need to take into account the patient’s level of education, as highly educated people tend to do better on these tests.21–23 It is important to note that some patients with MCI have normal results or only minimally abnormal results on these tests.

Neuropsychological testing is reserved for patients needing further evaluation, eg, those with atypical or complex cases, and those in whom the specific domains of cognition involved need to be identified. It can also provide additional insight into the contribution of depression to cognitive deficits. Neuropsychological testing is usually very time-intensive and requires patients to be able to perform complicated cognitive tasks. Not all patients are good candidates for this testing; sensory and motor impairments must be considered to determine if patients can adequately participate in testing. The cost of neuropsychological testing for MCI may not be covered by insurance and should be discussed with patients before referral. Specific concerns about cognitive problems that need further evaluation should be stated in the referral.

No one test should be used to make a diagnosis of MCI or dementia; clinical judgment is also necessary. The need for referral to a neurologist, geriatrician, or psychiatrist depends on the nature of the cognitive and behavioral concerns, the complexity of making a diagnosis, the need for further assessment of functional ability, and the need for evaluation of risk of progression to dementia.

 

 

MEDICATIONS HAVE LITTLE ROLE IN MANAGEMENT

No drug has yet been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for treating MCI.

The acetylcholinesterase inhibitors donepezil (Aricept), galantamine (Razadyne), and rivastigmine (Exelon) have undergone clinical trials for treatment of MCI but have not been definitely shown to significantly reduce the risk of progression to dementia.24

On the other hand, Diniz et al25 performed a meta-analysis of the use of cholinesterase inhibitors in patients with MCI as a means of delaying the progression to Alzheimer disease.25 They calculated that 15.4% of patients who received these drugs progressed to dementia, compared with 20.4% of those who received placebo, for a relative risk of 0.75 (95% confidence interval 0.66–0.87, P < .001). They concluded that the use of these drugs in patients with MCI “may attenuate the risk of progression” to Alzheimer disease and dementia.

In addition to not being approved for this indication and showing mixed evidence of efficacy, these drugs have well-known side effects such as diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, anorexia, and rhinitis, as well as significant but lesser-known side effects such as syncope, bradycardia, gastrointestinal bleeding, and vivid dreams.26

Nevertheless, some patients with MCI, particularly those at high risk with amnestic MCI, may still want to try these medications. In these cases, the risks and possible benefits (or lack of them) should be reviewed thoroughly with the patient and family, and the discussion should be documented before starting therapy. The lowest starting dose of acetylcholinesterase inhibitor should be used to determine tolerability; generally, the dose is increased after 4 weeks to a maintenance dosage, with particular consideration of side effects.

Other agents have also been evaluated for MCI but have shown no evidence of benefit. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs have not been found to either improve symptoms or delay progression to dementia. Ginkgo biloba has shown unclear benefit in achieving important treatment goals for MCI,27 and it increases the risk of bleeding in the elderly. Vitamin E was evaluated in one study and did not slow progression to dementia.28

STAYING HEALTHY AND ACTIVE MAY HELP

We recommend optimizing vascular risk factors such as diabetes, blood pressure, smoking, and lipid levels in managing MCI, given that uncontrolled vascular risk factors may lead to progression to dementia. However, we can point to no research to support this recommendation.

Cognitive rehabilitation involves training in deficient domains and developing strategies to compensate for deficits. Different interventions are used, including computerized simulation exercises, memory aids, organizational techniques, personal digital assistants, crossword puzzles, mind games, and other mentally engaging activities.29

Increasing physical activity is another aspect of treatment. Some studies have shown that it improves cognitive performance in MCI, at least in the short term.30,31

Optimizing mood and emotions is also important. If present, depression should be identified and optimally treated. Social activity can be useful and leads to less emotional stress and to better coping mechanisms.

A multidisciplinary approach may help patients and may also help relieve the burden on the caregiver. Periodic reassessment of cognitive and functional symptoms may be warranted.

Maintaining disease-specific registries of patients who have MCI may be useful to longitudinally follow patients and ensure that they get the care they need.

PROGNOSIS VARIES

MCI is a heterogeneous condition that often does not predictably progress to dementia. Patients and families should be told that having MCI does not mean that the patient will necessarily get dementia.

Several studies have shown that the annual risk of progression to dementia for patients with MCI is 5% to 10% in community-dwelling populations and up to 15% in specialty-clinic patients.24,32 In comparison, the incidence of dementia in the general elderly population is 1% to 3% per year.

On the other hand, a number of studies show that MCI improves significantly in up to 15% to 40% of patients and sometimes reverts to a normal cognitive state.33,34 But prospective studies of patients with clinically diagnosed MCI usually find a low rate of reversion to a normal state.35,36 Many are short-term follow-up studies of different populations, making generalizations difficult.14

Patients with impairment in instrumental activities of daily living may be more likely to have nonreversible MCI and may be at higher risk of progressing to dementia.37

PATIENT AND FAMILY EDUCATION AND FOLLOW-UP CONSIDERATIONS

Caregiver education and stress management are important components of managing patients with MCI. Formally assessing caregiver stress is useful. Steps to prevent caregiver burnout include making use of respite care, counseling, education, and community resources such as adult day care and those offered by the Alzheimer’s Association.

Clinicians should follow patients with MCI closely to evaluate progression, address specific concerns, minimize risks, emphasize healthy habits, manage concurrent illnesses, and evaluate management.

Functional status, as demonstrated by activities of daily living, is the most important determinant of progression of MCI to dementia and should be evaluated at each visit. Repeat cognitive testing should be done on patients who have significant loss of functional status. Changes in work habits also warrant further attention.

Patients diagnosed with MCI or those who have persistent cognitive concerns should be considered for neuropsychological evaluation after 1 year to assess specific deficits and progression of cognitive impairment.

Finally, consideration should be given to current clinical research, and referrals should be made to research centers that focus on MCI management and treatment.

References
  1. Keefover RW. Aging and cognition. Neurol Clin 1998; 16:635648.
  2. Kral VA. Senescent forgetfulness: benign and malignant. Can Med Assoc J 1962; 86:257260.
  3. Bischkopf J, Busse A, Angermeyer MC. Mild cognitive impairment—a review of prevalence, incidence and outcome according to current approaches. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2002; 106:403414.
  4. Petersen RC, Stevens JC, Ganguli M, Tangalos EG, Cummings JL, DeKosky ST. Practice parameter: early detection of dementia: mild cognitive impairment (an evidence-based review). Report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2001; 56:11331142.
  5. Petersen RC, Smith GE, Waring SC, Ivnik RJ, Tangalos EG, Kokmen E. Mild cognitive impairment: clinical characterization and outcome. Arch Neurol 1999; 56:303308.
  6. Petersen RC, Roberts RO, Knopman DS, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: ten years later. Arch Neurol 2009; 66:14471455.
  7. Bennett DA, Schneider JA, Bienias JL, et al. Mild cognitive impairment is related to Alzheimer disease pathology and cerebral infarctions. Neurology 2005; 64:834841.
  8. Petersen RC, Parisi JE, Dickson DW, et al. Neuropathologic features of amnestic mild cognitive impairment. Arch Neurol 2006; 63:665672.
  9. Guillozet AL, Weintraub S, Mash DC, Mesulam MM. Neurofibrillary tangles, amyloid, and memory in aging and mild cognitive impairment. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:729736.
  10. Molano J, Boeve B, Ferman T, et al. Mild cognitive impairment associated with limbic and neocortical Lewy body disease: a clinicopathological study. Brain 2010; 133:540556.
  11. Lopez OL, Jagust WJ, DeKosky ST, et al. Prevalence and classification of mild cognitive impairment in the Cardiovascular Health Study Cognition Study: part 1. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:13851389.
  12. Petersen RC, Roberts RO, Knopman DS, et al. Prevalence of mild cognitive impairment is higher in men. The Mayo Clinic Study of Aging. Neurology 2010; 75:889897.
  13. Manly JJ, Tang MX, Schupf N, Stern Y, Vonsattel JP, Mayeux R. Frequency and course of mild cognitive impairment in a multiethnic community. Ann Neurol 2008; 63:494506.
  14. Luck T, Luppa M, Briel S, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: incidence and risk factors: results of the Leipzig Longitudinal Study of the Aged. J Am Geriatr Soc 2010; 58:19031910.
  15. Roberts RO, Geda YE, Knopman DS, et al. The Mayo Clinic Study of Aging: design and sampling, participation, baseline measures and sample characteristics. Neuroepidemiology 2008; 30:5869.
  16. Bozoki A, Giordani B, Heidebrink JL, Berent S, Foster NL. Mild cognitive impairments predict dementia in nondemented elderly patients with memory loss. Arch Neurol 2001; 58:411416.
  17. DeCarli C. Mild cognitive impairment: prevalence, prognosis, aetiology, and treatment. Lancet Neurol 2003; 2:1521.
  18. Graham JE, Rockwood K, Beattie BL, et al. Prevalence and severity of cognitive impairment with and without dementia in an elderly population. Lancet 1997; 349:17931796.
  19. Albert MS, DeKosky ST, Dickson D, et al. The diagnosis of mild cognitive impairment due to Alzheimer’s disease: recommendations from the National Institute on Aging-Alzheimer’s Association workgroups on diagnostic guidelines for Alzheimer’s disease. Alzheimers Dement 2011; 7:270279.
  20. Tariq SH, Tumosa N, Chibnall JT, Perry MH, Morley JE. Comparison of the Saint Louis University mental status examination and the Mini-Mental State Examination for detecting dementia and mild neurocognitive disorder—a pilot study. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006; 14:900910.
  21. Tang-Wai DF, Knopman DS, Geda YE, et al. Comparison of the short test of mental status and the Mini-Mental State Examination in mild cognitive impairment. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:17771781.
  22. Nasreddine ZS, Phillips NA, Bédirian V, et al. The Montreal Cognitive Assessment, MoCA: a brief screening tool for mild cognitive impairment. J Am Geriatr Soc 2005; 53:695699.
  23. Banks WA, Morley JE. Memories are made of this: recent advances in understanding cognitive impairments and dementia. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2003; 58:314321.
  24. Petersen RC. Clinical practice. Mild cognitive impairment. N Engl J Med 2011; 364:22272234.
  25. Diniz BS, Pinto JA, Gonzaga MLC, Guimaraes FM, Gattaz WF, Forlenza OV. To treat or not to treat? A meta-analysis of the use of cholinesterase inhibitors in mild cognitive impairment for delaying progression to Alzheimer’s disease. Eur Arch Psychiatry Neurosci 2009; 259:248256.
  26. Patel BB, Holland NW. Adverse effects of acetylcholinesterase inhibitors. Clin Geriatr 2011; 19:2730.
  27. Birks J, Grimley Evans J. Ginkgo biloba for cognitive impairment and dementia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2009; 1:CD003120.
  28. Petersen RC, Thomas RG, Grundman M, et al; Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study Group. Vitamin E and donepezil for the treatment of mild cognitive impairment. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:23792388.
  29. Jean L, Bergeron ME, Thivierge S, Simard M. Cognitive intervention programs for individuals with mild cognitive impairment: systematic review of the literature. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2010; 18:281296.
  30. Lautenschlager NT, Cox KL, Flicker L, et al. Effect of physical activity on cognitive function in older adults at risk for Alzheimer disease: a randomized trial. JAMA 2008; 300:10271037.
  31. van Uffelen JG, Chinapaw MJ, van Mechelen W, Hopman-Rock M. Walking or vitamin B for cognition in older adults with mild cognitive impairment? A randomised controlled trial. Br J Sports Med 2008; 42:344351.
  32. Farias ST, Mungas D, Reed BR, Harvey D, DeCarli C. Progression of mild cognitive impairment to dementia in clinic-vs community-based cohorts. Arch Neurol 2009; 66:11511157.
  33. Ritchie K, Artero S, Touchon J. Classification criteria for mild cognitive impairment: a population-based validation study. Neurology 2001; 56:3742.
  34. Larrieu S, Letenneur L, Orgogozo JM, et al. Incidence and outcome of mild cognitive impairment in a population-based prospective cohort. Neurology 2002; 59:15941599.
  35. Busse A, Hensel A, Gühne U, Angermeyer MC, Riedel-Heller SG. Mild cognitive impairment: long-term course of four clinical subtypes. Neurology 2006; 67:21762185.
  36. Fischer P, Jungwirth S, Zehetmayer S, et al. Conversion from subtypes of mild cognitive impairment to Alzheimer dementia. Neurology 2007; 68:288291.
  37. Pérès K, Chrysostome V, Fabrigoule C, Orgogozo JM, Dartigues JF, Barberger-Gateau P. Restriction in complex activities of daily living in MCI: impact on outcome. Neurology 2006; 67:461466.
References
  1. Keefover RW. Aging and cognition. Neurol Clin 1998; 16:635648.
  2. Kral VA. Senescent forgetfulness: benign and malignant. Can Med Assoc J 1962; 86:257260.
  3. Bischkopf J, Busse A, Angermeyer MC. Mild cognitive impairment—a review of prevalence, incidence and outcome according to current approaches. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2002; 106:403414.
  4. Petersen RC, Stevens JC, Ganguli M, Tangalos EG, Cummings JL, DeKosky ST. Practice parameter: early detection of dementia: mild cognitive impairment (an evidence-based review). Report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2001; 56:11331142.
  5. Petersen RC, Smith GE, Waring SC, Ivnik RJ, Tangalos EG, Kokmen E. Mild cognitive impairment: clinical characterization and outcome. Arch Neurol 1999; 56:303308.
  6. Petersen RC, Roberts RO, Knopman DS, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: ten years later. Arch Neurol 2009; 66:14471455.
  7. Bennett DA, Schneider JA, Bienias JL, et al. Mild cognitive impairment is related to Alzheimer disease pathology and cerebral infarctions. Neurology 2005; 64:834841.
  8. Petersen RC, Parisi JE, Dickson DW, et al. Neuropathologic features of amnestic mild cognitive impairment. Arch Neurol 2006; 63:665672.
  9. Guillozet AL, Weintraub S, Mash DC, Mesulam MM. Neurofibrillary tangles, amyloid, and memory in aging and mild cognitive impairment. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:729736.
  10. Molano J, Boeve B, Ferman T, et al. Mild cognitive impairment associated with limbic and neocortical Lewy body disease: a clinicopathological study. Brain 2010; 133:540556.
  11. Lopez OL, Jagust WJ, DeKosky ST, et al. Prevalence and classification of mild cognitive impairment in the Cardiovascular Health Study Cognition Study: part 1. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:13851389.
  12. Petersen RC, Roberts RO, Knopman DS, et al. Prevalence of mild cognitive impairment is higher in men. The Mayo Clinic Study of Aging. Neurology 2010; 75:889897.
  13. Manly JJ, Tang MX, Schupf N, Stern Y, Vonsattel JP, Mayeux R. Frequency and course of mild cognitive impairment in a multiethnic community. Ann Neurol 2008; 63:494506.
  14. Luck T, Luppa M, Briel S, et al. Mild cognitive impairment: incidence and risk factors: results of the Leipzig Longitudinal Study of the Aged. J Am Geriatr Soc 2010; 58:19031910.
  15. Roberts RO, Geda YE, Knopman DS, et al. The Mayo Clinic Study of Aging: design and sampling, participation, baseline measures and sample characteristics. Neuroepidemiology 2008; 30:5869.
  16. Bozoki A, Giordani B, Heidebrink JL, Berent S, Foster NL. Mild cognitive impairments predict dementia in nondemented elderly patients with memory loss. Arch Neurol 2001; 58:411416.
  17. DeCarli C. Mild cognitive impairment: prevalence, prognosis, aetiology, and treatment. Lancet Neurol 2003; 2:1521.
  18. Graham JE, Rockwood K, Beattie BL, et al. Prevalence and severity of cognitive impairment with and without dementia in an elderly population. Lancet 1997; 349:17931796.
  19. Albert MS, DeKosky ST, Dickson D, et al. The diagnosis of mild cognitive impairment due to Alzheimer’s disease: recommendations from the National Institute on Aging-Alzheimer’s Association workgroups on diagnostic guidelines for Alzheimer’s disease. Alzheimers Dement 2011; 7:270279.
  20. Tariq SH, Tumosa N, Chibnall JT, Perry MH, Morley JE. Comparison of the Saint Louis University mental status examination and the Mini-Mental State Examination for detecting dementia and mild neurocognitive disorder—a pilot study. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006; 14:900910.
  21. Tang-Wai DF, Knopman DS, Geda YE, et al. Comparison of the short test of mental status and the Mini-Mental State Examination in mild cognitive impairment. Arch Neurol 2003; 60:17771781.
  22. Nasreddine ZS, Phillips NA, Bédirian V, et al. The Montreal Cognitive Assessment, MoCA: a brief screening tool for mild cognitive impairment. J Am Geriatr Soc 2005; 53:695699.
  23. Banks WA, Morley JE. Memories are made of this: recent advances in understanding cognitive impairments and dementia. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2003; 58:314321.
  24. Petersen RC. Clinical practice. Mild cognitive impairment. N Engl J Med 2011; 364:22272234.
  25. Diniz BS, Pinto JA, Gonzaga MLC, Guimaraes FM, Gattaz WF, Forlenza OV. To treat or not to treat? A meta-analysis of the use of cholinesterase inhibitors in mild cognitive impairment for delaying progression to Alzheimer’s disease. Eur Arch Psychiatry Neurosci 2009; 259:248256.
  26. Patel BB, Holland NW. Adverse effects of acetylcholinesterase inhibitors. Clin Geriatr 2011; 19:2730.
  27. Birks J, Grimley Evans J. Ginkgo biloba for cognitive impairment and dementia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2009; 1:CD003120.
  28. Petersen RC, Thomas RG, Grundman M, et al; Alzheimer’s Disease Cooperative Study Group. Vitamin E and donepezil for the treatment of mild cognitive impairment. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:23792388.
  29. Jean L, Bergeron ME, Thivierge S, Simard M. Cognitive intervention programs for individuals with mild cognitive impairment: systematic review of the literature. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2010; 18:281296.
  30. Lautenschlager NT, Cox KL, Flicker L, et al. Effect of physical activity on cognitive function in older adults at risk for Alzheimer disease: a randomized trial. JAMA 2008; 300:10271037.
  31. van Uffelen JG, Chinapaw MJ, van Mechelen W, Hopman-Rock M. Walking or vitamin B for cognition in older adults with mild cognitive impairment? A randomised controlled trial. Br J Sports Med 2008; 42:344351.
  32. Farias ST, Mungas D, Reed BR, Harvey D, DeCarli C. Progression of mild cognitive impairment to dementia in clinic-vs community-based cohorts. Arch Neurol 2009; 66:11511157.
  33. Ritchie K, Artero S, Touchon J. Classification criteria for mild cognitive impairment: a population-based validation study. Neurology 2001; 56:3742.
  34. Larrieu S, Letenneur L, Orgogozo JM, et al. Incidence and outcome of mild cognitive impairment in a population-based prospective cohort. Neurology 2002; 59:15941599.
  35. Busse A, Hensel A, Gühne U, Angermeyer MC, Riedel-Heller SG. Mild cognitive impairment: long-term course of four clinical subtypes. Neurology 2006; 67:21762185.
  36. Fischer P, Jungwirth S, Zehetmayer S, et al. Conversion from subtypes of mild cognitive impairment to Alzheimer dementia. Neurology 2007; 68:288291.
  37. Pérès K, Chrysostome V, Fabrigoule C, Orgogozo JM, Dartigues JF, Barberger-Gateau P. Restriction in complex activities of daily living in MCI: impact on outcome. Neurology 2006; 67:461466.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Page Number
857-864
Page Number
857-864
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Mild cognitive impairment: Hope for stability, plan for progression
Display Headline
Mild cognitive impairment: Hope for stability, plan for progression
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • MCI that primarily involves memory or multiple domains has a higher risk of progressing to dementia.
  • Depression and the effects of anticholinergic medication can mimic MCI, and these should be looked for in patients presenting with cognitive loss.
  • Impaired functional status as reflected in activities of daily living is an important sign of progression from MCI to dementia.
  • Acetylcholinesterase inhibitors are not approved for treating MCI, have shown little efficacy in altering progression to dementia, and have multiple side effects.
  • Enhancing physical and mental health and developing strategies to compensate for deficits are key management approaches.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Bilateral adrenal masses

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 10/04/2017 - 08:38
Display Headline
Bilateral adrenal masses

Figure 1.

A 68-year-old woman presented to the emergency department with constipation and abdominal pain 13 days after left hip arthroplasty. Abdominal computed tomography (CT) revealed possible bowel obstruction, left renal infarction, and a thrombus in the abdominal aorta near the left renal artery (Figure 1).

Because of the aortic thrombus, anticoagulation with intravenous heparin and with warfarin (Coumadin) was started. Three days later, her platelet count decreased to 54 × 109/L (reference range 150–400), her serum creatinine rose to 2.38 mg/dL (0.70–1.40), sodium was stable at 131 mmol/L (132–148), and potassium was 4.1 mmol/L (3.5–5.0).

Figure 2.

Physical examination revealed a temperature of 100.2°F (37.9°C), blood pressure 110/59 mm Hg, pulse 100 bpm, and no abdominal pain on palpation. Renal ultrasonography revealed a mass (2.4 × 2.1 × 3.6 cm) above the right kidney. Abdominal CT without contrast showed bilateral high-density adrenal masses (Figure 2).

Q: Which is the most likely diagnosis?

  • Metastasis to the adrenal glands
  • Adrenal adenoma
  • Pheochromocytoma
  • Adrenal cortical carcinoma
  • Adrenal gland hemorrhage

A: The correct diagnosis is adrenal gland hemorrhage.

Acute or subacute hemorrhage typically results in an oval hyperdense mass with an attenuation of 50 to 90 Hounsfield units (H) on noncontrast CT (Figure 2),1,2 and this attenuation does not increase with the use of contrast.2

In contrast, adrenal cortical carcinoma typically appears as a large heterogeneous mass, with some lesions demonstrating central necrosis or calcification. Pheochromocytoma is well defined, with intense enhancement after contrast is given. Adenoma is usually homogenous, with well-defined margins. Many adenomas have increased intracytoplasmic lipid content and, therefore, will have an attenuation of less than 10 H or will demonstrate rapid washout of contrast. Metastasis to the adrenal gland may not have a characteristic radiographic appearance but typically has a slower contrast washout rate than adenoma.1

This patient’s initial abdominal image showed normal-appearing adrenal glands, thus making adenoma, adrenal metastasis, pheochromocytoma, and adrenal cortical carcinoma unlikely.

The patient’s baseline cortisol level, a random afternoon reading, was 0.4 μg/dL (reference range 3.4–26.9), and a 1-hour cortrosyn-stimulated cortisol was 0 μg/dL, which is diagnostic of primary adrenal insufficiency in the context of this clinical setting. She received hydrocortisone and fludrocortisone, and 8 am cortisol measurements 3 weeks and 5 months later, after the patient was off hydrocortisone for 24 hours, remained undetectable.

The diagnosis of adrenal hemorrhage can be difficult because the symptoms can be nonspecific and attributable to other clinical factors. In a review of 141 patients with adrenal hemorrhage,3 only 19% of patients with bilateral adrenal hemorrhage developed hypotension with a systolic blood pressure less than 90 mm Hg, only 15% developed hyponatremia (sodium < 130 mmol/L), and only 24% developed hyperkalemia (potassium > 5 mmol/L).3

If unrecognized, adrenal insufficiency from adrenal hemorrhage is fatal. Abdominal CT or magnetic resonance imaging can diagnose adrenal hemorrhage. Adrenal function may recover (although it did not in this patient), and a morning cortisol level should be obtained to reevaluate adrenal function.3

Risk factors for adrenal hemorrhage include anticoagulation therapy, sepsis, surgery, hypotension, and coagulopathy as seen in heparininduced thrombocytopenia and disseminated intravascular coagulation. This patient had coagulopathy, as evidenced by her abdominal aortic thrombus, for which she was placed on anticoagulation. Patients without these risk factors for adrenal gland hemorrhage should be investigated for an underlying adrenal neoplasm or cyst.2

References
  1. Dunnick NR, Korobkin M. Imaging of adrenal incidentalomas: current status. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2002; 179:559568.
  2. Kawashima A, Sandler CM, Ernst RD, et al. Imaging of nontraumatic hemorrhage of the adrenal gland. Radiographics 1999; 19:949963.
  3. Vella A, Nippoldt TB, Morris JC. Adrenal hemorrhage: a 25-year experience at the Mayo Clinic. Mayo Clin Proc 2001; 76:161168.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Sima Saberi, MD
Ann Arbor Endocrinology and Diabetes, PC, Ypsilanti, MI

Nazanene H. Esfandiari, MD
Division of Metabolism, Endocrinology, and Diabetes, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI

Address: Sima Saberi, MD, Ann Arbor Endocrinology and Diabetes, PC, 5115 RHB, 5333 McAuley Drive, Ypsilanti, MI 48197; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
841-842
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Sima Saberi, MD
Ann Arbor Endocrinology and Diabetes, PC, Ypsilanti, MI

Nazanene H. Esfandiari, MD
Division of Metabolism, Endocrinology, and Diabetes, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI

Address: Sima Saberi, MD, Ann Arbor Endocrinology and Diabetes, PC, 5115 RHB, 5333 McAuley Drive, Ypsilanti, MI 48197; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Sima Saberi, MD
Ann Arbor Endocrinology and Diabetes, PC, Ypsilanti, MI

Nazanene H. Esfandiari, MD
Division of Metabolism, Endocrinology, and Diabetes, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI

Address: Sima Saberi, MD, Ann Arbor Endocrinology and Diabetes, PC, 5115 RHB, 5333 McAuley Drive, Ypsilanti, MI 48197; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Figure 1.

A 68-year-old woman presented to the emergency department with constipation and abdominal pain 13 days after left hip arthroplasty. Abdominal computed tomography (CT) revealed possible bowel obstruction, left renal infarction, and a thrombus in the abdominal aorta near the left renal artery (Figure 1).

Because of the aortic thrombus, anticoagulation with intravenous heparin and with warfarin (Coumadin) was started. Three days later, her platelet count decreased to 54 × 109/L (reference range 150–400), her serum creatinine rose to 2.38 mg/dL (0.70–1.40), sodium was stable at 131 mmol/L (132–148), and potassium was 4.1 mmol/L (3.5–5.0).

Figure 2.

Physical examination revealed a temperature of 100.2°F (37.9°C), blood pressure 110/59 mm Hg, pulse 100 bpm, and no abdominal pain on palpation. Renal ultrasonography revealed a mass (2.4 × 2.1 × 3.6 cm) above the right kidney. Abdominal CT without contrast showed bilateral high-density adrenal masses (Figure 2).

Q: Which is the most likely diagnosis?

  • Metastasis to the adrenal glands
  • Adrenal adenoma
  • Pheochromocytoma
  • Adrenal cortical carcinoma
  • Adrenal gland hemorrhage

A: The correct diagnosis is adrenal gland hemorrhage.

Acute or subacute hemorrhage typically results in an oval hyperdense mass with an attenuation of 50 to 90 Hounsfield units (H) on noncontrast CT (Figure 2),1,2 and this attenuation does not increase with the use of contrast.2

In contrast, adrenal cortical carcinoma typically appears as a large heterogeneous mass, with some lesions demonstrating central necrosis or calcification. Pheochromocytoma is well defined, with intense enhancement after contrast is given. Adenoma is usually homogenous, with well-defined margins. Many adenomas have increased intracytoplasmic lipid content and, therefore, will have an attenuation of less than 10 H or will demonstrate rapid washout of contrast. Metastasis to the adrenal gland may not have a characteristic radiographic appearance but typically has a slower contrast washout rate than adenoma.1

This patient’s initial abdominal image showed normal-appearing adrenal glands, thus making adenoma, adrenal metastasis, pheochromocytoma, and adrenal cortical carcinoma unlikely.

The patient’s baseline cortisol level, a random afternoon reading, was 0.4 μg/dL (reference range 3.4–26.9), and a 1-hour cortrosyn-stimulated cortisol was 0 μg/dL, which is diagnostic of primary adrenal insufficiency in the context of this clinical setting. She received hydrocortisone and fludrocortisone, and 8 am cortisol measurements 3 weeks and 5 months later, after the patient was off hydrocortisone for 24 hours, remained undetectable.

The diagnosis of adrenal hemorrhage can be difficult because the symptoms can be nonspecific and attributable to other clinical factors. In a review of 141 patients with adrenal hemorrhage,3 only 19% of patients with bilateral adrenal hemorrhage developed hypotension with a systolic blood pressure less than 90 mm Hg, only 15% developed hyponatremia (sodium < 130 mmol/L), and only 24% developed hyperkalemia (potassium > 5 mmol/L).3

If unrecognized, adrenal insufficiency from adrenal hemorrhage is fatal. Abdominal CT or magnetic resonance imaging can diagnose adrenal hemorrhage. Adrenal function may recover (although it did not in this patient), and a morning cortisol level should be obtained to reevaluate adrenal function.3

Risk factors for adrenal hemorrhage include anticoagulation therapy, sepsis, surgery, hypotension, and coagulopathy as seen in heparininduced thrombocytopenia and disseminated intravascular coagulation. This patient had coagulopathy, as evidenced by her abdominal aortic thrombus, for which she was placed on anticoagulation. Patients without these risk factors for adrenal gland hemorrhage should be investigated for an underlying adrenal neoplasm or cyst.2

Figure 1.

A 68-year-old woman presented to the emergency department with constipation and abdominal pain 13 days after left hip arthroplasty. Abdominal computed tomography (CT) revealed possible bowel obstruction, left renal infarction, and a thrombus in the abdominal aorta near the left renal artery (Figure 1).

Because of the aortic thrombus, anticoagulation with intravenous heparin and with warfarin (Coumadin) was started. Three days later, her platelet count decreased to 54 × 109/L (reference range 150–400), her serum creatinine rose to 2.38 mg/dL (0.70–1.40), sodium was stable at 131 mmol/L (132–148), and potassium was 4.1 mmol/L (3.5–5.0).

Figure 2.

Physical examination revealed a temperature of 100.2°F (37.9°C), blood pressure 110/59 mm Hg, pulse 100 bpm, and no abdominal pain on palpation. Renal ultrasonography revealed a mass (2.4 × 2.1 × 3.6 cm) above the right kidney. Abdominal CT without contrast showed bilateral high-density adrenal masses (Figure 2).

Q: Which is the most likely diagnosis?

  • Metastasis to the adrenal glands
  • Adrenal adenoma
  • Pheochromocytoma
  • Adrenal cortical carcinoma
  • Adrenal gland hemorrhage

A: The correct diagnosis is adrenal gland hemorrhage.

Acute or subacute hemorrhage typically results in an oval hyperdense mass with an attenuation of 50 to 90 Hounsfield units (H) on noncontrast CT (Figure 2),1,2 and this attenuation does not increase with the use of contrast.2

In contrast, adrenal cortical carcinoma typically appears as a large heterogeneous mass, with some lesions demonstrating central necrosis or calcification. Pheochromocytoma is well defined, with intense enhancement after contrast is given. Adenoma is usually homogenous, with well-defined margins. Many adenomas have increased intracytoplasmic lipid content and, therefore, will have an attenuation of less than 10 H or will demonstrate rapid washout of contrast. Metastasis to the adrenal gland may not have a characteristic radiographic appearance but typically has a slower contrast washout rate than adenoma.1

This patient’s initial abdominal image showed normal-appearing adrenal glands, thus making adenoma, adrenal metastasis, pheochromocytoma, and adrenal cortical carcinoma unlikely.

The patient’s baseline cortisol level, a random afternoon reading, was 0.4 μg/dL (reference range 3.4–26.9), and a 1-hour cortrosyn-stimulated cortisol was 0 μg/dL, which is diagnostic of primary adrenal insufficiency in the context of this clinical setting. She received hydrocortisone and fludrocortisone, and 8 am cortisol measurements 3 weeks and 5 months later, after the patient was off hydrocortisone for 24 hours, remained undetectable.

The diagnosis of adrenal hemorrhage can be difficult because the symptoms can be nonspecific and attributable to other clinical factors. In a review of 141 patients with adrenal hemorrhage,3 only 19% of patients with bilateral adrenal hemorrhage developed hypotension with a systolic blood pressure less than 90 mm Hg, only 15% developed hyponatremia (sodium < 130 mmol/L), and only 24% developed hyperkalemia (potassium > 5 mmol/L).3

If unrecognized, adrenal insufficiency from adrenal hemorrhage is fatal. Abdominal CT or magnetic resonance imaging can diagnose adrenal hemorrhage. Adrenal function may recover (although it did not in this patient), and a morning cortisol level should be obtained to reevaluate adrenal function.3

Risk factors for adrenal hemorrhage include anticoagulation therapy, sepsis, surgery, hypotension, and coagulopathy as seen in heparininduced thrombocytopenia and disseminated intravascular coagulation. This patient had coagulopathy, as evidenced by her abdominal aortic thrombus, for which she was placed on anticoagulation. Patients without these risk factors for adrenal gland hemorrhage should be investigated for an underlying adrenal neoplasm or cyst.2

References
  1. Dunnick NR, Korobkin M. Imaging of adrenal incidentalomas: current status. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2002; 179:559568.
  2. Kawashima A, Sandler CM, Ernst RD, et al. Imaging of nontraumatic hemorrhage of the adrenal gland. Radiographics 1999; 19:949963.
  3. Vella A, Nippoldt TB, Morris JC. Adrenal hemorrhage: a 25-year experience at the Mayo Clinic. Mayo Clin Proc 2001; 76:161168.
References
  1. Dunnick NR, Korobkin M. Imaging of adrenal incidentalomas: current status. AJR Am J Roentgenol 2002; 179:559568.
  2. Kawashima A, Sandler CM, Ernst RD, et al. Imaging of nontraumatic hemorrhage of the adrenal gland. Radiographics 1999; 19:949963.
  3. Vella A, Nippoldt TB, Morris JC. Adrenal hemorrhage: a 25-year experience at the Mayo Clinic. Mayo Clin Proc 2001; 76:161168.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Page Number
841-842
Page Number
841-842
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Bilateral adrenal masses
Display Headline
Bilateral adrenal masses
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Lupus in Hispanics: A matter of serious concern

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 06/11/2018 - 14:44
Display Headline
Lupus in Hispanics: A matter of serious concern

Some diseases are either more serious or more frequent in US Hispanics, and systemic lupus erythematosus is one of them. This fact has not yet diffused to all providers, many of whom will be the ones dealing with these individuals when the disease first emerges.

In order to raise physicians’ awareness of this situation, we will briefly review here the salient features of lupus in US Hispanics and its short-term and long-term impact.

HISPANICS ARE THE LARGEST MINORITY IN THE UNITED STATES

Over the last 30 years, the Hispanic population in the United States has increased to the point that it is now the largest US minority group, and the fastest-growing. In the 2010 US census, Hispanics surpassed the 50 million mark.1 Physicians and health care providers are becoming familiar with this growing population and its ailments, but more needs to be done to familiarize them with specific conditions that are more frequent and more serious in US Hispanics.

No population-based study has yet defined the prevalence and incidence of lupus in US Hispanics. However, on the basis of hospital and outpatient visits in regions in which Hispanics make up a large part of the population, it has been inferred that this group has a higher frequency of lupus, probably as high as in African Americans.

Likewise, clinicians taking care of these patients have suspected that lupus is more severe in US Hispanics than in non-Hispanic Caucasians, but this was documented and brought to general attention only with the publication of reports from the Lupus in Minorities: Nature versus Nurture (LUMINA) study.2

LUMINA, a longitudinal study

LUMINA is a longitudinal study of 640 patients with lupus from four populations: Hispanic from Texas, Hispanic from Puerto Rico, African American, and Caucasian non-Hispanic (Table 1). At the time of recruitment, patients were at least 16 years old and had had lupus for 5 years or less. They come in for periodic visits to the University of Alabama at Birmingham, the University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, and the University of Puerto Rico Medical Sciences Campus. Recruitment began in 1994 and finished in 2007. Follow-up ranges from 1 to 14 years, with a mean of 4.5 years.

LUMINA is supported by grants from the National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases, the National Institutes of Health General Clinical Research Centers program, the National Center for Research Resources Clinical Research Infrastructure Initiative, the Mary Kirkland Center for Lupus Research Scholars Program, and Rheuminations Inc (New York, NY).

The purpose of the study is to shed light on the interplay of genetics and environment in this disease and, in the process, to raise awareness about the problem of lupus in Hispanics. In fact, much of the information in the following sections is from the LUMINA study.

HISPANICS ARE NOT A HOMOGENEOUS GROUP

In the United States, the term Hispanic describes anyone whose origin goes back to a Spanish-speaking country. However, US Hispanics are not a homogeneous racial group: they differ in genetics, culture, and problems.

The largest US Hispanic subgroup and the one more likely to be seen by US physicians is Hispanics of Mexican origin, who account for 66% of all US Hispanics. This group has a higher percentage of Amerindian genes than those of Puerto Rican ancestry.3 LUMINA researchers analyzed the DNA of 492 patients and found the following mixtures of genes3:

  • Hispanics in Texas (mostly of Mexican origin): 48% Amerindian, 18% African, 34% European
  • Hispanics from Puerto Rico: 20% Amerindian, 45% African, 35% European
  • African Americans: 0% Amerindian, 79% African, 21% European
  • Non-Hispanic Caucasians: 10% Amerindian, 18% African, 72% European.

Latin Americans of mixed European and Amerindian ancestry (which includes Aztec, Mayan, Quechuan, Aymaran, and other Central and South American groups) are called mestizos. Not all people in Latin America are mestizos: some are of European, African, or Asian ancestry, but in the United States they are all called Hispanics.

LUPUS DIFFERS AMONG SUBGROUPS

LUMINA research has revealed that lupus is heterogeneous also among US Hispanic subgroups. When people from Puerto Rico get lupus, it is generally less serious and devastating than in those from Mexico or Central America. Since US Hispanics of Mexican or Central American origin possess more Amerindian genes, this observation supports the notion that these genes are important contributors to the occurrence and expression of the disease.

Amerindian genes contribute to a greater susceptibility to lupus,4,5 although there is an interplay between genetic and nongenetic factors in the etiology and expression.6 Lupus starts at a younger age in Hispanics of predominantly Amerindian ancestry than in non-Hispanic Caucasians, and the onset is more likely to be acute.7

Renal involvement in these patients8 and mestizos from Latin America is rather common, probably as common as it is in US African Americans, and it tends to develop earlier than in non-Hispanic Caucasians.9 Amerindian ancestral genes, like African genes, contribute to the occurrence of renal disease in lupus patients.4 Furthermore, once nephritis ensues, end-stage renal disease occurs more often in US Hispanic and African American than in non-Hispanic Caucasian children, as demonstrated by Hiraki et al10 using national databases, and the same is true in adults, as shown in the LUMINA cohort.11

Other potentially serious manifestations of the disease are also more common, including hematologic and central nervous system manifestations. Not surprisingly, then, these patients show a higher degree of disease activity, both early in the course of the disease12,13 and over time.14

Table 1 compares the demographic and clinical features of LUMINA patients according to ethnicity. By and large, Hispanics from Texas have lower levels of education and income (comparable with levels in African Americans), and this can adversely affect the disease course by limiting these patients’ access to adequate care.15

DISEASE ACTIVITY AND ORGAN DAMAGE ARE GREATER IN HISPANICS

Disease activity in lupus reflects the ongoing immune-mediated inflammatory process. In LUMINA patients, regardless of the time at which disease activity was ascertained, it was higher in Hispanics from Texas and in African Americans than in non-Hispanic Caucasians and in Hispanics from Puerto Rico.7,12,16–18 Similar findings were seen in the Grupo Latinoamericano de Estudio de Lupus (GLADEL) cohort,13 in which mestizos and Hispanics of mixed African and European ancestry had higher maximum disease activity scores than non-Hispanic Caucasians.13

In addition, organ damage in lupus—the irreversible changes that occur in organ systems as a consequence of the disease or its treatments (eg, glucocorticoids, immunosuppressive drugs)—is more severe and develops sooner in Hispanics from Texas than in other groups.6,18,19 Using multivariate analysis, LUMINA investigators19 estimated the hazard ratio for the time until organ damage appeared for various risk factors, with values of 1 or greater indicating a shorter time and lower values indicating a longer time. Being a Hispanic from Texas carried a hazard ratio of 2.11 (95% confidence interval 1.15–3.88).

Because organ damage is an important and independent predictor of further damage20 and death,21 physicians need to take this disease quite seriously and try to prevent damage early in people at risk. To achieve that, the need to control disease activity must be balanced against the risk of overtreatment, as the important contribution of glucocorticoids to organ damage is well recognized.22

 

 

HISPANICS HAVE MORE COMORBIDITIES

Obesity, hypertension, diabetes, and metabolic syndrome are more common in US Hispanics, particularly those of Amerindian ancestry, than in the majority population of non-Hispanic Caucasians.23,24 The potential deleterious effects of glucocorticoids in patients already predisposed to these conditions need to be considered, balancing adequate disease control against the potential adverse effects.22

QUALITY OF LIFE IS WORSE WITH LUPUS

Whether it is measured with a generic instrument such as the Short Form 36 (SF-36), as it was in LUMINA,25 or with a disease-specific tool such as the Lupus-Pro, quality of life is significantly worsened by lupus. Furthermore, Fernandez et al26 found that a low level of health-related quality of life, as measured by the SF-6D version of the SF-36, was predictive of poor outcomes in LUMINA patients.

POVERTY, NOT ETHNICITY, ACCOUNTS FOR HIGHER MORTALITY RATE

As yet, we have no population-based data comparing survival in US Hispanic patients with lupus vs that of other population groups.

Figure 1. Kaplan-Meier survival curves for LUMINA patients as a function of ethnic group. African Americans and Texas Hispanics had a lower probability of survival than non-Hispanic Caucasians and and Puerto Rico Hispanics (log rank = 9.687; P = .021).

At first inspection, data from LUMINA indicate that Hispanics of primarily Amerindian ancestry have a lower survival rate than patients in other ethnic groups (Figure 1).6 However, when all other factors are taken into consideration, poverty, not ethnicity, is the major contributing factor (Table 2).6,27

This finding illustrates the important interplay between genetic and nongenetic factors in the course and final outcome of lupus, as already alluded to, although the exact relationship between them is not clear. It remains to be determined whether poverty is only a proxy for other population characteristics such as illiteracy, limited access to specialized care, limited access to medications, or cultural beliefs that may interfere with proper care.

ANTIMALARIAL DRUGS INCREASE SURVIVAL

Figure 2. Kaplan-Meier survival curve as a function of hydroxychloroquine use.

Using statistical analysis that adjusts for confounding by indication, we and others28–30 have shown that antimalarial drugs exert an independent and important protective effect on survival in lupus (Figure 2).

Important also is the protective effect of antimalarials on organ damage and the possibility of using them from disease outset in Hispanic patients at risk of early and rapid damage accrual,11 renal damage, and even lupus nephritis.31,32 This has very practical implications for the adequate and prompt management of these Hispanic patients.

PRACTICAL IMPLICATIONS

Lupus in US Hispanics is a serious disease with devastating consequences. Prompt diagnosis is paramount to prevent early organ damage and to prolong survival.

The disease may present in many different and unexpected ways, but joint pain, sun-sensitive rashes, renal involvement, cytopenias, and other manifestations should prompt the clinician to consider lupus in the differential diagnosis. Patients are often dismissed as having “arthritis” without being asked about other manifestations that may suggest a systemic connective tissue disease such as lupus. The same goes for skin rashes or unusual central nervous system manifestations.

The diagnosis of lupus is clinical, but some laboratory studies are essential to rule in or rule out renal or hematologic abnormalities and determine the level of disease activity. Tests usually ordered in patients suspected of having lupus include antinuclear antibody, complement levels, a complete blood cell count and differential, and a urinalysis. The need for additional tests depends on the results of the tests listed.

Once the disease is diagnosed, treatment should be tailored to the severity and type of clinical manifestations present. In general, glucocorticoids should be used at the smallest possible dose, antimalarials should be prescribed from the outset to all patients (following current guidelines in order to avoid ocular toxicity),33 and immunosuppressants and other treatments should be considered in certain instances. In parallel, consideration should be given to sun protection, adequate exercise, tobacco avoidance, osteoporosis and atherosclerosis prevention, planned conception, and compliance.

The goal in these people at risk is to control their lupus manifestations without causing undue damage, to preserve their quality of life, and to prevent an early demise.

References
  1. Humes KR, Jones NA, Ramirez RR. Overview of race and Hispanic origin: 2010. 2010 Census briefs; 2011. http://www.census.gov/prod/cen2010/briefs/c2010br-02.pdf. Accessed October 20, 2012.
  2. Reveille JD, Moulds JM, Ahn C, et al; for the LUMINA study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups. I. The effects of HLA class II, C4, and CR1 alleles, socioeconomic factors, and ethnicity and disease onset. Arthritis Rheum 1998; 41:11611172.
  3. Alarcón GS, Beasley TM, Roseman JM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Ethnic disparities in health and disease: the need to account for ancestral admixture when estimating the genetic contribution to both (LUMINA XXVI) (Letter). Lupus 2005; 14:867868.
  4. Alarcón GS, Bastian HM, Beasley TM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multi-ethnic cohort (LUMINA) XXXII: [corrected] contributions of admixture and socioeconomic status to renal involvement. Lupus 2006; 15:2631.
  5. Sanchez E, Webb RD, Rasmussen A, et al. Genetically determined Amerindian ancestry correlates with increased frequency of risk alleles for systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum 2010; 62:37223729.
  6. Fernández M, Alarcón GS, Calvo-Alén J, et al; LUMINA Study Group. A multiethnic, multicenter cohort of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) as a model for the study of ethnic disparities in SLE. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 57:576584.
  7. Alarcón GS, Friedman AW, Straaton KV, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups: III. A comparison of characteristics early in the natural history of the LUMINA cohort. LUpus in MInority populations: NAture vs Nurture. Lupus 1999; 8:197209.
  8. Bastian HM, Alarcón GS, Roseman JM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA) XL II: factors predictive of new or worsening proteinuria. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2007; 46:683689.
  9. Burgos PI, McGwin G, Pons-Estel GJ, Reveille JD, Alarcón GS, Vilá LM. US patients of Hispanic and African ancestry develop lupus nephritis early in the disease course: data from LUMINA, a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA LXXIV). Ann Rheum Dis 2011; 70:393394.
  10. Hiraki LT, Lu B, Alexander SR, et al. End-stage renal disease due to lupus nephritis among children in the US, 1995–2006. Arthritis Rheum 2011; 63:19881997.
  11. Pons-Estel GJ, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al. Protective effect of hydroxychloroquine on renal damage in patients with lupus nephritis: LXV, data from a multiethnic US cohort. Arthritis Rheum 2009; 61:830839.
  12. Alarcón GS, Roseman J, Bartolucci AA, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups: II. Features predictive of disease activity early in its course. LUMINA Study Group. Lupus in minority populations, nature versus nurture. Arthritis Rheum 1998; 41:11731180.
  13. Pons-Estel BA, Catoggio LJ, Cardiel MH, et al; Grupo Latinoamericano de Estudio del Lupus. The GLADEL multinational Latin American prospective inception cohort of 1,214 patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: ethnic and disease heterogeneity among “Hispanics.” Medicine (Baltimore) 2004; 83:117.
  14. Alarcón GS, Calvo-Alén J, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic cohort: LUMINA XXXV. Predictive factors of high disease activity over time. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65:11681174.
  15. Vilá LM, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Bastian HM, Fessler BJ, Reveille JD; Lumina Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic US cohort, XXXVII: association of lymphopenia with clinical manifestations, serologic abnormalities, disease activity, and damage accrual. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 55:799806.
  16. Zhang J, González LA, Roseman JM, Vilá LM, Reveille JD, Alárcon GS. Predictors of the rate of change in disease activity over time in LUMINA, a multiethnic US cohort of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: LUMINA LXX. Lupus 2010; 19:727733.
  17. Vilá LM, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Early clinical manifestations, disease activity and damage of systemic lupus erythematosus among two distinct US Hispanic subpopulations. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2004; 43:358363.
  18. Gladman D, Ginzler E, Goldsmith C, et al. The development and initial validation of the Systemic Lupus International Collaborating Clinics/American College of Rheumatology damage index for systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum 1996; 39:363369.
  19. Toloza SM, Roseman JM, Alarcón GS, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA): XXII. Predictors of time to the occurrence of initial damage. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50:31773186.
  20. Alarcón GS, Roseman JM, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups. XX. Damage as a predictor of further damage. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2004; 43:202205.
  21. Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Bastian HM, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups. VII [correction of VIII]. Predictors of early mortality in the LUMINA cohort. LUMINA Study Group. Arthritis Rheum 2001; 45:191202.
  22. Ruiz-Irastorza G, Danza A, Khamashta M. Glucocorticoid use and abuse in SLE. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2012 E-pub ahead of print.
  23. Jordan HT, Tabaei BP, Nash D, Angell SY, Chamany S, Kerker B. Metabolic syndrome among adults in New York City, 2004 New York City Health and Nutrition Examination Survey. Prev Chronic Dis 2012; 9:E04.
  24. Matthews KA, Sowers MF, Derby CA, et al. Ethnic differences in cardiovascular risk factor burden among middle-aged women: Study of Women’s Health Across the Nation (SWAN). Am Heart J 2005; 149:10661073.
  25. Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Uribe A, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic lupus cohort (LUMINA). XVII. Predictors of selfreported health-related quality of life early in the disease course. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 51:465474.
  26. Fernández M, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Using the Short Form 6D, as an overall measure of health, to predict damage accrual and mortality in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: XLVII, results from a multiethnic US cohort. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 57:986992.
  27. Durán S, Apte M, Alarcón GSLUMINA Study Group. Poverty, not ethnicity, accounts for the differential mortality rates among lupus patients of various ethnic groups. J Natl Med Assoc 2007; 99:11961198.
  28. Ruiz-Irastorza G, Egurbide MV, Pijoan JI, et al. Effect of antimalarials on thrombosis and survival in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus. Lupus 2006; 15:577583.
  29. Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Bertoli AM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Effect of hydroxychloroquine on the survival of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: data from LUMINA, a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA L). Ann Rheum Dis 2007; 66:11681172.
  30. Shinjo SK, Bonfá E, Wojdyla D, et al; Grupo Latino Americano de Estudio del Lupus Eritematoso (Gladel). Antimalarial treatment may have a time-dependent effect on lupus survival: data from a multinational Latin American inception cohort. Arthritis Rheum 2010; 62:855862.
  31. Fessler BJ, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups: XVI. Association of hydroxychloroquine use with reduced risk of damage accrual. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52:14731480.
  32. Pons-Estel GJ, Alarcón GS, Hachuel L, et al. Antimalarials have a protective effect against the development of renal disease in Latin American SLE patients. The 9th International Congress on SLE June 24–27, 2010, Vancouver, Canada. Lupus 2010; 19(suppl 1):3132.
  33. Ruiz-Irastorza G, Ramos-Casals M, Brito-Zeron P, Khamashta MA. Clinical efficacy and side effects of antimalarials in systemic lupus erythematosus: a systematic review. Ann Rheum Dis 2010; 69:2028.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Guillermo J. Pons-Estel, MD, PhD
Internal Medicine, Hospital Clinic Barcelona, Spain; Investigator, Lupus in Minorities, Nature Versus Nurture (LUMINA) study

Graciela S. Alarcón, MD, MPH
Jane Knight Lowe Chair of Medicine in Rheumatology, Emeritus, The University of Alabama at Birmingham; Principal Investigator, Lupus in Minorities, Nature Versus Nurture (LUMINA) study

Address: Graciela S. Alarcón, MD, MPH, The University of Alabama at Birmingham, 510 20 Street S, FOT 830, Birmingham, AL 35294; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
824-834
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Guillermo J. Pons-Estel, MD, PhD
Internal Medicine, Hospital Clinic Barcelona, Spain; Investigator, Lupus in Minorities, Nature Versus Nurture (LUMINA) study

Graciela S. Alarcón, MD, MPH
Jane Knight Lowe Chair of Medicine in Rheumatology, Emeritus, The University of Alabama at Birmingham; Principal Investigator, Lupus in Minorities, Nature Versus Nurture (LUMINA) study

Address: Graciela S. Alarcón, MD, MPH, The University of Alabama at Birmingham, 510 20 Street S, FOT 830, Birmingham, AL 35294; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Guillermo J. Pons-Estel, MD, PhD
Internal Medicine, Hospital Clinic Barcelona, Spain; Investigator, Lupus in Minorities, Nature Versus Nurture (LUMINA) study

Graciela S. Alarcón, MD, MPH
Jane Knight Lowe Chair of Medicine in Rheumatology, Emeritus, The University of Alabama at Birmingham; Principal Investigator, Lupus in Minorities, Nature Versus Nurture (LUMINA) study

Address: Graciela S. Alarcón, MD, MPH, The University of Alabama at Birmingham, 510 20 Street S, FOT 830, Birmingham, AL 35294; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

Some diseases are either more serious or more frequent in US Hispanics, and systemic lupus erythematosus is one of them. This fact has not yet diffused to all providers, many of whom will be the ones dealing with these individuals when the disease first emerges.

In order to raise physicians’ awareness of this situation, we will briefly review here the salient features of lupus in US Hispanics and its short-term and long-term impact.

HISPANICS ARE THE LARGEST MINORITY IN THE UNITED STATES

Over the last 30 years, the Hispanic population in the United States has increased to the point that it is now the largest US minority group, and the fastest-growing. In the 2010 US census, Hispanics surpassed the 50 million mark.1 Physicians and health care providers are becoming familiar with this growing population and its ailments, but more needs to be done to familiarize them with specific conditions that are more frequent and more serious in US Hispanics.

No population-based study has yet defined the prevalence and incidence of lupus in US Hispanics. However, on the basis of hospital and outpatient visits in regions in which Hispanics make up a large part of the population, it has been inferred that this group has a higher frequency of lupus, probably as high as in African Americans.

Likewise, clinicians taking care of these patients have suspected that lupus is more severe in US Hispanics than in non-Hispanic Caucasians, but this was documented and brought to general attention only with the publication of reports from the Lupus in Minorities: Nature versus Nurture (LUMINA) study.2

LUMINA, a longitudinal study

LUMINA is a longitudinal study of 640 patients with lupus from four populations: Hispanic from Texas, Hispanic from Puerto Rico, African American, and Caucasian non-Hispanic (Table 1). At the time of recruitment, patients were at least 16 years old and had had lupus for 5 years or less. They come in for periodic visits to the University of Alabama at Birmingham, the University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, and the University of Puerto Rico Medical Sciences Campus. Recruitment began in 1994 and finished in 2007. Follow-up ranges from 1 to 14 years, with a mean of 4.5 years.

LUMINA is supported by grants from the National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases, the National Institutes of Health General Clinical Research Centers program, the National Center for Research Resources Clinical Research Infrastructure Initiative, the Mary Kirkland Center for Lupus Research Scholars Program, and Rheuminations Inc (New York, NY).

The purpose of the study is to shed light on the interplay of genetics and environment in this disease and, in the process, to raise awareness about the problem of lupus in Hispanics. In fact, much of the information in the following sections is from the LUMINA study.

HISPANICS ARE NOT A HOMOGENEOUS GROUP

In the United States, the term Hispanic describes anyone whose origin goes back to a Spanish-speaking country. However, US Hispanics are not a homogeneous racial group: they differ in genetics, culture, and problems.

The largest US Hispanic subgroup and the one more likely to be seen by US physicians is Hispanics of Mexican origin, who account for 66% of all US Hispanics. This group has a higher percentage of Amerindian genes than those of Puerto Rican ancestry.3 LUMINA researchers analyzed the DNA of 492 patients and found the following mixtures of genes3:

  • Hispanics in Texas (mostly of Mexican origin): 48% Amerindian, 18% African, 34% European
  • Hispanics from Puerto Rico: 20% Amerindian, 45% African, 35% European
  • African Americans: 0% Amerindian, 79% African, 21% European
  • Non-Hispanic Caucasians: 10% Amerindian, 18% African, 72% European.

Latin Americans of mixed European and Amerindian ancestry (which includes Aztec, Mayan, Quechuan, Aymaran, and other Central and South American groups) are called mestizos. Not all people in Latin America are mestizos: some are of European, African, or Asian ancestry, but in the United States they are all called Hispanics.

LUPUS DIFFERS AMONG SUBGROUPS

LUMINA research has revealed that lupus is heterogeneous also among US Hispanic subgroups. When people from Puerto Rico get lupus, it is generally less serious and devastating than in those from Mexico or Central America. Since US Hispanics of Mexican or Central American origin possess more Amerindian genes, this observation supports the notion that these genes are important contributors to the occurrence and expression of the disease.

Amerindian genes contribute to a greater susceptibility to lupus,4,5 although there is an interplay between genetic and nongenetic factors in the etiology and expression.6 Lupus starts at a younger age in Hispanics of predominantly Amerindian ancestry than in non-Hispanic Caucasians, and the onset is more likely to be acute.7

Renal involvement in these patients8 and mestizos from Latin America is rather common, probably as common as it is in US African Americans, and it tends to develop earlier than in non-Hispanic Caucasians.9 Amerindian ancestral genes, like African genes, contribute to the occurrence of renal disease in lupus patients.4 Furthermore, once nephritis ensues, end-stage renal disease occurs more often in US Hispanic and African American than in non-Hispanic Caucasian children, as demonstrated by Hiraki et al10 using national databases, and the same is true in adults, as shown in the LUMINA cohort.11

Other potentially serious manifestations of the disease are also more common, including hematologic and central nervous system manifestations. Not surprisingly, then, these patients show a higher degree of disease activity, both early in the course of the disease12,13 and over time.14

Table 1 compares the demographic and clinical features of LUMINA patients according to ethnicity. By and large, Hispanics from Texas have lower levels of education and income (comparable with levels in African Americans), and this can adversely affect the disease course by limiting these patients’ access to adequate care.15

DISEASE ACTIVITY AND ORGAN DAMAGE ARE GREATER IN HISPANICS

Disease activity in lupus reflects the ongoing immune-mediated inflammatory process. In LUMINA patients, regardless of the time at which disease activity was ascertained, it was higher in Hispanics from Texas and in African Americans than in non-Hispanic Caucasians and in Hispanics from Puerto Rico.7,12,16–18 Similar findings were seen in the Grupo Latinoamericano de Estudio de Lupus (GLADEL) cohort,13 in which mestizos and Hispanics of mixed African and European ancestry had higher maximum disease activity scores than non-Hispanic Caucasians.13

In addition, organ damage in lupus—the irreversible changes that occur in organ systems as a consequence of the disease or its treatments (eg, glucocorticoids, immunosuppressive drugs)—is more severe and develops sooner in Hispanics from Texas than in other groups.6,18,19 Using multivariate analysis, LUMINA investigators19 estimated the hazard ratio for the time until organ damage appeared for various risk factors, with values of 1 or greater indicating a shorter time and lower values indicating a longer time. Being a Hispanic from Texas carried a hazard ratio of 2.11 (95% confidence interval 1.15–3.88).

Because organ damage is an important and independent predictor of further damage20 and death,21 physicians need to take this disease quite seriously and try to prevent damage early in people at risk. To achieve that, the need to control disease activity must be balanced against the risk of overtreatment, as the important contribution of glucocorticoids to organ damage is well recognized.22

 

 

HISPANICS HAVE MORE COMORBIDITIES

Obesity, hypertension, diabetes, and metabolic syndrome are more common in US Hispanics, particularly those of Amerindian ancestry, than in the majority population of non-Hispanic Caucasians.23,24 The potential deleterious effects of glucocorticoids in patients already predisposed to these conditions need to be considered, balancing adequate disease control against the potential adverse effects.22

QUALITY OF LIFE IS WORSE WITH LUPUS

Whether it is measured with a generic instrument such as the Short Form 36 (SF-36), as it was in LUMINA,25 or with a disease-specific tool such as the Lupus-Pro, quality of life is significantly worsened by lupus. Furthermore, Fernandez et al26 found that a low level of health-related quality of life, as measured by the SF-6D version of the SF-36, was predictive of poor outcomes in LUMINA patients.

POVERTY, NOT ETHNICITY, ACCOUNTS FOR HIGHER MORTALITY RATE

As yet, we have no population-based data comparing survival in US Hispanic patients with lupus vs that of other population groups.

Figure 1. Kaplan-Meier survival curves for LUMINA patients as a function of ethnic group. African Americans and Texas Hispanics had a lower probability of survival than non-Hispanic Caucasians and and Puerto Rico Hispanics (log rank = 9.687; P = .021).

At first inspection, data from LUMINA indicate that Hispanics of primarily Amerindian ancestry have a lower survival rate than patients in other ethnic groups (Figure 1).6 However, when all other factors are taken into consideration, poverty, not ethnicity, is the major contributing factor (Table 2).6,27

This finding illustrates the important interplay between genetic and nongenetic factors in the course and final outcome of lupus, as already alluded to, although the exact relationship between them is not clear. It remains to be determined whether poverty is only a proxy for other population characteristics such as illiteracy, limited access to specialized care, limited access to medications, or cultural beliefs that may interfere with proper care.

ANTIMALARIAL DRUGS INCREASE SURVIVAL

Figure 2. Kaplan-Meier survival curve as a function of hydroxychloroquine use.

Using statistical analysis that adjusts for confounding by indication, we and others28–30 have shown that antimalarial drugs exert an independent and important protective effect on survival in lupus (Figure 2).

Important also is the protective effect of antimalarials on organ damage and the possibility of using them from disease outset in Hispanic patients at risk of early and rapid damage accrual,11 renal damage, and even lupus nephritis.31,32 This has very practical implications for the adequate and prompt management of these Hispanic patients.

PRACTICAL IMPLICATIONS

Lupus in US Hispanics is a serious disease with devastating consequences. Prompt diagnosis is paramount to prevent early organ damage and to prolong survival.

The disease may present in many different and unexpected ways, but joint pain, sun-sensitive rashes, renal involvement, cytopenias, and other manifestations should prompt the clinician to consider lupus in the differential diagnosis. Patients are often dismissed as having “arthritis” without being asked about other manifestations that may suggest a systemic connective tissue disease such as lupus. The same goes for skin rashes or unusual central nervous system manifestations.

The diagnosis of lupus is clinical, but some laboratory studies are essential to rule in or rule out renal or hematologic abnormalities and determine the level of disease activity. Tests usually ordered in patients suspected of having lupus include antinuclear antibody, complement levels, a complete blood cell count and differential, and a urinalysis. The need for additional tests depends on the results of the tests listed.

Once the disease is diagnosed, treatment should be tailored to the severity and type of clinical manifestations present. In general, glucocorticoids should be used at the smallest possible dose, antimalarials should be prescribed from the outset to all patients (following current guidelines in order to avoid ocular toxicity),33 and immunosuppressants and other treatments should be considered in certain instances. In parallel, consideration should be given to sun protection, adequate exercise, tobacco avoidance, osteoporosis and atherosclerosis prevention, planned conception, and compliance.

The goal in these people at risk is to control their lupus manifestations without causing undue damage, to preserve their quality of life, and to prevent an early demise.

Some diseases are either more serious or more frequent in US Hispanics, and systemic lupus erythematosus is one of them. This fact has not yet diffused to all providers, many of whom will be the ones dealing with these individuals when the disease first emerges.

In order to raise physicians’ awareness of this situation, we will briefly review here the salient features of lupus in US Hispanics and its short-term and long-term impact.

HISPANICS ARE THE LARGEST MINORITY IN THE UNITED STATES

Over the last 30 years, the Hispanic population in the United States has increased to the point that it is now the largest US minority group, and the fastest-growing. In the 2010 US census, Hispanics surpassed the 50 million mark.1 Physicians and health care providers are becoming familiar with this growing population and its ailments, but more needs to be done to familiarize them with specific conditions that are more frequent and more serious in US Hispanics.

No population-based study has yet defined the prevalence and incidence of lupus in US Hispanics. However, on the basis of hospital and outpatient visits in regions in which Hispanics make up a large part of the population, it has been inferred that this group has a higher frequency of lupus, probably as high as in African Americans.

Likewise, clinicians taking care of these patients have suspected that lupus is more severe in US Hispanics than in non-Hispanic Caucasians, but this was documented and brought to general attention only with the publication of reports from the Lupus in Minorities: Nature versus Nurture (LUMINA) study.2

LUMINA, a longitudinal study

LUMINA is a longitudinal study of 640 patients with lupus from four populations: Hispanic from Texas, Hispanic from Puerto Rico, African American, and Caucasian non-Hispanic (Table 1). At the time of recruitment, patients were at least 16 years old and had had lupus for 5 years or less. They come in for periodic visits to the University of Alabama at Birmingham, the University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, and the University of Puerto Rico Medical Sciences Campus. Recruitment began in 1994 and finished in 2007. Follow-up ranges from 1 to 14 years, with a mean of 4.5 years.

LUMINA is supported by grants from the National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases, the National Institutes of Health General Clinical Research Centers program, the National Center for Research Resources Clinical Research Infrastructure Initiative, the Mary Kirkland Center for Lupus Research Scholars Program, and Rheuminations Inc (New York, NY).

The purpose of the study is to shed light on the interplay of genetics and environment in this disease and, in the process, to raise awareness about the problem of lupus in Hispanics. In fact, much of the information in the following sections is from the LUMINA study.

HISPANICS ARE NOT A HOMOGENEOUS GROUP

In the United States, the term Hispanic describes anyone whose origin goes back to a Spanish-speaking country. However, US Hispanics are not a homogeneous racial group: they differ in genetics, culture, and problems.

The largest US Hispanic subgroup and the one more likely to be seen by US physicians is Hispanics of Mexican origin, who account for 66% of all US Hispanics. This group has a higher percentage of Amerindian genes than those of Puerto Rican ancestry.3 LUMINA researchers analyzed the DNA of 492 patients and found the following mixtures of genes3:

  • Hispanics in Texas (mostly of Mexican origin): 48% Amerindian, 18% African, 34% European
  • Hispanics from Puerto Rico: 20% Amerindian, 45% African, 35% European
  • African Americans: 0% Amerindian, 79% African, 21% European
  • Non-Hispanic Caucasians: 10% Amerindian, 18% African, 72% European.

Latin Americans of mixed European and Amerindian ancestry (which includes Aztec, Mayan, Quechuan, Aymaran, and other Central and South American groups) are called mestizos. Not all people in Latin America are mestizos: some are of European, African, or Asian ancestry, but in the United States they are all called Hispanics.

LUPUS DIFFERS AMONG SUBGROUPS

LUMINA research has revealed that lupus is heterogeneous also among US Hispanic subgroups. When people from Puerto Rico get lupus, it is generally less serious and devastating than in those from Mexico or Central America. Since US Hispanics of Mexican or Central American origin possess more Amerindian genes, this observation supports the notion that these genes are important contributors to the occurrence and expression of the disease.

Amerindian genes contribute to a greater susceptibility to lupus,4,5 although there is an interplay between genetic and nongenetic factors in the etiology and expression.6 Lupus starts at a younger age in Hispanics of predominantly Amerindian ancestry than in non-Hispanic Caucasians, and the onset is more likely to be acute.7

Renal involvement in these patients8 and mestizos from Latin America is rather common, probably as common as it is in US African Americans, and it tends to develop earlier than in non-Hispanic Caucasians.9 Amerindian ancestral genes, like African genes, contribute to the occurrence of renal disease in lupus patients.4 Furthermore, once nephritis ensues, end-stage renal disease occurs more often in US Hispanic and African American than in non-Hispanic Caucasian children, as demonstrated by Hiraki et al10 using national databases, and the same is true in adults, as shown in the LUMINA cohort.11

Other potentially serious manifestations of the disease are also more common, including hematologic and central nervous system manifestations. Not surprisingly, then, these patients show a higher degree of disease activity, both early in the course of the disease12,13 and over time.14

Table 1 compares the demographic and clinical features of LUMINA patients according to ethnicity. By and large, Hispanics from Texas have lower levels of education and income (comparable with levels in African Americans), and this can adversely affect the disease course by limiting these patients’ access to adequate care.15

DISEASE ACTIVITY AND ORGAN DAMAGE ARE GREATER IN HISPANICS

Disease activity in lupus reflects the ongoing immune-mediated inflammatory process. In LUMINA patients, regardless of the time at which disease activity was ascertained, it was higher in Hispanics from Texas and in African Americans than in non-Hispanic Caucasians and in Hispanics from Puerto Rico.7,12,16–18 Similar findings were seen in the Grupo Latinoamericano de Estudio de Lupus (GLADEL) cohort,13 in which mestizos and Hispanics of mixed African and European ancestry had higher maximum disease activity scores than non-Hispanic Caucasians.13

In addition, organ damage in lupus—the irreversible changes that occur in organ systems as a consequence of the disease or its treatments (eg, glucocorticoids, immunosuppressive drugs)—is more severe and develops sooner in Hispanics from Texas than in other groups.6,18,19 Using multivariate analysis, LUMINA investigators19 estimated the hazard ratio for the time until organ damage appeared for various risk factors, with values of 1 or greater indicating a shorter time and lower values indicating a longer time. Being a Hispanic from Texas carried a hazard ratio of 2.11 (95% confidence interval 1.15–3.88).

Because organ damage is an important and independent predictor of further damage20 and death,21 physicians need to take this disease quite seriously and try to prevent damage early in people at risk. To achieve that, the need to control disease activity must be balanced against the risk of overtreatment, as the important contribution of glucocorticoids to organ damage is well recognized.22

 

 

HISPANICS HAVE MORE COMORBIDITIES

Obesity, hypertension, diabetes, and metabolic syndrome are more common in US Hispanics, particularly those of Amerindian ancestry, than in the majority population of non-Hispanic Caucasians.23,24 The potential deleterious effects of glucocorticoids in patients already predisposed to these conditions need to be considered, balancing adequate disease control against the potential adverse effects.22

QUALITY OF LIFE IS WORSE WITH LUPUS

Whether it is measured with a generic instrument such as the Short Form 36 (SF-36), as it was in LUMINA,25 or with a disease-specific tool such as the Lupus-Pro, quality of life is significantly worsened by lupus. Furthermore, Fernandez et al26 found that a low level of health-related quality of life, as measured by the SF-6D version of the SF-36, was predictive of poor outcomes in LUMINA patients.

POVERTY, NOT ETHNICITY, ACCOUNTS FOR HIGHER MORTALITY RATE

As yet, we have no population-based data comparing survival in US Hispanic patients with lupus vs that of other population groups.

Figure 1. Kaplan-Meier survival curves for LUMINA patients as a function of ethnic group. African Americans and Texas Hispanics had a lower probability of survival than non-Hispanic Caucasians and and Puerto Rico Hispanics (log rank = 9.687; P = .021).

At first inspection, data from LUMINA indicate that Hispanics of primarily Amerindian ancestry have a lower survival rate than patients in other ethnic groups (Figure 1).6 However, when all other factors are taken into consideration, poverty, not ethnicity, is the major contributing factor (Table 2).6,27

This finding illustrates the important interplay between genetic and nongenetic factors in the course and final outcome of lupus, as already alluded to, although the exact relationship between them is not clear. It remains to be determined whether poverty is only a proxy for other population characteristics such as illiteracy, limited access to specialized care, limited access to medications, or cultural beliefs that may interfere with proper care.

ANTIMALARIAL DRUGS INCREASE SURVIVAL

Figure 2. Kaplan-Meier survival curve as a function of hydroxychloroquine use.

Using statistical analysis that adjusts for confounding by indication, we and others28–30 have shown that antimalarial drugs exert an independent and important protective effect on survival in lupus (Figure 2).

Important also is the protective effect of antimalarials on organ damage and the possibility of using them from disease outset in Hispanic patients at risk of early and rapid damage accrual,11 renal damage, and even lupus nephritis.31,32 This has very practical implications for the adequate and prompt management of these Hispanic patients.

PRACTICAL IMPLICATIONS

Lupus in US Hispanics is a serious disease with devastating consequences. Prompt diagnosis is paramount to prevent early organ damage and to prolong survival.

The disease may present in many different and unexpected ways, but joint pain, sun-sensitive rashes, renal involvement, cytopenias, and other manifestations should prompt the clinician to consider lupus in the differential diagnosis. Patients are often dismissed as having “arthritis” without being asked about other manifestations that may suggest a systemic connective tissue disease such as lupus. The same goes for skin rashes or unusual central nervous system manifestations.

The diagnosis of lupus is clinical, but some laboratory studies are essential to rule in or rule out renal or hematologic abnormalities and determine the level of disease activity. Tests usually ordered in patients suspected of having lupus include antinuclear antibody, complement levels, a complete blood cell count and differential, and a urinalysis. The need for additional tests depends on the results of the tests listed.

Once the disease is diagnosed, treatment should be tailored to the severity and type of clinical manifestations present. In general, glucocorticoids should be used at the smallest possible dose, antimalarials should be prescribed from the outset to all patients (following current guidelines in order to avoid ocular toxicity),33 and immunosuppressants and other treatments should be considered in certain instances. In parallel, consideration should be given to sun protection, adequate exercise, tobacco avoidance, osteoporosis and atherosclerosis prevention, planned conception, and compliance.

The goal in these people at risk is to control their lupus manifestations without causing undue damage, to preserve their quality of life, and to prevent an early demise.

References
  1. Humes KR, Jones NA, Ramirez RR. Overview of race and Hispanic origin: 2010. 2010 Census briefs; 2011. http://www.census.gov/prod/cen2010/briefs/c2010br-02.pdf. Accessed October 20, 2012.
  2. Reveille JD, Moulds JM, Ahn C, et al; for the LUMINA study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups. I. The effects of HLA class II, C4, and CR1 alleles, socioeconomic factors, and ethnicity and disease onset. Arthritis Rheum 1998; 41:11611172.
  3. Alarcón GS, Beasley TM, Roseman JM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Ethnic disparities in health and disease: the need to account for ancestral admixture when estimating the genetic contribution to both (LUMINA XXVI) (Letter). Lupus 2005; 14:867868.
  4. Alarcón GS, Bastian HM, Beasley TM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multi-ethnic cohort (LUMINA) XXXII: [corrected] contributions of admixture and socioeconomic status to renal involvement. Lupus 2006; 15:2631.
  5. Sanchez E, Webb RD, Rasmussen A, et al. Genetically determined Amerindian ancestry correlates with increased frequency of risk alleles for systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum 2010; 62:37223729.
  6. Fernández M, Alarcón GS, Calvo-Alén J, et al; LUMINA Study Group. A multiethnic, multicenter cohort of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) as a model for the study of ethnic disparities in SLE. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 57:576584.
  7. Alarcón GS, Friedman AW, Straaton KV, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups: III. A comparison of characteristics early in the natural history of the LUMINA cohort. LUpus in MInority populations: NAture vs Nurture. Lupus 1999; 8:197209.
  8. Bastian HM, Alarcón GS, Roseman JM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA) XL II: factors predictive of new or worsening proteinuria. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2007; 46:683689.
  9. Burgos PI, McGwin G, Pons-Estel GJ, Reveille JD, Alarcón GS, Vilá LM. US patients of Hispanic and African ancestry develop lupus nephritis early in the disease course: data from LUMINA, a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA LXXIV). Ann Rheum Dis 2011; 70:393394.
  10. Hiraki LT, Lu B, Alexander SR, et al. End-stage renal disease due to lupus nephritis among children in the US, 1995–2006. Arthritis Rheum 2011; 63:19881997.
  11. Pons-Estel GJ, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al. Protective effect of hydroxychloroquine on renal damage in patients with lupus nephritis: LXV, data from a multiethnic US cohort. Arthritis Rheum 2009; 61:830839.
  12. Alarcón GS, Roseman J, Bartolucci AA, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups: II. Features predictive of disease activity early in its course. LUMINA Study Group. Lupus in minority populations, nature versus nurture. Arthritis Rheum 1998; 41:11731180.
  13. Pons-Estel BA, Catoggio LJ, Cardiel MH, et al; Grupo Latinoamericano de Estudio del Lupus. The GLADEL multinational Latin American prospective inception cohort of 1,214 patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: ethnic and disease heterogeneity among “Hispanics.” Medicine (Baltimore) 2004; 83:117.
  14. Alarcón GS, Calvo-Alén J, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic cohort: LUMINA XXXV. Predictive factors of high disease activity over time. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65:11681174.
  15. Vilá LM, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Bastian HM, Fessler BJ, Reveille JD; Lumina Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic US cohort, XXXVII: association of lymphopenia with clinical manifestations, serologic abnormalities, disease activity, and damage accrual. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 55:799806.
  16. Zhang J, González LA, Roseman JM, Vilá LM, Reveille JD, Alárcon GS. Predictors of the rate of change in disease activity over time in LUMINA, a multiethnic US cohort of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: LUMINA LXX. Lupus 2010; 19:727733.
  17. Vilá LM, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Early clinical manifestations, disease activity and damage of systemic lupus erythematosus among two distinct US Hispanic subpopulations. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2004; 43:358363.
  18. Gladman D, Ginzler E, Goldsmith C, et al. The development and initial validation of the Systemic Lupus International Collaborating Clinics/American College of Rheumatology damage index for systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum 1996; 39:363369.
  19. Toloza SM, Roseman JM, Alarcón GS, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA): XXII. Predictors of time to the occurrence of initial damage. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50:31773186.
  20. Alarcón GS, Roseman JM, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups. XX. Damage as a predictor of further damage. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2004; 43:202205.
  21. Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Bastian HM, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups. VII [correction of VIII]. Predictors of early mortality in the LUMINA cohort. LUMINA Study Group. Arthritis Rheum 2001; 45:191202.
  22. Ruiz-Irastorza G, Danza A, Khamashta M. Glucocorticoid use and abuse in SLE. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2012 E-pub ahead of print.
  23. Jordan HT, Tabaei BP, Nash D, Angell SY, Chamany S, Kerker B. Metabolic syndrome among adults in New York City, 2004 New York City Health and Nutrition Examination Survey. Prev Chronic Dis 2012; 9:E04.
  24. Matthews KA, Sowers MF, Derby CA, et al. Ethnic differences in cardiovascular risk factor burden among middle-aged women: Study of Women’s Health Across the Nation (SWAN). Am Heart J 2005; 149:10661073.
  25. Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Uribe A, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic lupus cohort (LUMINA). XVII. Predictors of selfreported health-related quality of life early in the disease course. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 51:465474.
  26. Fernández M, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Using the Short Form 6D, as an overall measure of health, to predict damage accrual and mortality in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: XLVII, results from a multiethnic US cohort. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 57:986992.
  27. Durán S, Apte M, Alarcón GSLUMINA Study Group. Poverty, not ethnicity, accounts for the differential mortality rates among lupus patients of various ethnic groups. J Natl Med Assoc 2007; 99:11961198.
  28. Ruiz-Irastorza G, Egurbide MV, Pijoan JI, et al. Effect of antimalarials on thrombosis and survival in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus. Lupus 2006; 15:577583.
  29. Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Bertoli AM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Effect of hydroxychloroquine on the survival of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: data from LUMINA, a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA L). Ann Rheum Dis 2007; 66:11681172.
  30. Shinjo SK, Bonfá E, Wojdyla D, et al; Grupo Latino Americano de Estudio del Lupus Eritematoso (Gladel). Antimalarial treatment may have a time-dependent effect on lupus survival: data from a multinational Latin American inception cohort. Arthritis Rheum 2010; 62:855862.
  31. Fessler BJ, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups: XVI. Association of hydroxychloroquine use with reduced risk of damage accrual. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52:14731480.
  32. Pons-Estel GJ, Alarcón GS, Hachuel L, et al. Antimalarials have a protective effect against the development of renal disease in Latin American SLE patients. The 9th International Congress on SLE June 24–27, 2010, Vancouver, Canada. Lupus 2010; 19(suppl 1):3132.
  33. Ruiz-Irastorza G, Ramos-Casals M, Brito-Zeron P, Khamashta MA. Clinical efficacy and side effects of antimalarials in systemic lupus erythematosus: a systematic review. Ann Rheum Dis 2010; 69:2028.
References
  1. Humes KR, Jones NA, Ramirez RR. Overview of race and Hispanic origin: 2010. 2010 Census briefs; 2011. http://www.census.gov/prod/cen2010/briefs/c2010br-02.pdf. Accessed October 20, 2012.
  2. Reveille JD, Moulds JM, Ahn C, et al; for the LUMINA study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups. I. The effects of HLA class II, C4, and CR1 alleles, socioeconomic factors, and ethnicity and disease onset. Arthritis Rheum 1998; 41:11611172.
  3. Alarcón GS, Beasley TM, Roseman JM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Ethnic disparities in health and disease: the need to account for ancestral admixture when estimating the genetic contribution to both (LUMINA XXVI) (Letter). Lupus 2005; 14:867868.
  4. Alarcón GS, Bastian HM, Beasley TM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multi-ethnic cohort (LUMINA) XXXII: [corrected] contributions of admixture and socioeconomic status to renal involvement. Lupus 2006; 15:2631.
  5. Sanchez E, Webb RD, Rasmussen A, et al. Genetically determined Amerindian ancestry correlates with increased frequency of risk alleles for systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum 2010; 62:37223729.
  6. Fernández M, Alarcón GS, Calvo-Alén J, et al; LUMINA Study Group. A multiethnic, multicenter cohort of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) as a model for the study of ethnic disparities in SLE. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 57:576584.
  7. Alarcón GS, Friedman AW, Straaton KV, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups: III. A comparison of characteristics early in the natural history of the LUMINA cohort. LUpus in MInority populations: NAture vs Nurture. Lupus 1999; 8:197209.
  8. Bastian HM, Alarcón GS, Roseman JM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA) XL II: factors predictive of new or worsening proteinuria. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2007; 46:683689.
  9. Burgos PI, McGwin G, Pons-Estel GJ, Reveille JD, Alarcón GS, Vilá LM. US patients of Hispanic and African ancestry develop lupus nephritis early in the disease course: data from LUMINA, a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA LXXIV). Ann Rheum Dis 2011; 70:393394.
  10. Hiraki LT, Lu B, Alexander SR, et al. End-stage renal disease due to lupus nephritis among children in the US, 1995–2006. Arthritis Rheum 2011; 63:19881997.
  11. Pons-Estel GJ, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al. Protective effect of hydroxychloroquine on renal damage in patients with lupus nephritis: LXV, data from a multiethnic US cohort. Arthritis Rheum 2009; 61:830839.
  12. Alarcón GS, Roseman J, Bartolucci AA, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups: II. Features predictive of disease activity early in its course. LUMINA Study Group. Lupus in minority populations, nature versus nurture. Arthritis Rheum 1998; 41:11731180.
  13. Pons-Estel BA, Catoggio LJ, Cardiel MH, et al; Grupo Latinoamericano de Estudio del Lupus. The GLADEL multinational Latin American prospective inception cohort of 1,214 patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: ethnic and disease heterogeneity among “Hispanics.” Medicine (Baltimore) 2004; 83:117.
  14. Alarcón GS, Calvo-Alén J, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic cohort: LUMINA XXXV. Predictive factors of high disease activity over time. Ann Rheum Dis 2006; 65:11681174.
  15. Vilá LM, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Bastian HM, Fessler BJ, Reveille JD; Lumina Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic US cohort, XXXVII: association of lymphopenia with clinical manifestations, serologic abnormalities, disease activity, and damage accrual. Arthritis Rheum 2006; 55:799806.
  16. Zhang J, González LA, Roseman JM, Vilá LM, Reveille JD, Alárcon GS. Predictors of the rate of change in disease activity over time in LUMINA, a multiethnic US cohort of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: LUMINA LXX. Lupus 2010; 19:727733.
  17. Vilá LM, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Early clinical manifestations, disease activity and damage of systemic lupus erythematosus among two distinct US Hispanic subpopulations. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2004; 43:358363.
  18. Gladman D, Ginzler E, Goldsmith C, et al. The development and initial validation of the Systemic Lupus International Collaborating Clinics/American College of Rheumatology damage index for systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum 1996; 39:363369.
  19. Toloza SM, Roseman JM, Alarcón GS, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA): XXII. Predictors of time to the occurrence of initial damage. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 50:31773186.
  20. Alarcón GS, Roseman JM, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups. XX. Damage as a predictor of further damage. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2004; 43:202205.
  21. Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Bastian HM, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups. VII [correction of VIII]. Predictors of early mortality in the LUMINA cohort. LUMINA Study Group. Arthritis Rheum 2001; 45:191202.
  22. Ruiz-Irastorza G, Danza A, Khamashta M. Glucocorticoid use and abuse in SLE. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2012 E-pub ahead of print.
  23. Jordan HT, Tabaei BP, Nash D, Angell SY, Chamany S, Kerker B. Metabolic syndrome among adults in New York City, 2004 New York City Health and Nutrition Examination Survey. Prev Chronic Dis 2012; 9:E04.
  24. Matthews KA, Sowers MF, Derby CA, et al. Ethnic differences in cardiovascular risk factor burden among middle-aged women: Study of Women’s Health Across the Nation (SWAN). Am Heart J 2005; 149:10661073.
  25. Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Uribe A, et al. Systemic lupus erythematosus in a multiethnic lupus cohort (LUMINA). XVII. Predictors of selfreported health-related quality of life early in the disease course. Arthritis Rheum 2004; 51:465474.
  26. Fernández M, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Using the Short Form 6D, as an overall measure of health, to predict damage accrual and mortality in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: XLVII, results from a multiethnic US cohort. Arthritis Rheum 2007; 57:986992.
  27. Durán S, Apte M, Alarcón GSLUMINA Study Group. Poverty, not ethnicity, accounts for the differential mortality rates among lupus patients of various ethnic groups. J Natl Med Assoc 2007; 99:11961198.
  28. Ruiz-Irastorza G, Egurbide MV, Pijoan JI, et al. Effect of antimalarials on thrombosis and survival in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus. Lupus 2006; 15:577583.
  29. Alarcón GS, McGwin G, Bertoli AM, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Effect of hydroxychloroquine on the survival of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus: data from LUMINA, a multiethnic US cohort (LUMINA L). Ann Rheum Dis 2007; 66:11681172.
  30. Shinjo SK, Bonfá E, Wojdyla D, et al; Grupo Latino Americano de Estudio del Lupus Eritematoso (Gladel). Antimalarial treatment may have a time-dependent effect on lupus survival: data from a multinational Latin American inception cohort. Arthritis Rheum 2010; 62:855862.
  31. Fessler BJ, Alarcón GS, McGwin G, et al; LUMINA Study Group. Systemic lupus erythematosus in three ethnic groups: XVI. Association of hydroxychloroquine use with reduced risk of damage accrual. Arthritis Rheum 2005; 52:14731480.
  32. Pons-Estel GJ, Alarcón GS, Hachuel L, et al. Antimalarials have a protective effect against the development of renal disease in Latin American SLE patients. The 9th International Congress on SLE June 24–27, 2010, Vancouver, Canada. Lupus 2010; 19(suppl 1):3132.
  33. Ruiz-Irastorza G, Ramos-Casals M, Brito-Zeron P, Khamashta MA. Clinical efficacy and side effects of antimalarials in systemic lupus erythematosus: a systematic review. Ann Rheum Dis 2010; 69:2028.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Page Number
824-834
Page Number
824-834
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Lupus in Hispanics: A matter of serious concern
Display Headline
Lupus in Hispanics: A matter of serious concern
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Amerindian genes contribute to a greater susceptibility to lupus, although there is an interplay between genetic and nongenetic factors in its etiology and expression.
  • In large studies, disease activity and organ damage were greater in African Americans and in Hispanics from Texas than in Caucasians and Hispanics from Puerto Rico.
  • Hispanics of primarily Amerindian ancestry (which includes Aztec, Mayan, Quechuan, Aymaran, and other Central and South American groups) have a lower survival rate than patients in other ethnic groups, but poverty is the responsible factor.
  • The need to control disease activity with corticosteroids must be balanced against the risk of overtreatment and organ damage.
  • Antimalarial drugs such as chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine should be prescribed from the outset to all patients with lupus, according to current guidelines designed to avoid ocular toxicity.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Autism in the office

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 16:11
Display Headline
Autism in the office

The numbers are striking: about 1% of 8-year-old children will receive a diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder. We still have much to learn about autism, and many factors make study difficult. Reliable older data are scarce, and the diagnostic criteria change—for instance, the currently distinct diagnosis of Asperger syndrome will soon be redefined.

To many, the image of autism is of a cute sandy-haired boy, perhaps staring thoughtfully into space, perhaps reciting the batting averages of individual New York Yankees over the past 10 years—a kid stuck behind a wax-paper wall that blocks the full development of emotional connectivity and complex communication.

The autism spectrum is wide. Those diagnosed carry various features of social impairment, such as a limited ability to recognize and respond to social cues, language and communication challenges, and tendencies to get stuck on the literal. Some show severe social withdrawal and heightened sensitivity to sensory stimuli. Others perseverate on concepts, numbers, ritual behaviors, and repetitive movements.

Special schools and programs can offer a haven. They can buffer children from the unkindness of other children and from the unrealistic expectations of well-meaning but unaware adults; they can protect the more severely affected from self-destructive behaviors, and perhaps they can even decrease some distracting behaviors while promoting communication skills and reducing anxiety. But schools can’t provide forever-care.

Eight-year-olds have a way of growing into adults; nearly half a million autistic children will enter adulthood over the next 10 years. Many will need lifelong comprehensive care and support, others can function well in the workplace but are challenged in social interactions. Perhaps 25% of children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder will be high-functioning—with traits displayed graphically (but a little over-the-top) by Dustin Hoffman in the film Rain Man and by Christian Clemenson as the hopping, popping, brilliant attorney Jerry Espenson in the television series Boston Legal. But these are caricatures, and although they heighten our awareness they are limited in perspective.

The patients we see with Asperger syndrome or high-functioning autism do not always wear their diagnosis on their sleeve. Our office staff may recognize them as being a bit quirky. Most first come to our attention for common, unrelated diseases such as diabetes, abdominal pain, and cancer, needing extensive patient education as part of their disease management, but with whom we struggle to make our message clear. Our skills in recognizing these patients need to be refined in order to understand and respond to their unique needs.

At times, we are all challenged in communicating with some patients, even those not perceiving the emotional world through that wall of wax paper. In this issue of the Journal, Prayson and Franco and Shane offer practical advice in interacting with patients with Asperger syndrome. We need to pay attention. In fact, we would do well to follow many of their suggestions with all of our patients.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
819
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Article PDF
Article PDF

The numbers are striking: about 1% of 8-year-old children will receive a diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder. We still have much to learn about autism, and many factors make study difficult. Reliable older data are scarce, and the diagnostic criteria change—for instance, the currently distinct diagnosis of Asperger syndrome will soon be redefined.

To many, the image of autism is of a cute sandy-haired boy, perhaps staring thoughtfully into space, perhaps reciting the batting averages of individual New York Yankees over the past 10 years—a kid stuck behind a wax-paper wall that blocks the full development of emotional connectivity and complex communication.

The autism spectrum is wide. Those diagnosed carry various features of social impairment, such as a limited ability to recognize and respond to social cues, language and communication challenges, and tendencies to get stuck on the literal. Some show severe social withdrawal and heightened sensitivity to sensory stimuli. Others perseverate on concepts, numbers, ritual behaviors, and repetitive movements.

Special schools and programs can offer a haven. They can buffer children from the unkindness of other children and from the unrealistic expectations of well-meaning but unaware adults; they can protect the more severely affected from self-destructive behaviors, and perhaps they can even decrease some distracting behaviors while promoting communication skills and reducing anxiety. But schools can’t provide forever-care.

Eight-year-olds have a way of growing into adults; nearly half a million autistic children will enter adulthood over the next 10 years. Many will need lifelong comprehensive care and support, others can function well in the workplace but are challenged in social interactions. Perhaps 25% of children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder will be high-functioning—with traits displayed graphically (but a little over-the-top) by Dustin Hoffman in the film Rain Man and by Christian Clemenson as the hopping, popping, brilliant attorney Jerry Espenson in the television series Boston Legal. But these are caricatures, and although they heighten our awareness they are limited in perspective.

The patients we see with Asperger syndrome or high-functioning autism do not always wear their diagnosis on their sleeve. Our office staff may recognize them as being a bit quirky. Most first come to our attention for common, unrelated diseases such as diabetes, abdominal pain, and cancer, needing extensive patient education as part of their disease management, but with whom we struggle to make our message clear. Our skills in recognizing these patients need to be refined in order to understand and respond to their unique needs.

At times, we are all challenged in communicating with some patients, even those not perceiving the emotional world through that wall of wax paper. In this issue of the Journal, Prayson and Franco and Shane offer practical advice in interacting with patients with Asperger syndrome. We need to pay attention. In fact, we would do well to follow many of their suggestions with all of our patients.

The numbers are striking: about 1% of 8-year-old children will receive a diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder. We still have much to learn about autism, and many factors make study difficult. Reliable older data are scarce, and the diagnostic criteria change—for instance, the currently distinct diagnosis of Asperger syndrome will soon be redefined.

To many, the image of autism is of a cute sandy-haired boy, perhaps staring thoughtfully into space, perhaps reciting the batting averages of individual New York Yankees over the past 10 years—a kid stuck behind a wax-paper wall that blocks the full development of emotional connectivity and complex communication.

The autism spectrum is wide. Those diagnosed carry various features of social impairment, such as a limited ability to recognize and respond to social cues, language and communication challenges, and tendencies to get stuck on the literal. Some show severe social withdrawal and heightened sensitivity to sensory stimuli. Others perseverate on concepts, numbers, ritual behaviors, and repetitive movements.

Special schools and programs can offer a haven. They can buffer children from the unkindness of other children and from the unrealistic expectations of well-meaning but unaware adults; they can protect the more severely affected from self-destructive behaviors, and perhaps they can even decrease some distracting behaviors while promoting communication skills and reducing anxiety. But schools can’t provide forever-care.

Eight-year-olds have a way of growing into adults; nearly half a million autistic children will enter adulthood over the next 10 years. Many will need lifelong comprehensive care and support, others can function well in the workplace but are challenged in social interactions. Perhaps 25% of children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder will be high-functioning—with traits displayed graphically (but a little over-the-top) by Dustin Hoffman in the film Rain Man and by Christian Clemenson as the hopping, popping, brilliant attorney Jerry Espenson in the television series Boston Legal. But these are caricatures, and although they heighten our awareness they are limited in perspective.

The patients we see with Asperger syndrome or high-functioning autism do not always wear their diagnosis on their sleeve. Our office staff may recognize them as being a bit quirky. Most first come to our attention for common, unrelated diseases such as diabetes, abdominal pain, and cancer, needing extensive patient education as part of their disease management, but with whom we struggle to make our message clear. Our skills in recognizing these patients need to be refined in order to understand and respond to their unique needs.

At times, we are all challenged in communicating with some patients, even those not perceiving the emotional world through that wall of wax paper. In this issue of the Journal, Prayson and Franco and Shane offer practical advice in interacting with patients with Asperger syndrome. We need to pay attention. In fact, we would do well to follow many of their suggestions with all of our patients.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 79(12)
Page Number
819
Page Number
819
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Autism in the office
Display Headline
Autism in the office
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media